Page 1

PACKAGING CATALOGUE

W

www.snell.co.nz


FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING ON THE PRODUCTS, IN THIS CATALOGUE, SPEAK TO YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE OR CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICES TEAM. 2


PACKAGING & SAFETY YOUR ONE STOP SHOP Snell specialises in providing insights and solutions to businesses across multiple industries. With over 10,000 products available and strong relationships with over 140 reputable local and overseas suppliers, Snell can source the right product for your needs. Customisation and tailoring are essential components of our service offering and we will actively look for the right alternatives to fit your requirements if we do not already have the perfect solution for you. This packaging catalogue brings you a comprehensive product range, which includes our own competitive Snell branded products sourced from specialist manufacturers, as well as those from respected, well-known brands. From packaging, securing and flexible packaging, to catering, hygiene and stationery consumables, we’ve got the complete package. Our aim is to deliver above and beyond your expectations, and we look forward to supplying a quality range of packaging and safety supplies to businesses across New Zealand.

We are proud to be 100% New Zealand owned; large enough to operate in the global marketplace and keep abreast of international industry trends, yet small enough to deliver committed, personalised service. Our ability to make decisions and act quickly, combined with our capacity for nationwide delivery, makes doing business with Snell easy.

WHEN YOU’RE DEALING WITH SNELL, YOU’RE IN GOOD COMPANY. PAT GALLOWAY, CHAIRMAN AT SNELL PACKAGING & SAFETY. 3


OUR ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY At Snell we are committed to reducing our carbon footprint and preserving our planet’s natural resources. As a business we believe it is important that we act in an environmentally responsible manner and demonstrate to our customers our determination to not only provide quality products and a high standard of service, but to also manage a sustainable operation. Snell has shown this commitment by being one of the first packaging distributors in New Zealand to gain ISO 14001:2004 environmental management accreditation in 2009, in addition to the ISO 9001:2008 quality management accreditation achieved in 2005. This accreditation ensures that our quality and environmental standards are constantly being monitored and improved upon. The Snell Environmental Policy covers all the company’s activities and sites within New Zealand and is reviewed annually. The company will comply with all developing national and international environmental regulations and standards through: • C  ommitting managerial resources to implement the Environmental Policy by introducing an effective management control system.

• W  ork with and assist suppliers and contractors to achieve environmental standards which comply with the company’s policy. • Setting and reviewing policy and objectives annually. • M  onitoring and reporting progress against agreed objectives – ensuring all reports are available on request. • C  onducting audits of procedures and practice and responding to deficiencies through a planned programme of remedial action. • C  ommitting to continual improvement of all environmental issues where economically feasible. • E  nsuring that all staff carry out their duties in line with the above statement and are aware of their obligations.

• S  eeking to reuse, recycle and recover raw materials and waste wherever possible. • S  eeking to conserve scarce and non-renewable resources, such as energy, in all operations. • A  iming to maintain the highest degree of control over emissions and discharges of materials to the environment and thus continually improve our performance where economically viable. • C  ontinually being attentive to the need of local residents and local ecology, so far as operations are concerned.

FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OUR ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY PLEASE SPEAK TO YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE OR CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE TEAM. 4


WORKING FOR A SUSTAINABLE FUTURE People are taking a long-term view and doing their part to help reduce waste and recycle as responsible members of their communities. Did you know our waste paper is a valuable resource and input to the local New Zealand packaging industry? The collection and recovery of paper are valuable stages in the production of containerboards which are used for converting into packaging products. These packaging products are available through Snell. Many packaging products contain both virgin and recycled fibres in varying proportions, managed according to end-use requirements. Sourcing high quality recovered fibre is important to Oji Fibre Solutions as waste paper is a key component in the manufacture of its range of containerboard products.

Oji Fibre Solutions Fullcircle collects over 300,000 tonnes of recovered paper each year, of which, in 2015, 209,844 tonnes were used in Oji Fibre Solutions’ own paper mills for conversion into a range of containerboards. These containerboards are converted further into a range of packaging products by Oji Fibre Solutions Packaging operations. A wide range of packaging products from various manufacturers are available through Snell.

Oji Fibre Solutions operate New Zealand’s largest paper recycling business – Fullcircle. Fullcircle provides a range of recycling services for businesses and households throughout New Zealand. Fullcircle’s purpose-built paper collection facilities and baling operations collect and process waste paper from a variety businesses and communities throughout New Zealand. This is a key resource that is recovered and reused in Oji Fibre Solutions’ paper mills.

INFO 5


1

2

BOARD PRODUCTS

Feature Pages

3

TAPES & ADHESIVES

Feature Pages

26

Feature Pages

60

Pallet Hand Wrap

40

Hand Packaging Tapes

66

Corrugated Single Face Rolls 22

Pallet Machine Wrap

43

Corner Boards & Grip Sheets 23

Perforated & Knitted Wrap

46

Hand Packaging Tape Dispensers

69

Boxes & Cartons

Pallet Covers & Caps

47

Shrink & B&A Film

48

Mailers

49

Protective Packaging

50

Void Fill Packaging

53

Stock Cases

12

POLYTHENE PRODUCTS

20

24

Bulk, Vacuum & Singlet Bags 54 Poly Bags

55

Bags

56

Liners

58

Machines Packaging Tapes

71

General Office & Double Sided Tapes

73

VHB, PVC & Filament Tapes

75

Masking Tapes

76

Foil & Slick Surface Tape

78

Grip Tape & Paint

79

Specialty Tape

80

Hot Melt Sticks & Aerosol Adhesives

82

Printed Tapes

83

Pouches & Labelopes

84

THIS CATALOGUE FEATURES A WIDE RANGE OF OUR PACKAGING PRODUCTS, HOWEVER, IT DOESN’T FEATURE THE FULL RANGE WE HAVE AVAILABLE. 6


4

SECURING & BUNDLING

Feature Pages

86

Polypropylene Machine & Hand Strapping

93

Buckles & Seals

94

PET Strapping Dispensers & Seals

96

Polypropylene & Pet Strapping Tools

5

MACHINERY PRODUCTS

Feature Pages

110

Feature Pages

132

Strapping Machines

121

Newsprint Sheets & Rolls

134

Carton Sealing Machines

123

Pallet Wrapping Machines

126

Greaseproof, Shredded & Tissue Paper

135

Heat Shrink Machines

128

Packaging System Machines 129 97

6

PAPER PRODUCTS

Industrial Lubricants

130

Kraft Paper, Cutters & Tubing 136 Paper Bags

137

Bags & Mailing Protection

138

Steel Strapping & Dispensers 98 Steel Strapping Tools

99

Ties & Rubber Bands

101

Twine & Desiccants

103

Staplers & Removers

104

Staplers, Tackers & Pliers

105

Tagging Gun & Tags

107

Spray Paints

108

7


7

STATIONERY

8

CATERING & HOSPITALITY

9

HYGIENE & CLEANING

Feature Pages

140

Feature Pages

170

Feature Pages

190

Labels

142

Hot Cups

175

Toilet Tissue & Dispensers

197

Pens, Pencils & Chalk

144

Cold & Portion Cups

177

Hand Towels & Dispensers

205

Markers

146

Food Wraps

178

Facial Tissues

212

Highlighters, Correction Products & Hole Punch

Coffee

179

Multi-Purpose Wipes

213

149

Tea

180

Wipes & Dispensers

214

Clips, Pins & Fasteners

150

Rubber Bands & Tags

151

Rulers, Tape Measure, SelfInking Stamps & Finger Cones 152 Cutters & Knives

153

Metal Detectable Products

157

Filing Products

158

Office Books

161

Books & Pads

162

Copy Paper

165

Envelopes

166

Stationery Accessories

167

Calculators

168

Electrolytes

181

Hand Soaps & Dispensers

224

Hot Chocolate, Raro, Sugar & Sauce

182

Antibacterial Soaps & Sanitisers

231

Vending Consumables

183

Cleansing Creams

233

Food Containers

184

Hair & Body Soap

234

Plates

186

Air Freshners

235

Utensils

187

Toilet Cleaners

236

Serviettes

188

Cleaners

238

Spray & Wipes

239

Degreasers

240

Disinfectants

Glass Cleaners & Insecticides 242 Dishwashing Detergent

243

Laundry, Floor Cleaner & Sponges

244

Scourers

245

Brushes

246

Brooms & Mops

247

Buckets & Bins

248

PLEASE SPEAK TO YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE OR CALL OUR CUSTOMER SERVICES TEAM IF YOU REQUIRE A PRODUCT THAT’S NOT FEATURED, AS WE MAY HAVE IT IN STOCK OR BE ABLE TO OBTAIN IT FOR YOU. 8

241


“Our aim is to deliver above and beyond your expectations.�

9


ICON

DELIVERING THE BEST OF BOTH WORLDS Snell operates in a global marketplace and as an independent New Zealand company. It is essential that we remain at the cutting edge of product innovation and price competitiveness. To do this we constantly review our supplier relationships, both nationally and internationally, to deliver the best of both local and offshore products. By continually seeking out new items and agencies to introduce to the New Zealand market, we can deliver a point of difference to you. Our ever-growing Snell branded range of products features only the best local and imported products, to protect the good reputation

that our name has in the marketplace. Every new product or range that carries the Snell brand must first measure up to the quality and genuine value-for-money that you demand. Our commitment is to be market leaders with an innovative product range backed up by expert personnel to deliver the complete service package.

FIND US ONLINE AT WWW.SNELL.CO.NZ, OR EMAIL CSSALES@SNELL.CO.NZ 10


BOARD PRODUCTS

Feature Pages

12

Stock Cases

20

Corrugated Single Face Rolls

22

Corner Boards & Grip Sheets

23

Boxes & Cartons

24

11


CHOOSING THE RIGHT CARTON FOR YOUR PRODUCT There are many elements to consider when choosing the right carton for both your business and product needs. It’s important to consider the following when selecting a carton to ensure your products are well protected:

HOW TO MEASURE A CASE

• • • • • • • • •

Ensuring your carton is the right size for your needs is the first step in finding the perfect carton for you. When measurements are given for a carton, they refer to the internal dimensions. This allows for a snug and protective fit for your product.

What is the weight of the product? How many products do you need in each box? Will you need to layer your product inside the box? Is the product fragile or valuable? Will the boxes be stacked, and if so, how high? Where is the box being sent to? How is the box being transported? How many times will it be handled? What are the internal dimensions of the box you require? • How many do you think you will require per order and annually? • What box style and grade of board would best suit the product? • Would you like it custom printed or plain?

When measuring you should: 1 Allow for a 3mm buffer on each dimension for the fitting 2 Measurements start with the length, move to the width and then the depth 3 The length is the larger dimension at the open end of the box 4 Width is the smaller dimension 5 Depth is the vertical dimension between the top and bottom 6 Length and width are generally measured across the flute (corrugations in the board)

LEN

GTH

DTH WI

FLUTE DIRECTION

All published carton dimensions are internal measurements. External dimensions might vary depending on selected Flute profile.

DEPTH

7 The flute tends to be vertical to help deal with the load when stacking

SNELL CAN PROVIDE YOU WITH STANDARD SIZES AS WELL AS CUSTOMISED CARTONS MANUFACTURED TO YOUR REQUIREMENTS AND FEATURING YOUR BRANDING. 12


CUSTOM MADE CARTONS Custom made cartons provide an easy solution to avoid unnecessary damage to goods as well as your company’s reputation. With a custom made carton you will have a purpose built box specifically for your needs. This can ensure your products arrive to your customers in a presentable and functional manner, reinforcing your brand’s image and improving customer satisfaction.

The Snell team can help you design your custom made carton. A free custom sample carton is available on request.

PRINTED CARTONS Printed cartons are a great way to give your business additional exposure in the marketplace. Corrugated material is an extremely flexible medium that can be directly printed on with high-resolution colour graphics, including lithography, flexography and silk screening.

Snell can arrange for cartons to be customised with your logo or message to help promote your company image and brand. Simply provide us with the artwork and we will take care of the rest!

CONTACT YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE OR CALL OUR CUSTOMER SERVICES TEAM FOR ADVICE TO HELP YOU WITH YOUR BOARD RELATED NEEDS. 13


CUBE OPTIMISATION Packaging is a reflection of your business, like the way you present yourself, you want to show the best side of your business to your customers. You may think that it is merely the materials that keep your items together until it reaches your customer. However, 66% of consumers believe that the packaging of their order shows them how much the retailer cares about them as well as their products. The trending #toomuchpackaging hashtag on social media is used by customers to name and shame companies for over packaging their products. With consumers becoming more aware of placing waste in the environment this is an issue many companies need to resolve. Consumers are becoming more environmentally conscious with 77% of consumers feeling that packaging should reflect a retailer’s environmental values. Designing packaging that optimizes material usage will allow you to create minimal waste and maximise protection for the items inside. As a result, your company could be saving 30% on labour costs. You could also save on storage costs as you cut down to the correct sizes needed for your products. The benefits extend to your shipping and freight or courier costs. With Courier companies switching to charging by a volumetric weight system the lighter and smaller your item is the cheaper it will be to ship it. Furthermore, smaller packaging means more orders can be delivered in a courier van, getting your packages to your customers in a timelier fashion.

47% OF E-COMMERCE CUSTOMERS FEEL THAT EXTRA PACKAGING IS WASTEFUL#OVERPACKAGING. 14


TYPES OF CASES REGULAR SLOTTED CASE (RSC) All flaps have the same length, and the two outer flaps (normally the lengthwise flaps) are one-half of the container’s width, so that they meet at the centre of the box when folded. The RSC can be used for most products and is the most commonly used box style due to its versatility. FULL OVERLAP FLAP SLOTTED CASE (FOLF) Same style as an RSC except the outer flaps fully overlap. This style is especially resistant to rough handling, with the overlapping flaps providing added cushioning and strength. Ideal for larger, heavier objects that require extra protection or stacking ability. CENTRE SPECIAL SLOTTED CASE (CSSC) The inner and outer flaps are different lengths, with both pairs of flaps meeting at the centre of the box. Double layers of corrugated board at the top and bottom make the CSSC especially strong. The inner flaps, with no gap, provide a level base for the product. CENTRE SPECIAL FULL OVERLAP SLOTTED CASE (SFF) Same style as the CSSC except the outer flaps fully overlap. With three full layers of combined board over the entire top and bottom, this style provides extra cushioning and strength. Ideal for larger, heavier objects that require extra protection or stacking ability.

HALF SLOTTED CASE (HSC) Same style as an RSC except with no top flaps (open). A slightly larger HSC can be used as a telescopic lid for the base, making it ideal for products of variable height. Suitable if the box is required to be opened regularly. SNAP OR 1-2-3 BOTTOM CASE The four flaps that form the bottom panel are die cut. The largest bottom panel is folded first, followed by the two end panels. Folding and applying pressure to the final panel will snap it into the created panel. This style is convenient for small volume shippers who do not have automatic setup equipment. Due to its unsealed bottom it may not be suitable for heavy products. FIVE PANEL FOLDER (FPF) A creased, single cut board with five panels that folds around a product to form a box. The fifth panel can overlap the first panel or the two end panels can meet in the centre. Ideal for packing large flat items or long narrow items. ROLL END TRAY OR TRAY WITH SELF-LOCKING ENDS Formed from a single piece of combined board, and features an unbroken bottom and several layers of corrugated board in the end panels. Not ideal as shipping containers, but are frequently used as inner containers for parts, delicate products, or as elements of display stands.

15


CORRUGATED PACKAGING Corrugated board is an extremely versatile, lightweight and effective material that can be customized to a variety of products. Corrugated Packaging traditionally consists of three parts. Two sheets of paper, called liners are glued to a corrugated inner, called fluting, in a way that provides better structural strength than each layer on its own. It is this structure that gives corrugated board its rigidity and resistance, while the air within the flutes works as an insulator to provide protection against temperature changes. The packaging that products are placed in must be reliable and provide protection. Without this, products can be damaged hurting both a brand’s image and finances through the added costs of returns. What corrugated packaging can provide is excellent tear, tensile and burst strength. It also resists impact, drop and vibration damage while allowing for uniform stacking and weight distribution. This makes corrugated packaging an excellent option regardless of transportation. There are many types of corrugated material, each with different flute sizes and profiles:

SINGLE FACED: One medium is glued to one flat sheet of linerboard.

SINGLE WALL:

16

FLUTE SIZES Flutes come in several standard shapes or flute profiles. Generally, larger flute profiles deliver greater vertical compression strength and cushioning. Smaller flute profiles provide enhanced structural and graphics capabilities for primary (retail) packaging. Different flute profiles can be combined in one piece of combined board to offer extra strength and protection. For instance, in a triple wall board, one layer of medium might be A-flute while the other two layers may be C-flute. A FLUTE - 5mm thick. Good stacking and protection. B FLUTE - 3mm thick. The most common grade with good puncture resistance. C FLUTE - 4mm thick. A very common grade with good stacking strength and protection. Better cushioning than B flute. E FLUTE - 1.5mm thick. A lightweight fine flute, ideal where protection is secondary to space and weight requirements.

E

The medium is between two sheets of linerboard. Also known as Double Faced.

C

DOUBLE WALL:

B

Three sheets of linerboard with two mediums in between. Also known as Twin or Double Cushion.

A


CORNER BOARDS Corner boards are made from multiple layers of 100% virgin kraft liner, which are glued together. They are treated and formed into rigid right angles of high strength. The use of strapping helps to stabilise your load but if placed too tight can cause crushing damage at the corners of your load. Corner boards allow you to create a buffer between the load and the strapping, so that the strapping can be tightened without causing product damage. Corner board is an excellent product because of its flexibility in packaging. It is cheap, recyclable, easy and clean to use yet strong in its application. If your business involves moving, stacking or packing then you should be using corner-packing protection. Snell can cut corner boards to the size you require from a wide range of profile sizes. We offer a large range of profile sizes in our cut-to-measure range and have thicker and larger profiles available on request.

USING CORNER BOARDS Some of the common uses of corner board are: • To provide greater structural and stacking strength for corrugated cardboard cartons • As a cost-effective reinforcer for protecting fragile products • As economical and effective secondary packaging for expensive industrial products • To provide edge protection for large products and protect packages from strapping during pallet construction The profile size of a corner board relates to the dimensions that you view looking at the end of the corner board, B – C – D, with the length of the board being A.

Vertical Protection Corner boards stabilise the pallets and provide protection during transport and warehousing. Stacking Strength Choosing the right corner board for strengthening pallet units will enable you to optimise space by double stacking. Edge Protectors Protect products against strapping damage. Strengthening Packing Units The strength of a single package can be improved by reinforcing cartons internally with corner boards. Roll or Drum Protection Use VEE cut corner boards to wrap around rolls or drums.

U PROFILES Current trends in packaging are to eliminate unnecessary materials and find a green solution and U profiles may be an option for you. We can provide a wide range of U profiles and cut to lengths to suit your requirements. Notches can also be added to allow bending around corners.

TALK TO YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE OR CALL OUR CUSTOMER SERVICES TEAM AND THEY WILL ASSIST YOU IN FINDING YOUR CORNER BOARD SOLUTION. 17


CONSUMER EXPERIENCE Your packaging tells a story. The packaging of an item is an important part of the customer’s experience, and is sometimes the first impression a customer has of your brand. Today’s consumers are highly aware of what packaging says about a product. This packaging is often used to gauge how much the consumer feels the retailer values their purchase. With more and more goods being sold online the importance of your packaging is increasing. Ensuring that your product arrives safely to your customer is an essential part of the sales process. With 66% of consumers believing that the packaging of their shipment represents how much the retailer cares about them and their order, an importance is placed on having tough, presentable packaging.

Korrvu is a product that is designed to create a safe, cost friendly, easy to use, while still visually appealing option for the packaging of your goods. A transparent, low slip film is used to hold your package tightly reducing damage while allowing for product features or brands to be showcased. Korrvu reduces the need for materials such as void fill while still remaining eco-friendly as it is reusable and recyclable. Customisation also means Korrvu can be adjusted to suit your personal demands allowing for use in a wide range of industries.

Positive brand perception is hard to build and even harder to repair. Ensuring that your business has the right tools available is therefore crucial, yet finding this product to fit into your workplace can be a difficult task. There are many options available but it will mean that multiple products have to be adjusted to fit into the work environment.

SPEAK TO YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE ABOUT USING KORRVU IN YOUR BUSINESS. 18


CORNER BOARDS – CRUSHING Delivery process damage is a common issue for many companies. Products being crushed on pallets damage both the perception of a brand and increases costs in the form of returns. The internet has provided people the ability to access a larger range of products with ease. As a result, they are wanting a cheaper and faster completion of the sales process. Most customers don’t tend to be bothered by who is at fault for the issues when they receive faulty products and just want a quick fix. This often ends up with the customer looking to purchase from a different supplier. These issues can stem back to the inappropriate measures taken to ensure that goods are packed and shipped safely. To some it may seem that there are no cheap alternatives to this problem.

Yet the solution to this issue may even be in your current workplace but treated as somewhat of a commodity. Corner boards keep products compact when secured, facilitate stacking, protect the most vulnerable place on a package, the edge, and prevent crushing due to the use of strapping. When shipping, handling or in storage your products can have better support while allowing for less of a need for maintenance on product that needs to travel. This product is extremely versatile as it can be cut down into different sizes meeting your business’ special requirements while also being recyclable due to its cardboard make up.

GRIP SHEETS The transportation of pallet loads of goods is a daily occurrence for many companies around New Zealand. Whether these items are entering the business or leaving, issues around pallet safety are crucial. There are many aspects that determine a pallet’s stability and these can vary on what products are being shipped. Products that use slippery material or are difficult to stack together, provide a risk to pallet load stability. When products move on a pallet they heighten the risk of injuring people and damaging goods. This is a widespread issue and can cost businesses financially through work absenteeism and damage to goods.

it with a forklift and transportation to its destination. These all provide the environment for pallets to lose their rigidity and stability. The use of an anti-slip sheet can reduce the movement of goods as well as the risk of movement related injuries. Sheets such as the Little gripper can help keep your load from slipping or moving on a pallet. This can keep visitors and workers safer in your Warehouse while providing an easy and space efficient option.

There are many opportunities for issues to rise in the pallet loading process. From stacking a pallet, to moving

THESE ESSENTIAL PROTECTORS PREVENT IMPACT DAMAGE, PROVIDE PALLET STACKING STRENGTH AND SECURITY, PREVENT PRODUCTS SLIPPING AND PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE FROM STEEL OR PLASTIC STRAPPING. 19


STOCK CASES

STOCK CASES - AUCKLAND & HAMILTON

STOCK CASES - WELLINGTON

Sturdy, corrugated board cartons. Lightweight, economical and easy to assemble. Sizes available for every application.

Sturdy, corrugated board cartons. Lightweight, economical and easy to assemble. Sizes available for every application. Wellington cases are only available in the Wellington area. For additional sizes available in Wellington, please refer to Stock Cases - Auckland and Hamilton.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

0100R

CARTON SIZE 00 153X142X102MM 25/BDLE

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

010R

CARTON SIZE 0 190X150X155MM 25/BDLE

EA

014001 WN CARTON SIZE 01 255X205X150MM 25/BDLE

EA

0101R

CARTON SIZE 01 255X205X150MM 25/BDLE

EA

014002 WN CARTON SIZE 02 250X250X200MM 25/BDLE

EA

0102R

CARTON SIZE 02 250X250X200MM 25/BDLE

EA

014003 WN CARTON SIZE 03 340X255X305MM 25/BDLE

EA

0103R

CARTON SIZE 03 340X255X305MM 25/BDLE

EA

014005 WN CARTON SIZE 05 430X330X255MM 25/BDLE

EA

0104

CARTON SIZE 04 405X255X255MM 25/BDLE

EA

014006 WN CARTON SIZE 06 455X305X305MM 25/BDLE

EA

0105

CARTON SIZE 05 430X330X255MM 25/BDLE

EA

014007 WN CARTON SIZE 07 455X455X350MM 20/BDLE

EA

0106

CARTON SIZE 06 455X305X305MM 25/BDLE

EA

014008 WN CARTON SIZE 08 510X380X280MM 25/BDLE

EA

0107

CARTON SIZE 07 455X455X350MM 25/BDLE

EA

014009 WN CARTON SIZE 09 510X380X585MM 15/BDLE

EA

0108

CARTON SIZE 08 510X380X280MM 25/BDLE

EA

014017 WN CARTON SIZE A4 310X225X250MM 25/BDLE

EA

0109

CARTON SIZE 09 510X380X585MM 15/BDLE

EA

014021 WN CARTON SIZE A3 435X305X195MM 25/BDLE

EA

0109B

CARTON SIZE 9B 510X380X585MM 15/BDLE (HEAVY DUTY)

EA

014022 WN CARTON SIZE PP2 305X210X120MM

EA

0110

CARTON SIZE 10 610X290X290MM 25/BDLE

EA

021158 WN CARTON SIZE HALF A 232X150X98MM

EA

0111

CARTON SIZE 11 370X217X231MM 25/BDLE

EA

025167 WN CARTON SIZE A4 SINGLE REAM 310X225X60MM

EA

0112

CARTON SIZE 12 250X250X370MM 25/BDLE

EA

0113

CARTON SIZE 13 503X249X295MM 25/BDLE

EA

0114

CARTON SIZE 14 598X344X231MM 25/BDLE

EA

0115

CARTON SIZE 15 305X305X245MM 25/BDLE

EA

0116

CARTON SIZE 16 358X358X198MM 25/BDLE

EA

01A4R

CARTON SIZE A4 310X225X250MM 25/BDLE

EA

01A4DEEPR CARTON SIZE A4 DEEP 310X220X305MM 25/BDLE

EA

01AA4R

CARTON SIZE AA4 424X312X152MM 30/BDLE

EA

01BJS1

CARTON SIZE BJS1 107X70X122MM 20/BDLE

EA

01BJS2

CARTON SIZE BJS2 127X125X148MM 25/BDLE

EA

01BJS3

CARTON SIZE BJS3 170X170X133MM 25/BDLE

EA

20


STOCK CASES

STOCK CASES - SOUTH ISLAND Sturdy, corrugated board cartons. Lightweight, economical and easy to assemble. Sizes available for every application. South Island cases are only available in the South Island. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

013000 SI. CARTON SIZE 00 154X142X102MM 25/BDLE

EA

013012 SI. CARTON SIZE 11 615X290X290MM 25/BDLE

EA

013001 SI. CARTON SIZE 0 190X150X155MM 25/BDLE

EA

013013 SI. CARTON SIZE 12 A4 305X217X305MM 25/BDLE

EA

013002 SI. CARTON SIZE 01 250X250X200MM 25/BDLE

EA

013014 SI. CARTON SIZE 14 254X203X152MM 25/BDLE

EA

013003 SI. CARTON SIZE 02 250X250X368MM 25/BDLE

EA

013015 SI. CARTON SIZE 16 475X321X356MM 25/BDLE

EA

013004 SI. CARTON SIZE 03 303X303X250MM 25/BDLE

EA

013016 SI. CARTON SIZE 17 500X500X450MM 25/BDLE

EA

013005 SI. CARTON SIZE 04 340X255X305MM 25/BDLE

EA

013020 SI. CARTON SIZE 2A 2020 280X172X190MM 25/BDLE

EA

013006 SI. CARTON SIZE 05 405X255X255MM 25/BDLE

EA

013017 SI. CARTON SIZE 86 180X140X130MM 25/BDLE

EA

013007 SI. CARTON SIZE 06 430X330X255MM 25/BDLE

EA

013018 SI. CARTON SIZE A4S 305X215X200MM 25/BDLE

EA

013008 SI. CARTON SIZE 07 455X305X305MM 25/BDLE

EA

013022 SI. CARTON SIZE Q 1/2 555X555X286MM 10/BDLE

EA

013009 SI. CARTON SIZE 08 457X457X356MM 25/BDLE

EA

013021 SI. CARTON SIZE Q 554X554X574MM  25/BDLE

EA

013010 SI. CARTON SIZE 09 510X380X280MM 25/BDLE

EA

013019 SI. CARTON SIZE SI 2021 130X130X250MM 25/BDLE

EA

013011 SI. CARTON SIZE 10 510X380X585MM 25/BDLE

EA

21


CORRUGATED SINGLE FACE ROLLS

CORRUGATED BOARD – AUCKLAND & HAMILTON

CORRUGATED BOARD – WELLINGTON

Corrugated board is the perfect solution for the efficient and economical protection of goods in transit. Made of a double layer of heavy duty paper, corrugated on one side. Easy to cut and shape, corrugated board is ideal for items that are uneven or difficult to wrap.

Corrugated board is the perfect solution for the efficient and economical protection of goods in transit. Made of a double layer of heavy duty paper, corrugated on one side. Easy to cut and shape, corrugated board is ideal for items that are uneven or difficult to wrap. Wellington corrugated board is only available in Wellington. For additional sizes available in Wellington, please refer to Corrugated Board - Auckland & Hamilton.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

05 C0150

CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 150MMX75M

ROLL

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

05 C0200

CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 200MMX75M

ROLL

069000 WN CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 300MMX75M

ROLL

05 C0300

CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 300MMX75M

ROLL

069001 WN CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 700MMX75M

ROLL

05 C0450

CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 450MMX75M

ROLL

069002 WN CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 900MMX75M

ROLL

05 C0600

CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 600MMX75M

ROLL

069003 WN CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 1200MMX75M

ROLL

05 C0700

CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 700MMX75M

ROLL

069004 WN CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 1400MMX75M

ROLL

05 C0900

CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 900MMX75M

ROLL

05 C1200

CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 1200MMX75M

ROLL

05 C1400

CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 1400MMX75M

ROLL

05 C1600

CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 1600MMX75M

ROLL

05 C1800

CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 1800MMX75M

ROLL

22

CORRUGATED BOARD – SOUTH ISLAND CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

063010 SI CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 300MMX75M

ROLL

063009 SI CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 600MMX75M

ROLL

063008 SI CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 700MMX75M

ROLL

063007 SI CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 900MMX75M

ROLL

063006 SI CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 1000MMX75M

ROLL

063005 SI CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 1200MMX75M

ROLL

063004 SI CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 1400MMX75M

ROLL

063011 SI CORRUGATED BOARD SINGLE FACE 1800MMX75M

ROLL


CORNER BOARDS & GRIP SHEETS

CORNER BOARDS

LAYER BOARD

SNELL Corner Kraft helps to protect your stock from strapping and prevents load movement, as well as increases pallet stacking strength. Available in a variety of sizes from 50mm up to 2500mm.

Utilised predominantly as a pallet liner or layer divide, cardboard slip sheets help secure product in transit and minimise potential damage. CODE DESCRIPTION

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

079003

SNELL CORNER KRAFT 40X40X4X900MM

EA

079064

SNELL CORNER KRAFT 35X35X4X1000MM

EA

079015 SNELL CORNER KRAFT 50X50X4X1000MM  

EA

079007 SNELL CORNER KRAFT 60X60X4X1000MM

EA

SNELL CORNER KRAFT 80X80X8X1000MM

EA

079107

079011 SNELL CORNER KRAFT 50X50X4X2500MM - FL

EA

079006 SNELL CORNER KRAFT 60X60X4X2500MM - FL

EA

063022

LAYER BOARD 1200X1000MM 111B

UOM

EA

KORRVU® RETENTION PACKAGING

CORNER PIECES Corner pieces help to protect your stock from strapping and prevent load movement, as well as increase pallet stacking strength. Other sizes available on request. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

65CORNERBR CORNER PROTECTOR SP50 19MM 1000/CTN WHITE

CTN

Korrvu® Retention packaging provides simple and cost-effective blocking and bracing protection, showcases your products and is suitable for a wide range of applications. The unique retention frame provides additional bottom cushioning for heavy and fragile objects. Reusable and transparent, making it ideal for new or refurbished products. CODE

DESCRIPTION

UOM

044008 KORRVU INSERT STD1 190.5X139.7X50.8 BRN

EA

044009 KORRVU INSERT STD2 279.4X203.2X50.8 BRN

EA

044010 KORRVU INSERT STD2 279.4X203.2X50.8 WHT

EA

044011 KORRVU INSERT STD3 355.6X304.8X69.85 BRN

EA

044012 KORRVU INSERT STD3 355.6X304.8X69.85 WHT

EA

044013 KORRVU INSERT STD8 444.5X317.5X76.2 BRN

EA

044014 KORRVU INSERT STD8 444.5X317.5X76.2 WHT

EA

LITTLE GRIPPER

044015 KORRVU INSERT STD12 165.1X107.95X73.02 BRN

EA

This two-sided, coated Kraft Paper is designed to interleave between stacked goods and aid in transit stability. With an anti-skid surface, that helps keep your pallets secure. It can be used with other load stability items or be used on its own. This product is recyclable and can be made for custom sizes.

044016 KORRVU INSERT STD12 165.1X107.95X73.02 WHT

EA

079017

SNELL CORNER PIECES 50X50X5X50MM 1000/CTN

CODE DESCRIPTION

CTN

UOM

LITTLE GRIPPER SHEET 310X310MM 1000/PKT

PKT

392012 LITTLE GRIPPER SHEET 1000X1200MM 150GSM 3000/PLT

EA

312096

23


BOXES & CARTONS

BIN BOXES

DIE CUT BOXES

Sturdy, high-quality fibreboard boxes for tools, spare parts, accessories or storing any loose items. Shallow, with lower front face for visibility and access.

Convenient and easy to assemble, die cut boxes are available in a number of sizes to suit any product. CODE DESCRIPTION

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

02BIN1 BINBOX 1 100X70X45MM PLAIN FLAT 100/BDLE

EA

02BIN2 BINBOX 2 297X100X95MM W/WINDOW FLAT 25/BDLE

EA

02BIN3 BINBOX 3 290X200X95MM W/WINDOW FLAT 25/BDLE

EA

02BIN4 BINBOX 4 215X103X102MM W/WINDOW FLAT 25/BDLE

EA

02BIN6 BINBOX 6 297X71X95MM W/WINDOW FLAT 25/BDLE

EA

02BOXDC100

DIE CUT BOX WHITE 100X75X37MM

UOM

EA

02BOXDC125

DIE CUT BOX WHITE 125X94X47MM

EA

02BOXDC150

DIE CUT BOX WHITE 150X112X56MM

EA

02BOXDC175

DIE CUT BOX WHITE 175X130X65MM

EA

02BOXDC200

DIE CUT BOX WHITE 200X150X75MM

EA

02BOXDC225

DIE CUT BOX WHITE 225X167X83MM

EA

02BOXDC275

DIE CUT BOX WHITE 275X206X103MM

EA

02BOXDC300

DIE CUT BOX WHITE 300X225X113MM

EA

SNELL TWISTPAK Ideal for packaging and posting books, videos, CDs and DVDs etc. The Snell Twistpak “crumple zone” reduces damage to goods and provides an easy packaging solution. Measurements shown refer to the inner part of the mailer once folded. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

042001 SNELL TWISTPAK CD PACK 144X130MM

EA

042000 SNELL TWISTPAK VIDEO PACK 230X150MM

EA

042002 SNELL TWISTPAK SOFTWARE PACK 260X220MM

EA

042003 SNELL TWISTPAK F/SCAP-A4 PACK 330X250MM

EA

042004 SNELL TWISTPAK A3 PACK 430X310MM

EA

24

PALLET BOX Heavy-duty, pallet-sized carton with lid. Comes with a timber pallet that has been treated as required for export purposes. Carton is supplied flat. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

01TANECOV TANE PAK 1100X1100X1030MM 21112TC

EA


2

POLYTHENE PRODUCTS Feature Pages

26

Pallet Hand Wrap

40

Pallet Machine Wrap

43

Perforated & Knitted Wrap

46

Pallet Covers & Caps

47

Shrink & B&A Film

48

Mailers

49

Protective Packaging

50

Void Fill Packaging

53

Bulk, Vacuum & Singlet Bags

54

Poly Bags

55

Bags

56

Liners

58

25


STRETCH WRAP Stretch wrap is produced from linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) resin. When stretched, the elastic recovery properties of the film combined with correct application & tension secures the goods. This provides the most cost-efficient and effective method of containing loads for storage, handling and distribution. BENEFITS

BLOWN STRETCH WRAP

There are many benefits in using stretch wrap to secure items or pallet loads:

The blown film extrusion process involves forcing molten resin through a ring-shaped die to form a continuous tube of plastic, and inflating it with air to form a bubble. The bubble is carried through variable speed rollers to the point where it reaches the required size and is then cooled by air to convert it into a solid film tube of the desired thickness or gauge. The tubing is then guided by pinch rolls to flatten it out, and then it is wound, slit and trimmed to produce rolls of film.

• Protection from dust, dirt and moisture. • Reliable performance with superior load-holding capability. • Minimises shipping damage and its associated costs. • Offers increased efficiency in the handling and storage of pallet loads. • Reduces or eliminates the need for secondary packaging. • Removal is easy, fast and clean as stretch wrap only adheres to itself, not the product. • Low cost as it offers the most yield for your dollar compared to other forms of packaging and bundling materials. • Flexible and versatile. Stretch wrap is available with many different attributes and strengths to meet the needs of a wide range of wrapping applications. • Scan-through optics. Clear stretch films allow barcodes to be quickly scanned and read. • Offers a high degree of tamper-resistance and reduces instances of pilferage, especially when an opaque film is used to conceal load contents. • Recyclable. Knowing how your Stretch Wrap is made can help you use it in more efficient and effective manner.

Advantages Puncture & tear resistance. Abrasion resistance. Cling/Film wipe off. High force-to-load. Ability to use thinner gauges.

Disadvantages Hazy, low clarity. Noisy unwind.

CAST STRETCH WRAP The cast extrusion process involves extruding molten resin through a slot die at the desired gap for the required gauge, this is cast onto a chilled roller to rapidly quench the film. It’s this fast cooling process that creates the high clarity properties of cast films, other advantages include superior gauge/thickness control and higher output rates than blown films. The film is then drawn through tension rollers to the slitting and winding stations. The movement towards

ALTHOUGH STRETCH FILMS CAN BE STRETCHED MANY TIMES ITS ORIGINAL LENGTH, MOST MACHINES ONLY HAVE THE CAPABILITY OF STRETCHING THE FILM UP TO 300%. 26


STRETCH WRAP multi-layer cast stretch films continues to grow and diversify over the years, progressing from 3 layer coextrusion to 5, 9 & 11 layer co-extrusion, the latest developments are with Nano technology, producing films with dozens of layers to improve strength, yield, high speed unwind and on-pallet performance through increased layers. Advantages Tear resistance. Film thickness control. Excellent clarity. Quiet unwind.

Disadvantages Less memory and holding force. Less force to load.

PRE-STRETCHED WRAP Is conventional cast or blown stretch film that has been pre-stretched prior to being wound into rolls. The key benefits in using pre-stretched wrap are:

ADVANCE WRAP MACHINE & YAX-WRAP HAND WRAP Manufactured by the cast extrusion process, using a special blend of resins to produce thinner high strength films that require less stretch to achieve high levels of holding power. Benefits • High clarity for easy product identification and bar code scanning. • High load stabilisation is achieved at low rates of stretch, making it ideal for friction stretch unit machines and hand wrapping. • Low unwind noise is an advantage in quiet environments. • Excellent wipe off (cling) • Environmental advantage of using less film to wrap each load. • Lighter hand rolls make it less physically demanding to handle.

• The amount of film needed to wrap a load is reduced, thereby cutting costs and waste. • Less physical effort is required to apply the film as the film has been pre-stretching already, the rolls are typically lighter and easier to handle. • Wrap time reductions as less revolutions are required to wrap a load, improving packaging efficiencies. • Offers superior holding force over conventional hand films, as the film is already pre-stretched to a much higher degree than an operator could achieve by stretching it around a load. • Excellent in cold temperature environments, where stretching the film by hand is made much harder due to the cold temperature properties.

TO ENSURE THAT YOUR STRETCH WRAP IS EFFICIENT CONTACT YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE OR CUSTOMER SERVICES FOR A STRETCH WRAP AUDIT. 27


STRETCH WRAP APPLICATION The two methods of applying stretch wrap to a load is either by hand or with a machine. The hand method is generally for lower volume applications, where the film is applied using a dispenser or inserts. The machine method is with a wrapping machine for medium to high load throughput applications where speed and consistency is required. HAND STRETCH WRAP Requires an operator to attach the film to the load and walk around the load while unwinding the film. The operator must apply the required tension to the film to ensure enough wrapping force is applied to contain and unitise the load. The stretch wrap rolls must be manipulated by the operator, so the size and weight must be limited for ease of use. Hand wrap rolls are typically shorter in width and length to limit the weight.

MACHINE STRETCH WRAP Used in conjunction with a pallet wrapping machine that applies the film to the load using parameters set by the operator. Wrap parameters are set on the machine to vary the amount and location of the film to provide maximum load retention. These parameters ensure the load is wrapped exactly the same way each time.

STEPS FOR APPLYING HAND STRETCH WRAP TO A PALLET Step 1: Place your items onto a sturdy pallet. Try to use a pallet that is just the right size to accommodate the number of items being palletising. This will help to stop you from tearing the stretch wrap on sharp corners of the pallet. Step 2: Make sure the items you are about to wrap are as close to one another on the pallet as possible. If they have room to shift around after you’ve applied the stretch wrap, the film can become lose, reducing the level of load containment. Step 3: Take your roll of stretch wrap and attach the end of the film to the load or pallet. Ideally the film should be tucked between layers of product as this avoids additional bending. Make sure the film is applied with the tack against the load. Most blown films have tack on the outside layer and most cast film on the inside layer.

THE INAPPROPRIATE APPLICATION OF STRETCH WRAP CAN INCREASE THE CHANCES OF A WORKPLACE RELATED INJURY. 28


STRETCH WRAP APPLICATION Step 4: Wrap the load to the pallet (if required). Ensure that sufficient film layers are applied as low as possible onto the pallet, this will provide a better bond between the load and the pallet, reducing the chance of the film riding up over the corner of the pallet. The number of film layers required around the base is determined by the type of load and the transport and handling methods being employed. Step 5: Secure the goods. After applying the bottom layers, work your way up from the base, making sure to overlap the preceding layer with sufficient overlap to suit the requirements of the load. Stretch the hand wrap to the required level for the type of film being used, but be careful not to crush or damage your goods by over tensioning the film. Continue wrapping up the load, whilst maintaining the correct overlap, until the top edge of the film is 50mm above the load.

HELPFUL TIPS • Hold your arms as straight as possible, this will reduce fatigue as you are using your momentum and weight to stretch the film. • Do not use your arms to apply the film on the corners. Instead, take a sideways step around the corner. • Release the tension once the film is around the corner of the load. Let the film unwind freely until you reach you’re next stretching point. • Try to straighten your back slightly as you are wrapping along the side of the load. Only bend further down on the corners. • If possible, place the pallet to be wrapped on top of another empty pallet at 45 degrees. This will make it easier to wrap since you won’t need to bend down as far.

Step 6: Wrap the top of the pallet. Apply the appropriate number of top wraps to secure your load before wrapping back to the bottom of the pallet. Some products may only require wrapping to the top. Step 7: Cut the film. 300mm past the corner of the load, then either flush it against the load using the cling secure tail in place or tuck the film tail under the wrap just around the corner to avoid the film tail coming away from the load.

LAST YEAR SNELL CONDUCTED 334 STRETCH WRAPPING AUDITS AND FOUND THAT 65% OF THESE OPERATIONS WERE PERFORMING INEFFICIENTLY OR INEFFECTIVELY.

29


SHRINK FILM Shrink film is a material made up of polymer plastic film. When heat is applied to this material, either through use of a heat shrink machine, heat tunnel or gas gun, it shrinks around whatever it is covering to create a tight, sealed package. It is primarily used as a protective wrapping for merchandise or food items, and can also be used to wrap and secure pallet loads.

available with specific mechanical and barrier properties for shrink wrapping food.

The most commonly used shrink film is polyolefin. It is available in a variety of thicknesses, clarities, strengths and shrink ratios. The two primary films are either cross-linked, or non cross-linked, and come in two basic varieties – single-wound (flat) and centrefold. Polyolefin can be easily identified by its stretchy properties. It produces little odour and can be used with most shrink wrap systems. It is also ideal for bundling multiple products together. Other shrink films include PVC used for non-perishable goods, and several other compositions. Co-extrusions and laminations are

• Versatile - can conform to almost any shape or size. • Inexpensive. • Has high clarity to allow items to be viewed and enhances shelf presentation. • Protects products from dirt and dust. • Provides impact and abrasion protection. • Provides leakage resistance and containment. • Tamper-evident. • Material savings versus using boxes, as less film is needed to create a package. • Can be printed on.

BENEFITS Shrink film has a few key advantages:

B & A FILM Building and Agricultural (B & A) film is a general purpose polythene film on rolls in varying lengths, widths, thicknesses and is available in black or natural. It is used mainly as a moisture barrier for concrete flooring on building sites, in horticultural and agricultural industries as a weed control, and as a greenhouse or growing tunnel film. Snell stock three types of B & A film, as follows:

Single Wound Sheet The width of the film is the same as the width of the roll. Centre Folded Sheet The width of the film is twice the width of the roll once opened out. Fold edge

Gusset Centre Sheet

Open edges

The width of the film is four times the width of the roll once opened out.

 THE SHRINK FILM MARKET IS PROJECTED TO REACH 2.53 BILLION US DOLLARS BY 2020. *http://www.marketsandmarkets.com/PressReleases/shrink-film-beverage-multipacks.asp

30


PRINTED & CUSTOMISED PLASTIC BAGS Let Snell arrange your quote on your custom printed plastic bag requirements to promote your company’s image. Bags can be made from either LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene), HDPE (High Density Polyethylene) or MDPE (Medium Density Polyethylene). All bags are custom made so the size can be made to suit your requirements. Both options of Gravure and Flexographic printing are available from one through to eight colours, depending on your requirements. We also offer environmentally-friendly degradable bags if required. There are a wide range of bag styles available: T-Shirt or Singlet Bags These are usually made from HDPE.

Block Bottom Bag With gusset and punched handle.

Punch Handle Bags With hand grip holes punched out. These can be made with either LDPE or HDPE.

Print Both options of Gravure and Flexographic printing are available from one through to eight colours, depending on your requirements.

Patch Handle Bags Come with a reinforced patch to give greater strength. Handle Bags With welded plastic loop handle.

Green Option We can also offer environmentally-friendly degradable bags if required.

CUSTOMISED BIN & BOX LINERS Snell specialises in custom made box and bin liners. These can be manufactured to sizes to suit your requirements in both HDPE, LDPE or MDPE. We have different films that can be used to give added strength while allowing the thickness gauge to be reduced, which creates savings. These liners offer protection and are leak-proof, making them ideal for seafood, meat, etc. Carton liners can be packed either perforated on a roll or packed in cartons to suit your requirements.

Large bin liners are available for produce bins, keeping produce clean from the field to the factory. All bin and box liners are made from high grade virgin resin and are FDA Certified as Food Safe.

LET SNELL ARRANGE YOUR QUOTE ON YOUR CUSTOM PRINTED PLASTIC BAG REQUIREMENTS TO PROMOTE YOUR COMPANY’S IMAGE. 31


FLEXIBLE PACKAGING YOU CAN TRUST Product contamination was a huge topic in the food industry last year. Multiple stories in the news were about businesses that suffered incidents and are now having to work hard to regain faith in their brand. While we like to think the risk is low, in fact it is happening more often than we think. When contamination is mentioned most people think about the production process, many don’t consider that using uncertified packaging is a threat to their product and brand integrity. Kellogg’s in the USA in 2010 had an incident where chemicals from the flexible packaging used on their cereal had migrated into their product. Luckily in this instance no customers were harmed. Kellogg’s however had to recall 28 million packs of cereal costing them US$10 million. Working with a credible proven supplier to ensure your flexible packaging adheres to compliance standards can protect your product, save your business unwanted cost and damage to your brand. Snell has a specialised flexible packaging team who are dedicated to ensuring the correct standards are met with all flexible packaging we supply. Our office in China allows us to be proactive about factory standards.

FOR MORE INFORMATION ON FLEXIBLE PACKAGING VISIT OUR FLEXIBLES WEBSITE AT WWW.SNELLFLEXIBLES.COM 32


FLEXIBLE PACKAGING Flexible packaging offers significant value and sustainability benefits to manufacturers, retailers and consumers. It is light, pliable, strong and multi-sensory, delivering product protection, convenience and communication across a wide variety of environments. Having formed alliances with some of the world’s most innovative flexible packaging manufacturers, Snell will ensure the optimisation of your package design in a cost effective manner, so that you deliver more to your customers.

SUSTAINABILITY Flexible packaging uses less resources and produces less emissions and waste than most other packaging formats, including many currently perceived as ‘environmentally friendly’. Our suppliers have innovative manufacturing facilities that have been purpose built with best manufacturing practices in mind. These manufacturers more than meet the legislative and quality expectations of our customers, and continue to refine their practices to ensure the ongoing reduction of energy use, emission and waste production.

CHINA OFFICE

ISO 14001 ENVIRONMENTAL ACCREDITATION When dealing with Snell, you are dealing with a company that adheres to the principles and requirements expected of an ISO 14001 accredited company.

ISO 9001 QUALITY MANAGEMENT ACCREDITATION Snell meets the ISO 9001 standard which based on a number of quality management principles including a strong customer focus, the motivation and implication of top management, the process approach and continual improvement.

HACCP ACCREDITATION Snell also meets the HACCP requirements which relate to food safety and proves that we have systems in place to ensure quality to be able to sell to the food industry.

With over 10 years experience at the Snell office based in Guangzhou, China, we have staff not only ensuring that the widest range of flexible packaging is available to our New Zealand customers from sources across Asia, but also that quality standards and expectations are stringently met in a cost-effective manner.

SNELL FLEXIBLES IS A PROUD PARTNER OF THE LOVE NZ SOFT PLASTIC RECYCLING PROGRAMME WHICH TURNS SOFT PLASTIC PACKAGING INTO NEW PRODUCTS FOR US ALL TO ENJOY, LIKE BENCHES, BOLLARDS AND CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT FOR LOCAL PARKS. 33


FILM TECHNOLOGY Snell Flexibles have access to a range of flexible film technologies, which can be individually customised for best performance during and post production. These can be in roll form or as converted products, and can be printed or unprinted. BREATHABLE FILM

METALISED FILM

Fresh fruit and vegetables have specialised film requirements and Snell have several options designed to achieve, and in some cases extend, the shelf life of these products.

Laminates of metalised polyester, metalised polypropylene and metalised cast polypropylene are available where a medium barrier is required to protect against light, moisture and oxygen, or where a metallic look is required for visual impact. Our metalised films have strong tenacity, adhesion, flexibility, insulation and coating consistency.

MEDIUM AND HIGH BARRIER LAMINATES Depending on the nature and required shelf life of the product, Snell can provide a range of medium and high barrier laminates for dry and wet foods. From duplex to four ply laminates, Snell will customise each film layer. Where seal integrity is of the utmost importance, for example in the packaging of milk powder, Metallocene is available to ensure seal integrity.

SINGLE SUBSTRATE FLOW WRAPS We have very competitively priced flow wraps for low barrier and non-food items. Whether its polyester, polypropylene or polyethylene, Snell can source the right product fit for your machinery and product type. Our flow wraps have good sealing temperatures and seal integrity and can be fine tuned to meet your requirements. We also have a range of matt films available.

ANTICOUNTERFEIT FILM There are a few options that fall underneath this film choice: • Making deliberate mistakes within the artwork design as counterfeiters tend to correct mistakes. • A hidden manufacturer marking that is only visible via film delamination. It would typically go under the Eyemark/Eyespot. • An embossed LLDPE sealant layer which is an expensive option but it provides a high level of complexity to replicate. • Super high definition cylinder engraving of dots known as a microdot that allows for hidden digits or messages. • Polarised printing which is gravure engraving done at a specific angle that allows a hidden message or symbol to be seen only when viewed through a polarised film lens.

POLYTHENE FILM CAN NOW PROVIDE THE SAME HIGH LEVELS OF PROTECTION AS OTHER PACKAGING MEDIUMS BUT CAN BE PRODUCED USING SIGNIFICANTLY LESS RAW MATERIALS. *from www.plasticisgreen.com 34


PRINT TECHNOLOGY Snell Flexibles offers high quality gravure printing in up to ten colours to deliver sharp graphics, fine print and characters. We also offer flexographic printing for more complex substrates like paper or thin gauge polythene and extensible films. GRAVURE PRINTING

SPECIALISED INKS

The gravure process is used for high quality printing, and produces a sharp, fine image of near photographic quality. An image is etched on the surface of a metal cylinder. The cylinder is rotated and the image is transferred to the material going around the cylinder.

High quality, brightly coloured metallic and fluoro inks offer an innovative and eye-catching point of difference to a brand, and create visual impact on the supermarket shelf.

Brand name manufacturers have increasing pressure to work with more graphics, more colour and higher quality images to emphasise the brand. At point-ofsale, packaging is the overriding sales instrument for the buying decision, particularly when a new product is launched. Packaging is the consumer’s first interaction with a new product. Gravure packaging is optimal due to excellent image reproduction, brilliant colours, and consistency over the whole print run and across multiple variants sharing similar or generic designs.

REGISTERED SPOT COATINGS Registered spot coatings visually highlight specific areas on the packaging by using the difference in contrast between areas of gloss and areas of matt finish.

MATTE FINISH Matte film, matte ink or a matte over-lacquer can be used to achieve a matte finish on a product. Options in matte are often used to give a product a ‘natural’ look, but are also commonly used to avoid the reflection of light, which can sometimes detract from a brand in a retail situation.

GRAVURE IS THE PREFERRED PRINT PROCESS IN THE ASIAN MARKET BECAUSE IT OFFERS THE HIGH QUALITY REPRODUCTION REQUIRED TO PRINT SMALL CHARACTERS AND GRAPHICS CLEARLY. 35


CONVERTED PRODUCTS – POUCHES Snell source a variety of highly versatile pouch products suitable for multiple applications. Pouches are customised to meet the barrier, processing and consumer requirements of the product. There are a range of additional features available that are applicable across the range of pouch options. These include, but are not limited to, zippers, spouts, laser scoring, easy tear, V-cut and punch holes.

STAND UP POUCH Pouches are frequently used in the place of cans. They can be made of clear material, which can be microwaveable. Stand up pouches are ideal for soups and chilled meals and also as refill packs for non-food products. Added value for chilled food items, pouches can be formed using semi-retort adhesives, which ensure package integrity during hot filling and post retail consumer microwaving.

RETORT POUCHES Retort Pouches are manufactured with materials suitable for the high temperature sterilisation during the retort process. Retorted products maintain freshness for an extended period of time and are shelf stable at ambient temperatures. New innovations in film mean that we are able to offer fully retortable structures that are shelf stable and can be reheated by the consumer in the microwave.

QUAD SEAL POUCH Has a larger printing area for delivering information and eyecatching displays. Has a block bottom. Optional folded and glued bottom options are available. Selfstanding for maximum display and presentation.

K-SEAL STAND UP POUCH Has a bottom tuck or gusset that can be print registered.

SHAPED POUCH Highly versatile and suitable for numerous applications. Shaped pouches are visually impactful and will stand out on the supermarket shelf.

COFFEE POUCH With a large printing area and specialised valve technology, coffee pouches offer the best medium to get both full and ground beans to the market. Similar to the Quad Seal Pouch in style, the coffee pouch also has either an internal or external valve, allowing gases to escape the bag, while keeping the contents inside fresh for the end user.

THE GLOBAL DEMAND FOR STAND UP POUCHES IS CURRENTLY ESTIMATED AT 80 BILLION UNITS. 36


BAGS & FILMS Choosing the correct Bag or Film for your business is essential. Ensuring that both product safety and brand exposure can be achieved are some of the concerns in the selection process. RESEALABLE BAG

FILMS

Good for products requiring minimal barriers (e.g. toys, textiles, stationery). Permanent or re-sealable tape can be incorporated on the flap for sealing. A wide range of punch holes can be incorporated.

Lidding Film

RECLOSABLE BAG Incorporates a zipper for reclosability. Can be tamperevident with a perforated tear. Top or bottom filled depending on application. Can be surface printed polyethylene, or a laminate with a barrier layer for product protection.

A top lidding material for plastic tray type packaging. Can be designed for easy peel sealing to PP, PE, PS, PVC and APET trays. Microwaveable. Snell is also able to source a range of aluminium die cut lids for sealing to PP, PE, PS and PVC pots. Shrink Sleeve / Label Shrink labeling that can shrink up to 70%. Avoids printing on the container. Premium printed quality by rotogravure press. PET, PVC and OPS materials available. Easy tear-off label using perforated film available. Water and corrosion proof, and tamper-evident for larger containers.

WICKET BAGS Available printed or unprinted for machine or manual packing processes. Available in either polyethylene or polypropylene. Snell can also provide shaped, perforated, hole punched and resealable wicket bags. All products are certified food grade. Suitable for bakery goods, fruit, vegetables and flowers.

37


POLYWEAVE Poly woven bags, are a hard wearing, all-purpose packaging solution for agricultural products like stock feed, rendered products, calf milk powder, fertiliser, chemicals and seed. Our bags are UV stabilised for greater strength and weather resistance so that they can offer unbeatable product protection throughout the supply chain and on-farm. Polypropylene bags can range in size from 5kg to 2000kg FIBC bags and can be simple or stylised to suit the needs of your product and brand. Plain or simple one to two colour print options are available for product delivered straight to farm or transported from depot to depot. For the retail market, we supply complex ten colour print options and multiple finishes. A wide range of options are available to protect your product and help differentiate your brand from the competition including: valves for fine or dusty materials, LDPE liners, easy open tape, handle options (10kg and under) and heat welded seams.

Snell Polyweave supplies millions of poly woven bags to the New Zealand market. We understand legislation around ruminant stock feed warnings and HAZNO warnings for fertiliser bags. If you’re looking for an experienced packaging partner to help deliver the best solution for your product, give us a call.

We can also supply poly woven inners with a laminated kraft paper exterior for brands that want a natural look and feel that doesn’t compromise product protection. Clear windows can be added to help display premium product.

SPEAK TO YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE FOR A REVIEW ON YOUR CURRENT PACKAGING OPTIONS. 38


BULK BAGS Bulk bags are an easy way to move your fertiliser, stock feed, seed, bark mulch, builders mix, gravel or rendered products. The team at Snell can design your bulk bags to suit your specific product needs, dimensions and safe working load (SWL) weight requirements. FEATURES AND BENEFITS Versatile Anything from 250kg to 2000kg of product can be carried in Snell bulk bags. Customised construction Made from UV stabilised woven polypropylene, our bulk bags offer a range of features including: four cross corner lifting loops, LDPE liners fitted and tabbed for a more waterproof finish, duffle top, open top or top fill spout, flat bottom or bottom discharge spout. Laminated for additional water resistance or un-laminated. Printed up to three colours using flexographic printing.

FIBC Bags: Smart packaging solution Big can be beautiful with FIBC bags. These super sacks are designed to be tough, practical and fit for purpose. Carefully designed construction delivers the best format for easy lifting and transport with practical and effective finishes. FIBC bags are designed to suit your specific dimensions and safe working load (SWL) requirements. These tough poly woven bags can hold, transport and store 250kg to 2000kg of product in perfect condition. Packaging structures and finishes Finishing options include plain, printed up to three colours using flexographic printing, laminated and un-laminated.

Fit for purpose FIBC bags can be weight rated to suit your productspecific safe working load requirements. Internal baffles will prevent bulging for easier container loading and storage in confined spaces. Document pockets can be added for product identification and/or legislative requirements and safe handling labels to ensure correct use of the bag.

CONTACT YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE OR OUR CUSTOMER SERVICES TEAM FOR MORE INFORMATION ON BULK BAGS. 39


PALLET HAND WRAP

SNELLWRAP HAND STRETCH WRAP

SNELL CAST HAND WRAP

Tried and tested L.L.D.P.E blown pallet stretch film to provide load protection and stability. High tensile strength with puncture and tear resistance.

Mini handy rolls of strong, puncture-resistant stretch wrap. Complete with a dispenser handle in every carton of 12 rolls, making hand bundling or band wrapping applications quick and easy.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

401022

SNELLWRAP HAND 300MMX450M CLEAR 20MU

ROLL

60IHANDY SNELL HANDYWRAP 100MMX150M CLEAR 20MU

401007

SNELLWRAP HAND 500MMX450M CLEAR 18MU

ROLL

60ANDYWRAP50 SNELL HANDYWRAP 50MMX150M 20MU CLEAR 15/CTN ROLL 409023

12/CTN CTN

SNELL HANDYWRAP HANDLE

EA

KIWIWRAP HAND WRAP

MAXI HAND PALLET WRAP

Lightweight pallet stretch wrap rolls with unique Snell handles which locate in each end of the core making it very easy to apply the film. Available in clear or security black.

Designed to meet the requirements of most hand wrapping operations due to the excellent load holding properties of cold pre-stretched blown films. These properties equate to less film and lower costs to wrap each pallet, and less physical effort to apply this film due to light weight rolls. Another advantage is that the rolls are difficult to damage if dropped or mistreated because of the soft wind technology entrapping air between the layers of film.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

60KIWIWRAPNZ KIWIWRAP HAND 500MMX300M CLEAR 23MU

ROLL  

60KIWIWRAPBK KIWIWRAP HAND 500MMX300M BLACK 25MU

ROLL

40

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

401138 MAXI HEAVY HAND PALLET WRAP 450MMX450M 10MU

ROLL

401125 MAXI LITE HAND PALLET WRAP 450MMX450M 7MU

ROLL


PALLET HAND WRAP

EXCELL PRE-STRETCHED HAND WRAP

HAND WRAP DISPENSER

The Ex-Cell range of double layer, cold pre-stretched films provide unparalleled levels of load containment for the gauge, resulting in less film, time and cost to wrap each pallet. Physical effort is also reduced due to light weight rolls and the film already being pre-stretching. Ex-Cell can reduce consumption of conventional stretch films by up to 40% providing environmental advantages. Other advantages include greater wrap consistency, improved clarity for barcode scanning.

The adjustable metal stretch wrapping dispensers accept hand rolls up to 500mm wide, and reduce how far you need to bend down to wrap the base of the load. Plastic Inserts fit most hand rolls and eliminate the friction on the hands of the operator.

409000

STRETCH WRAP DISPENSER ADJUSTABLE TO 500MM EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

99STREDISP

STRETCH WRAP DISPENSER CONVENTIONAL 450MM* EA

401037

EXCELL HAND WRAP 450MMX500M CLEAR DL-4 8MU

4/CTN ROLL

60WINWRAPHDLE STRETCH WRAP DISPENSER GREEN HANDLE INSERTS PAIR

401034

EXCELL HAND WRAP 450MMX500M CLEAR DL-5 10MU

4/CTN ROLL

401008

EXCELL HAND WRAP 450MMX500M CLEAR DL-6 12MU 4/CTN ROLL

401047

EXCELL HAND WRAP 450MMX400M CLEAR S-WRAP 14MU 4/CTN ROLL

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

60EXCELL450H EXCELL HAND WRAP 450MMX600M CLEAR HEAVY EXH450 4/CTN ROLL

IPEX HAND STRETCH WRAP The high tensile and mechanical properties of this blown stretch wrap provide high puncture and tear resistance, particularly useful when wrapping irregular shaped or inboard loads that require higher levels of stabilisation. Single-sided tack eliminates the risk of pallets sticking to each other. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

60IPEXH203

IPEX HAND WRAP 500MMX400M CLEAR 23MU

4/CTN

ROLL

60IPEXH204

IPEX HAND WRAP 500MMX440M CLEAR 17MU

4/CTN

ROLL

401065

IPEX HAND WRAP 500MMX400M BLACK 23MU

4/CTN

ROLL

401035

IPEX HAND WRAP 450MMX500M BLACK 17MU

4/CTN

ROLL

41


PALLET HAND WRAP

SNELL YAXWRAP PALLETWRAP

SNELL HAND VISTA WRAP

High performance cast hand wrap is manufactured using superior resins to produce a range of thinner films that require less stretch to achieve maximum load holding capabilities. The ability for it to mould corners when stretched makes it a good alternative to pre-stretch films on irregular shaped loads. Other advantages are, the rolls are light and easy to use, high clarity for barcode scanning and low unwind noise.

Cast conventional hand wrap which is ideal for most average stretch wrapping operations, made from high-grade resins it provides good load containment, high clarity for barcode scanning and low unwind noise.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

404006

SNELL HAND YAX-WRAP LIGHT 500MMX500M

6/CTN

ROLL

404011

SNELL HAND YAX-WRAP HEAVY 500MMX400M

6/CTN

ROLL

409022

SNELL HAND YAX WRAP ULTRA 500MMX300M

6/CTN

ROLL

SNELL RH HAND CAST WRAP Snell premium cast hand wrap has reinforced edges in addition to being manufactured with superior resins to produce thinner films which require less stretch to achieve the ultimate load containment. The reinforced edges provide excellent tear resistance especially on highly irregular shaped loads making it a great alternative to pre-stretch films. Other advantages are, the rolls are light and easy to use, high clarity for barcode scanning and low unwind noise. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

401183 SNELL RH CAST WRAP 500MM X 400M 12MU

ROLL

401184 SNELL RH CAST WRAP 500MM X 300M 18MU

ROLL

42

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

409017

SNELL HAND VISTA-WRAP 500MMX400M 18MU

4 RL/CTN ROLL


PALLET MACHINE WRAP

SNELLWRAP MACHINE WRAP

IPEX MACHINE STRETCH WRAP

Tried and tested L.L.D.P.E blown pallet stretch film to provide load protection and stability. High tensile strength with puncture and tear resistance.

High tensile strength, L.L.D.P.E blown stretch wrap with high puncture and tear resistance. Single-sided tack to reduce the risk of pallets sticking to each other or attracting dust.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

401006 SNELLWRAP MACHINE 500MMX1500M CLEAR 20MU

ROLL

60IPEXMS409HC IPEX MACHINE WRAP 500MMX1100M 30MU

ROLL

60IPEXM104

IPEX MACHINE WRAP 500MMX1500M 23MU

ROLL

401004

IPEX MACHINE WRAP 500MMX2200M 17MU

ROLL

401033

IPEX MACHINE WRAP 500MMX1500M 20MU BLACK

ROLL

EXCELL PRE-STRETCHED MACHINE WRAP

IPEX GOLD MACHINE WRAP

The Ex-Cell range of double layer, cold pre-stretched machine films provide unparalleled levels of load containment for the gauge, resulting in less film, time and cost to wrap each pallet. Other advantages include greater wrap consistency and improved clarity for barcode scanning.

Premium stretch film for fully and semi-automatic machines. High tensile and impact strength. High puncture resistance and clarity. Maximum film potential with high stretch ratio and force to load. Uses less film to wrap a load, resulting in less cost and waste.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

401009 EXCELL MACHINE WRAP 500MMX1500M CLEAR DL-6 12MU

ROLL

408006 IPEX GOLD MACHINE WRAP 500MMX2100M CLEAR 18MU

ROLL

401069 EXCELL MACHINE WRAP 500MMX2100M CLEAR DL-4 8MU

ROLL

401166 IPEX GOLD M2500 MACHINE WRAP 500X2500M CLEAR 15MU

ROLL

401032 EXCELL MACHINE WRAP 500MMX3000M CLEAR DL-5 10MU

ROLL

43


PALLET MACHINE WRAP

CAST MACHINE WRAP

SNELL MACHINE WRAP HP

High quality, L.L.D.P.E cast film. Excellent scanning clarity and quieter operation. High puncture and tear resistance, with a strong and consistent film yield.

High-grade conventional cast machine film with high clarity for bar code scanning and high yield/stretch. Enhanced load stability, environmental advantages and low unwind noise.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

406004 CAST MACHINE WRAP 425MMX1855M

ROLL Â

409024 SNELL MACHINE WRAP HP 500MMX2175M 15 MU

ROLL

409025 SNELL MACHINE WRAP HP 500MMX2717M 12MU

ROLL

SNELL MACHINE VISTA WRAP Has high Clarity for bar code scanning with high yield/stretch. Enhanced Load Stability and environmental advantages. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

404012 SNELL MACHINE VISTA-WRAP 500MMX1420M 23MU

ROLL

404013 SNELL MACHINE VISTA-WRAP 500MMX1630M 20MU

ROLL

404014 SNELL MACHINE VISTA-WRAP 500MMX1920M 17MU

ROLL

404015

SNELL MACHINE VISTA-WRAP 500MMX2170M 15MU

ROLL

409016

SNELL MACHINE VISTA WRAP 500MMX1085M 30MU

ROLL

44


PALLET MACHINE WRAP

SNELL MACHINE HORIZONTAL WRAP

SNELL ADVANCE-WRAP MACHINE PALLET WRAP

Cast Conventional Horizontal Machine Wrap. Good transparency. Clear and glossy film. Superior tear resistance. Quiet unwind. Consistent cling and film thickness. Requires a horizontal machine wrapper to apply this film.

Snell high-performance cast machine pallet wrap is specifically manufactured for friction brake (low stretch) machine operations. Manufactured using superior resins to produce a range of thinner films that require less stretch to achieve maximum load holding capabilities. The ability for it to mould corners when stretched makes it a good alternative to pre-stretch films on irregular shaped loads. Other advantages are high clarity for barcode scanning and low unwind noise.

CODE DESCRIPTION

409018

SNELL MACHINE HORIZONTAL WRAP 250MMX960M 17MU

UOM

CTN

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

404010

SNELL MACHINE ADVANCE-WRAP HEAVY 500MMX2720M

ROLL

409021

SNELL MACHINE ADVANCE-WRAP ULTRA 500MMX2175M

ROLL

45


PERFORATED & KNITTED WRAP

TAMANET KNITTED HAND WRAP

PERFORATED WRAP If you produce or ship goods that come off the production line hot, have to be rapidly cooled or kept well ventilated then Snell can save you a lot of time. When goods come off a production line hot they normally have to be cooled down before being wrapped and put on a pallet. Wrapping a pallet before it is ready can result in condensation which damages packaging and products, for many plants, this means having a waiting period between getting the product off the production line and storing it on a pallet. Perforated pallet wrap has specially designed ventilation holes which allow the wrap to be strong but breathable.

AIR-O-FILM LITE 200 Pre-stretched & Treated to provide a high tensile strength. Solves condensation and moisture issues. Environmentally friendly. Reinforced bands ensure a stable pallet. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

409019 AIR-O-FILM HAND LITE 200 470MMX600M

ROLL

409020 AIR-O-FILM MACHINE LITE 200 470MMX1750M

ROLL

46

Breathable, flexible pallet wrap made from polyethylene. Allows goods to be frozen, chilled or thawed more quickly than standard film pallet wraps. Holds securely yet is gentle on fruit and produce. Fully recyclable. Suitable for fruit and vegetables, eggs, flowers, meat, food products and many other goods. Also available in machine rolls on request. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

60TAMA500750 TAMANET FLEXIBILE PALLET WRAP 500MMX750M

ROLL

Also available in machine rolls on request.


PALLET COVERS & CAPS

INSECT SHROUD

PALLET COVERS

White 30gsm nylon mesh shroud for protecting goods and pallets from insects. Bottom opening and FDA approved.

These covers work with stretch films to cover and waterproof any load. Perforated on a roll.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

478039 INSECT SHROUD 1070X1270X2200MM

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

20/CTN

EA

481000 PALLET CAP CLEAR 1680X1680MM 20MU HDPE

250/ROLL ROLL

481449 PALLET CAP BLACK 1680X1680MM 20MU HDPE

250/ROLL ROLL

SNELL ELASTIC BAND PALLET CAP

CATERING FOOD COVER LARGE 80CM 500/CTN

Protect the contents of your pallets from dirt, dust, moisture and other contaminates.

Easy to use design that allows for quick application and removal of the product. Helps to create a barrier between your product and external contaminants. Clear material to allow for you to see within the covered container.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

489193 ELASTIC BAND PALLET CAP DIA 2000MM

CTN QTY

UOM

50/CTN

CTN

CODE

DESCRIPTION

235006 CATERING FOOD COVER LARGE 80CM

CTN QTY

UOM

500/CTN

CTN

47


SHRINK & B&A FILM

SNELL X-LINK SHRINK FILM

PALLET SHRINK FILM

Quality, cross-linked shrink film ideal for shrink-wrapping products and packages. For use with heat shrink machines and heat tunnels.

High quality, heavy duty shrink film, which inhibits moisture and soiling while retaining product visibility. Ideal for heavy or sharp pallet loads. For use with a gas heat shrink gun.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

417000 SNELL XLINK SHRINK FILM 305MMX1067M 19MU

ROLL

417001 SNELL XLINK SHRINK FILM 355MMX1067M 19MU

ROLL

417002 SNELL XLINK SHRINK FILM 400MMX1067M 19MU

ROLL

417006 SNELL XLINK SHRINK FILM 605MMX1067M 19MU

ROLL

417007 SNELL XLINK SHRINK FILM 710MMX1067M 19MU

ROLL

417008 SNELL XLINK SHRINK FILM 750MMX1067M 19MU

ROLL

417009 SNELL XLINK SHRINK FILM 500MMX1332M 15MU

ROLL

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

61SHRI1070125 PALLET SHRINK FILM 1270X1070MM 125MU 25KG 47M/RL* ROLL

B & A FILM Thick, hard wearing polythene film. Ideal in agricultural applications or as a moisture barrier for concreting.

CRYOVAC IMPACT SHRINK FILM ®

An advanced multi-layer, cross-linked, high performance shrink film ideal for a range of shrink packaging applications. High impact, tensile and trim seal strength. Exceptional clarity for superior package appearance. Aggressive shrink force ideal for multi-packing applications. High package yield per roll for reduced waste and roll changeover downtime.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

614050125BK POLYTHENE FILM BLACK 4MX50M 125MU GUSS

ROLL

POLYTHENE FILM BLACK 5MX50M 80MU GUSS

ROLL

61505080BK

61405080CLV POLYTHENE FILM CLEAR 4MX50M 80MU GUSS VIRGIN

ROLL

61505080CLV POLYTHENE FILM CLEAR 5MX50M 80MU GUSS VIRGIN

ROLL

614050125CL

POLYTHENE FILM CLEAR 4MX50M 125MU GUSS*

ROLL

POLYTHENE FILM CLEAR 1MX100M 80MU SWS*

ROLL

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

61110080CL

414000 SHRINK FILM 205MMX1332M 15MU HIGH PERFORMANCE CFP*

ROLL

614050125CL POLYTHENE FILM CLEAR 4MX50M 125MU GUSS*

ROLL

414002 SHRINK FILM 305MMX1332M 15MU HIGH PERFORMANCE CFP*

ROLL

61210050CL

POLYTHENE FILM CLEAR 2MX100M 50MU CF

ROLL

414003 SHRINK FILM 355MMX1332M 15MU HIGH PERFORMANCE CFP

ROLL

61210080BK POLYTHENE FILM BLACK 2MX100M 80MU CF

ROLL

414004 SHRINK FILM 355MMX1067M 19MU HIGH PERFORMANCE CFP

ROLL

61505080BK POLYTHENE FILM BLACK 5MX50M 80MU GUSS

ROLL

414007 SHRINK FILM 460MMX1067M 19MU HIGH PERFORMANCE CFP*

ROLL

414008 SHRINK FILM 535MMX1067M 19MU HIGH PERFORMANCE CFP*

ROLL

414010 SHRINK FILM 535MMX1067M 19MU HIGH PERFORMANCE CFP*

ROLL

48


MAILERS

JIFFY® LITE MAILER

JIFFY® PADDED SELF-SEAL MAILER

Lightweight, bubble-cushioned mailers with fully laminated white kraft paper exterior. Provide excellent cushioning, stiffness and puncture resistance. Convenient self-seal closure. Measurements shown are internal.

Rugged, all-purpose, heavy-duty kraft mailers with a 100% recycled paper fibre interior that provides excellent cushioning protection. Double-folded corners and double-glued bottom flap afford additional edge protection and overall bag strength. Convenient self-seal closure. Measurements shown are internal.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

46PL1

JIFFY LITE MAILER JL00 125MMX225MM

240/CTN*

EA

47P1

JIFFY PADDED P1 152X225MM SELF SEAL

200/CTN* EA

46PL2

JIFFY LITE MAILER JL1 150X225MM

240/CTN

EA

47P2

JIFFY PADDED P2 216X280MM SELF SEAL

100/CTN EA

46PL3

JIFFY LITE MAILER JL2 215X280MM

100/CTN

EA

47P5

JIFFY PADDED P5 266X381MM SELF SEAL

100/CTN

EA

46PL4

JIFFY LITE MAILER JL4 240X340MM

100/CTN* EA

47P7

JIFFY PADDED P7 361X483MM SELF SEAL

50/CTN

EA

46PL5

JIFFY LITE MAILER JL5 265X380MM

100/CTN

46PL6

JIFFY LITE MAILER JL6 300X405MM

100/CTN* EA

46PL7

JIFFY LITE MAILER JL7 360X480MM

60/CTN*

UOM

EA

EA

JIFFY® MAIL LITE MAILER

JIFFY® SHURTUFF MAILER

Premium, all-plastic, bubble-cushioned mailers which provide excellent security and cushioning performance. Maximum tear, impact and puncture resistance. High-strength welded seams allows for overstuffing. Convenient, self-seal closure. Measurements shown are internal.

Tough, economical, durable plastic mailers for shipping a wide variety of non-fragile items. Multi-layer film construction for tear, impact and water resistance. High-strength, welded seams resist bursting and allow for overstuffing. Convenient, self-seal closure. Measurements shown are internal.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

431000 JIFFY MAIL LITE BAG MLT1 113X210MM

100/CTN

EA

431001 JIFFY MAIL LITE BAG MLT2 155X225MM

100/CTN

EA

431002 JIFFY MAIL LITE BAG MLT3 212X280MM

100/CTN

431003 JIFFY MAIL LITE BAG MLT4 237X340MM

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

80ST1 JIFFY SHURTUFF MAILER ST1 190X260MM

100/PKT

PKT

80ST2 JIFFY SHURTUFF MAILER ST2 250X325MM

100/PKT PKT

EA

80ST3 JIFFY SHURTUFF MAILER ST3 280X380MM

100/PKT PKT

50/CTN

EA

80ST4 JIFFY SHURTUFF MAILER ST4 340X440MM

100/PKT

PKT

431004 JIFFY MAIL LITE BAG MLT5 260X380MM

50/CTN

EA

80ST5

JIFFY SHURTUFF MAILER ST4 420X440MM

100/PKT

PKT

431005 JIFFY MAIL LITE BAG MLT6 305X405MM

50/CTN

EA

482940 JIFFY SHURTUFF MAILER ST6 600X650MM

431006 JIFFY MAIL LITE BAG MLT7 380X480MM

50/CTN

EA

431007 JIFFY MAIL LITE BAG MLT8 380X560MM

25/CTN

EA

200/CTN CTN

49


PROTECTIVE PACKAGING

JIFFY ROUND TRIP MAILER

KRAFTWRAP – AUCKLAND & CHRISTCHURCH

High-performance multi-layer film allows for better tear resistance. High strength welded seams resist bursting and allow for overstuffing. Resealable self-seal closures which keep contents safe and means customers can return product safely. Re-usability provides environmental benefits.

A layered, single-wrap protection product. The inside and outside layers consist of a heavy-duty kraft paper for strength, impact and puncture resistance, while the middle layer of polybubble helps cushion against shipping damage.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

431053 JIFFY SHURTUFF ROUNDTRIP SIZE 1 190X260+100MM FLAP 500/CTN CTN 431054 JIFFY SHURTUFF ROUNDTRIP SIZE 2 250X325+100MM FLAP 500CTN CTN

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

441055 BUBBLE KRAFTWRAP D/SIDED 1500MMX60M

ROLL

443052 SI KRAFTWRAP D/SIDED POLYBUBBLE 1500MMX60M

ROLL

431055 JIFFY SHURTUFF ROUNDTRIP SIZE 3 280X380+100MM FLAP 500CTN CTN 431056 JIFFY SHURTUFF ROUNDTRIP SIZE 4 340X440+100MM FLAP 500CTN CTN 431057 JIFFY SHURTUFF ROUNDTRIP SIZE 6 600X440+90MM FLAP

200/CTN CTN

POLYBUBBLE BAGS

BUBBLE PROWRAP – AUCKLAND & CHRISTCHURCH

These bags are made of polybubble cushioning material and provide a quick and simple way to cushion and protect your products, control material usage and allow easy identification of the items being packed. Measurements shown are internal.

A high performance furniture removal wrap. Laminated on one side with a layer of absorbent PP material that protects furniture from moisture buildup during long shipping cycles. Laminated on the other side with a layer of PE film. As well as protection from moisture, Prowrap also offers superior tear and puncture resistance. 100% recyclable.

CODE

CTN QTY

UOM

62POLYBAG100150 POLYBUBBLE BAGS 100X150MM

500/CTN

CTN

62POLYBAG150200 POLYBUBBLE BAGS 150X200MM

500/CTN

CTN

62POLYBAG200300 POLYBUBBLE BAGS 200X300MM

300/CTN

CTN

62POLYBAG300400 POLYBUBBLE BAGS 300X400MM

150/CTN

CTN

62POLYBAG450600 POLYBUBBLE BAGS 450X600MM

100/CTN

CTN

50

DESCRIPTION

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

442043 BUBBLE PROWRAP 1200MMX75M

ROLL

487339 SI BUBBLE PROWRAP 2 1200MMX75M

ROLL


PROTECTIVE PACKAGING

POLYBUBBLE ROLLS

POLYBUBBLE ROLLS CONTINUED

A versatile and flexible air-cellular packaging material that protects goods by cushioning them against shock and vibration during handling and shipping. Reduces material, labour and shipping costs.

SOUTH ISLAND

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

441209

SI POLYBUBBLE DISPENSER PACK 300MMX30M

PKT

443008

SI POLYBUBBLE 300MMX30M POR 15 ROLL/BUNDLE

ROLL

441163

POLYBUBBLE 300MMX100M 5ROLLS/BDLE

ROLL

441175

SI POLYBUBBLE 300MMX100M 5 ROLLS/BDLE

ROLL

441164

POLYBUBBLE 500MMX100M 3ROLLS/BDLE

ROLL

441176

SI POLYBUBBLE 500MMX100M 3 ROLLS/BDLE

ROLL

441165

POLYBUBBLE 600MMX100M 2ROLLS/BDLE

ROLL

441177

SI POLYBUBBLE 600MMX100M 2 ROLLS/BDLE

ROLL

441166

POLYBUBBLE 900MMX100M 1ROLL/BDLE

ROLL

441178

SI POLYBUBBLE 900MMX100M 1 ROLL/BDLE

ROLL

AUCKLAND

441167

POLYBUBBLE 1300MMX100M 1 ROLL/BDLE

ROLL

441179

SI POLYBUBBLE 1300MMX100M 1 ROLL/BDLE

ROLL

441168

POLYBUBBLE 1500MMX100M 1 ROLL/BDLE

ROLL

441180

SI POLYBUBBLE 1500MMX100M 1 ROLL/BDLE

ROLL

62POLYREFI POLYBUBBLE DISPENSER REFILL PACK 300MMX30M 15/PKT

ROLL

JUMBO BUBBLE

HAMILTON 441230

HM POLYBUBBLE 300MMX100M 5RL/BDLE

ROLL

441231

HM POLYBUBBLE 500MMX100M 3RL/BDLE

ROLL

441232

HM POLYBUBBLE 600MMX100M 2RL/BDLE

ROLL

441233

HM POLYBUBBLE 900MM X100M 1RL /BDLE

ROLL

441234

HM POLYBUBBLE 1300MMX100M 1RL/BDLE

ROLL

441235

HM POLYBUBBLE 1500MMX100M 1RL/BDLE

ROLL

WELLINGTON

Made from a carefully formulated blend of virgin low-density and linear low-density resins along with various additives for performance purposes. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

AUCKLAND 62POLYJUM650 JUMBO BUBBLE 650MMX30M

ROLL

62POLYJUMBO JUMBO BUBBLE 1300MMX30M

ROLL

JUMBO BUBBLE 650MM 66 SHEETS POR

441000

ROLL

HAMILTON

441019

WN POLYBUBBLE 440MMX60M 3ROLLS/BDLE

ROLL

441020

WN POLYBUBBLE 650MMX60M 2ROLLS/BDLE

ROLL

443042

WN POLYBUBBLE 300MMX100M 5ROLLS/BDLE

ROLL

443044

WN POLYBUBBLE 600MMX100M 2ROLLS/BDLE

ROLL

443045

WN POLYBUBBLE 900MMX100M 1 ROLL/BDLE

ROLL

WELLINGTON

443046

WN POLYBUBBLE 1300MMX100M 1 ROLL/BDLE

ROLL

441220

WN JUMBO BUBBLE 650MMX300MM

ROLL

443047

WN POLYBUBBLE 1500MMX100M 1 ROLL/BDLE

ROLL

441023

WN JUMBO BUBBLE 1300MMX30M

ROLL

441221

WN BUBBLE-PAK REFILL PACK 300MMX30M 15/PKT

ROLL

441229

HM JUMBO BUBBLE 1300MMX30M

ROLL

441228

HM JUMBO BUBBLE 650MMX30M

ROLL

442141

HM JUMBO BUBBLE 650MMX30M 66 SHEET POR

ROLL

SOUTH ISLAND 443000

SI JUMBO BUBBLE 1300MMX30M 20MM

ROLL

443011

SI JUMBO BUBBLE 650MMX300MM 66 SHEET POR

ROLL

443028

SI JUMBO BUBBLE 650MMX30M

ROLL

51


PROTECTIVE PACKAGING

TUFFWRAP® R

POLYTUBING

A five-layer single-wrap product made from absorbent Polymer, BubbleWrap® material and Co-Ex Tuff film. Offers exceptional tear and puncture resistance and is waterproof. Superior product cushioning and excellent surface protection. 100% recyclable.

Rolls of polyethylene tubing that can be used to create custom-length bags for packaging products. Just cut the tubing to the required length, insert the product and seal the ends using a heat sealer or stapler. Available in a range of widths and thicknesses.

CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

UOM

AUCKLAND & HAMILTON 441098

TUFFWRAP R 1200MMX75M

ROLL

WELLINGTON 441021

WN TUFFWRAP R 1200MMX75M

ROLL

SOUTH ISLAND 62TUFFWRAP SI TUFFWRAP R 1200MMX75M

ROLL

CELLAIRE FOAM PACKAGING – AUCKLAND/HAMILTON ONLY

CODE

DESCRIPTION

62CELLAIR1100 CELLAIRE PROTECTIVE PKG 1MMTH 1.2X100M 62CELLAIR2100 CELLAIRE PROTECTIVE PKG 2MMTH 1.2X100M 441044

52

CELLAIRE PROTECTIVE PKG 4MMTH 1.2MX100M

UOM

481471 POLYTUBING 80MM NATURAL 70MU 8KG/RL

KG

481467 POLYTUBING 100MM NATURAL 70MU 10KG/RL

KG

481468 POLYTUBING 100MM NATURAL 125MU 20KG/RL

KG

481475 POLYTUBING 125MM NATURAL 70MU 12KG/RL

KG

481476 POLYTUBING 125MM NATURAL 125MU 12KG/RL

KG

481477

POLYTUBING 150MM NATURAL 70MU 15KG/RL

KG

481478 POLYTUBING 150MM NATURAL 125MU 15KG/RL

KG

481480 POLYTUBING 200MM NATURAL 70MU 20KG/RL

KG

481481 POLYTUBING 200MM NATURAL 125MU 20KG/RL

KG

481483 POLYTUBING 250MM NATURAL 70MU 20KG/RL

KG

481484 POLYTUBING 250MM NATURAL 125MU 20KG/RL

KG

481486 POLYTUBING 300MM NATURAL 70MU 20KG/RL

KG

481487 POLYTUBING 300MM NATURAL 125MU 20KG/RL

KG

481489 POLYTUBING 350MM NATURAL 70MU  20KG/RL

KG

481492 POLYTUBING 400MM NATURAL 70MU 20KG/RL

KG

481496 POLYTUBING 450MM NATURAL 125MU 20KG/RL

KG

481498 POLYTUBING 500MM NATURAL 70MU 20KG/RL

KG

481499 POLYTUBING 500MM NATURAL 125MU 20KG/RL

KG

481501 POLYTUBING 600MM NATURAL 70MU 25KG/RL

KG

481502 POLYTUBING 600MM NATURAL 125MU 25KG/RL

KG

POLYTUBING 700MM NATURAL 70MU* 25KG/RL

KG

481508 POLYTUBING 800MM NATURAL 70MU 25KG/RL

KG

481504

A polyethylene foam packaging material that is ideal for surface protection, light cushioning and interleaving. Holds securely, yet is lightweight and non-abrasive.

DESCRIPTION

POLYTUBING 900MM NATURAL 125MU* 25KG/RL

KG

481472 POLYTUBING 1000MM NATURAL 125MU 25KG/RL

KG

ROLL

481473 POLYTUBING 1200MM NATURAL 70MU 25KG/RL

KG

ROLL

481474 POLYTUBING 1200MM NATURAL 125MU 25KG/RL

KG

UOM

ROLL

481512


VOID FILL PACKAGING

MIC-PAC POLYSTYRENE VOID FILL

FILL AIR ROCKET SYSTEM - FILM

Super-light, uniquely-shaped loose polystyrene chip void fill for superior cushioning of products in transit. Flows quickly and evenly, filling all spaces around articles of different shapes and sizes.

This film is to be used in conjunction with the Fill Air Rocket System found in Machinery. On demand void fill cushioning that saves valuable floor space. Unrivaled speed.

CODE DESCRIPTION

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

487321 FILL AIR EXTREME EFF 200X200MM 1800MTR/RL 9000BG/R

ROLL

UOM

AUCKLAND & HAMILTON 63 MICPAC MIC-PAC POLYSTYRENE LOOSE FILL 2KG NON CFC

BAG

WELLINGTON 482955

WN MIC-PAC POLYSTYRENE LOOSE FILL 2KG NON CFC

487322 FILL AIR EXTREME EFF 200X125MM 1800MTR/RL 14400BG/RL ROLL 487323 FILL AIR EXTREME EFF 300X200MM 1800MTR/RL 9000BG/RL

ROLL

BAG

SOUTH ISLAND 482012

SI MIC-PAC POLYSTYRENE LOOSE FILL 2KG NON CFC

BAG

INFLATED PILLOWS The Polycell Air pillow is an economical packing solution for protecting your products during transit. By molding itself into or around products and filling excess void spaces within the carton.

iBUBBLE SYSTEM – FILM The iBubble inflatable cushioning system quickly produces Barrier Bubble® material at 55 ft per minute in 12” and 24” film widths - fast enough to keep up with the most demanding packaging operations. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

441225 IBUBBLE 16” LRG REG (19MM) BLK/GRY 393MMX610M

ROLL

441226 IBUBBLE 32” LRG REG (19MM) BLK/GRY 785MMX610M

ROLL

441239 IBUBBLE 16” MED REG (13MM) CLEAR 400MMX1128M

ROLL

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

487289 INFLATED PILLOWS 200MMX200MM 300/BAG

BAG

53


BULK, VACUUM & SINGLET BAGS

SNELL HALF TONNE BULK BAGS

VACUUM BAGS

Big can be beautiful with FIBC bags. These super sacks are designed to be tough, practical and fit for purpose. Carefully designed construction delivers the best format for easy lifting and transport with practical and effective finishes. FIBC bags can be tailored to suit your specific dimensions and safe working load (SWL) requirements. These tough polywoven bags can hold, transport and store 250kg to 2000kg of product in perfect condition. There is also an option with internal baffles for extra support in packing container packing or working with seeds.

Keep foods fresher for longer with Vacuum Bags. Durable, multi ply material creates an airtight seal to lock in freshness and taste. With a range of sizes available to cater to multiple different types of food.

CODE DESCRIPTION

489339 SNELL HALF TONNE FIBC 90X90X90CM

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

491150 BAG - VACUUM 175X250MM 65MU 100P/1000C

1000

491157 BAG - VACUUM 220X300MM 65MU 100P/1000C

1000

UOM

491159 BAG - VACUUM 220X480MM 65MU 100P/1000C

1000

EA

491162 BAG - VACUUM 245X300MM 65MU 100P/1000C

1000

489340 SNELL ONE TONNE FIBC 90X90X145CMÂ

EA

491163 BAG - VACUUM 250X350MM 65MU 100P/1000C

CTN

489345 SNELL HALF TONNE FIBC 90X90X90CM WITH BAFFLES

EA

491167 BAG - VACUUM 300X450MM 65MU 100P/1000C

1000

489346 SNELL ONE TONNE FIBC 90X90X145CM WITH BAFFLES

EA

491170 BAG - VACUUM 390X400MM 65MU 100P/500CTN

CTN

491171 BAG - VACUUM 390X500MM 65MU 100P/1000C

1000

491172 BAG - VACUUM 390X600MM 65MU 100P/1000C

1000

491174 BAG - VACUUM 320X400MM (OPEN 400MM) 65UM

1000

491210 BAG - VACUUM 450X600MM 65MU 100P/500C

CTN

SINGLET BAGS Ideal for a range of retail purposes such as supermarkets, dairies or gardening centres. Sturdy yet lightweight plastic gussetted for extra strength. CODE

CTN QTY

UOM

56SINGSM SINGLET BAG SMALL 210X140X450MM

500/PKT

PKT

56SINGMED SINGLET BAG MEDIUM 255X155X520MM

500/PKT

PKT

56SINGLGE SINGLET BAG LARGE 290X190X580MM

500/PKT

PKT

56SINGBK SINGLET BAG BLACK 6 BOTTLE LARGE

500/PKT*

PKT

54

DESCRIPTION


POLY BAGS

SNELL POLY BAGS - 35MU

SNELL POLY BAGS – 30MU

Clear, flexible Snell polythene bags for a wide range of packaging, storage and retail applications. The uses for poly bags are endless - from displaying merchandise and keeping items together, to extra protection for goods in transit.

Clear, flexible Snell poly bags for a wide range of packaging, storage and retail applications. The uses for poly bags are endless - from displaying merchandise and keeping items together, to extra protection for goods in transit. Poly bags can be made to any size and thickness.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

453019 SNELL POLY BAGS 100X150MM 35MU

250/PKT

PKT

55 080100

POLYTHENE BAGS 75X100MM 30MU

250/PKT* PKT

453021 SNELL POLY BAGS 150X250MM 35MU

250/PKT

PKT

55 125225

POLYTHENE BAGS 125X225MM 30MU

250/PKT* PKT

453022 SNELL POLY BAGS 200X250MM 35MU

250/PKT

PKT

55 150200

POLYTHENE BAGS 150X200MM 30MU

250/PKT* PKT

453023 SNELL POLY BAGS 200X300MM 35MU

250/PKT

PKT

55 150225

POLYTHENE BAGS 150X225MM 30MU

250/PKT* PKT

453024 SNELL POLY BAGS 225X300MM 35MU

250/PKT

PKT

55 150300

POLYTHENE BAGS 150X300MM 30MU

250/PKT* PKT

453025 SNELL POLY BAGS 225X375MM 35MU

250/PKT

PKT

55 175225

POLYTHENE BAGS 175X225MM 30MU

250/PKT* PKT

453026 SNELL POLY BAGS 250X300MM 35MU

250/PKT

PKT

55 175250

POLYTHENE BAGS 175X250MM 30MU

250/PKT* PKT

453027 SNELL POLY BAGS 250X350MM 35MU

250/PKT

PKT

55 175300

POLYTHENE BAGS 175X300MM 30MU

250/PKT* PKT

453028 SNELL POLY BAGS 300X350MM 35MU

250/PKT

PKT

55 175350

POLYTHENE BAGS 175X350MM 30MU

250/PKT* PKT

453029 SNELL POLY BAGS 300X400MM 35MU

250/PKT

PKT

55 190500

POLYTHENE BAGS 190X500MM 35MU

250/PKT* PKT

453030 SNELL POLY BAGS 300X500MM 35MU

250/PKT

PKT

55 200375

POLYTHENE BAGS 200X375MM 35MU

250/PKT* PKT

453031 SNELL POLY BAGS 350X450MM 35MU

250/PKT

PKT

55 225350

POLYTHENE BAGS 225X350MM 30MU

250/PKT* PKT

453032 SNELL POLY BAGS 375X500MM 35MU

250/PKT

PKT

55 250375

POLYTHENE BAGS 250X375MM 30MU

250/PKT* PKT

453033 SNELL POLY BAGS 450X600MM 35MU

250/PKT

PKT

55 250400

POLYTHENE BAGS 250X400MM 35MU

250/PKT* PKT

453034 SNELL POLY BAGS 500X750MM 35MU

250/PKT

PKT

55 275400

POLYTHENE BAGS 275X400MM 30MU

250/PKT PKT

453035 SNELL POLY BAGS 600X900MM 35MU

100/PKT

PKT

55 300375

POLYTHENE BAGS 300X375MM 32MU

250/PKT* PKT

453036 SNELL POLY BAGS 600X1200MM 35MU

100/PKT

PKT

55 300450

POLYTHENE BAGS 300X450MM 35MU

250/PKT PKT

453037 SNELL POLY BAGS 750X1000MM 35MU

100/PKT

PKT

55 400600

POLYTHENE BAGS 400X600MM 30MU

250/PKT PKT

55 450500

POLYTHENE BAGS 450X500MM 35MU

250/PKT* PKT

55 450775

POLYTHENE BAGS 450X775MM 35MU

250/PKT PKT

55 9001200

POLYTHENE BAGS 900X1200MM 30MU

100/PKT* PKT

5510001500

POLYTHENE BAGS 1000X1500MM 30MU

50/PKT* PKT

453043

SNELL POLY BAGS 450X600MM 70MU

100/PKT

453044

SNELL POLY BAGS 600X900MM 70MU

100/PKT PKT

SNELL POLY BAGS – 70MU Clear, flexible Snell polythene bags for a wide range of packaging, storage and retail applications. These 70mu bags are twice the thickness of standard polythene bags for greater durability and strength. The uses for poly bags are endless - from displaying merchandise and keeping items together, to extra protection for goods in transit. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

55HD70225375 SNELL POLY BAGS 225X375MM 70MU

250/PKT

PKT

PKT

UOM

453038

SNELL POLY BAGS 150X300MM 70MU

250/PKT PKT

453039

SNELL POLY BAGS 250X375MM 70MU

250/PKT PKT

453040

SNELL POLY BAGS 300X400MM 70MU

100/PKT PKT

453041

SNELL POLY BAGS 300X500MM 70MU

100/PKT

453042

SNELL POLY BAGS 350X450MM 70MU

100/PKT   PKT

PKT

55


BAGS

SNELL COUCH BAG

BRICK RUBBISH BAG

Made from 100% virgin LDPE this bag has the lightest green tint that won’t bleed through to the couch. Easy to open and has good perforation, puncture resistance, and a strong bottom seal.

Thick, durable rubbish bags perforated on a roll.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

487128 SNELL COUCH BAG GREEN TINT 1000X750X3300MM 90MU 25/RL

CODE

DESCRIPTION

56BRICK BRICK RUBBISH BAG 720X950 28MU

CTN QTY

UOM

25/ROLL

ROLL

ROLL

SNELL BAG ON A ROLL Thick, durable rubbish sacks in a convenient dispenser pack to ensure a ready supply is always on hand. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

56SNELLBAG SNELL BAG ON A ROLL 720X950MM 35MU 50/BOX

UOM

BOX

SNELL MATTRESS BAGS Gusseted bags for keeping mattresses clean during moving or storing, while protecting against soil, dust and water damage. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

486779 SNELL MATTRESS BAG SINGLE COEX YELLOW

45/ROLL

ROLL

486780 SNELL MATTRESS BAG KING SINGLE COEX

35/ROLL

ROLL

486781 SNELL MATTRESS BAG DOUBLE COEX

35/ROLL

ROLL

486782 SNELL MATTRESS BAG QUEEN COEX BLUE

30/ROLL

ROLL

486783 SNELL MATTRESS BAG KING COEX RED

25/ROLL

ROLL

SNELL RUBBISH BAGS

486784 SNELL MATTRESS BAG SUPERKING COEX

25/ROLL

ROLL

Snell rubbish bags keep bins clean and make emptying easy.

486778 SNELL MATTRESS BAG COT COEX

125/CTN

CTN

CODE

CTN QTY

UOM

453055 SNELL RUBBISH BAG BLACK 400X220X900MM 30MU 50/PKT

DESCRIPTION

PKT

453046 SNELL RUBBISH BAG BLACK 740X950MM 30MU

56

25/ROLL ROLL


BAGS

MINIGRIP PANELLED BAGS

SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS

Secure, resealable clear plastic bags for a multitude of uses. With a special matt finish write-on panel.

Snell resealable bags available in a variety of sizes for unlimited uses. CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

50 P06275

MINIGRIP BAGS PANELLED 62X75MM

100/PKT PKT

50 P077100

MINIGRIP BAGS PANELLED 75X100MM

100/PKT PKT

50 P100155

MINIGRIP BAGS PANELLED 100X155MM

100/PKT PKT

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

453000 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 50X60MM

100/PKT PKT

453001 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 65X75MM

100/PKT PKT

453002 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 75X100MM

100/PKT

453003 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 75X130MM

100/PKT PKT

453004 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 100X130MM

100/PKT

PKT

453005 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 100X155MM

100/PKT

PKT

453006 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 130X155MM

100/PKT

PKT

453007 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 130X200MM

100/PKT PKT

453008 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 155X180MM

100/PKT PKT

453009 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 155X230MM

100/PKT PKT

453010 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 180X255MM

100/PKT PKT

453011 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 195X195MM

100/PKT PKT

453012 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 200X255MM

100/PKT PKT

453013 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 200X305MM

100/PKT PKT

453014 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 230X305MM

100/PKT PKT

453015 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 255X305MM

100/PKT PKT

453016 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 255X355MM

100/PKT PKT

453018 SNELL-LOCK RESEALABLE BAGS 75X180MM

100/PKT

PKT

PKT

MINIGRIP HEAVY GRADE BAGS Secure, resealable clear plastic bags. Denser 70mu heavy-duty plastic makes these ideal for spare parts and other loose items. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

50 HG075130 MINIGRIP BAGS HEAVY GRADE 75X130MM

50/PKT

PKT

50 HG130155 MINIGRIP BAGS HEAVY GRADE 130X155MM

50/PKT

PKT

50 HG155230 MINIGRIP BAGS HEAVY GRADE 155X230MM

50/PKT

PKT

50 HG230305 MINIGRIP BAGS HEAVY GRADE 230X305MM

50/PKT

PKT

50 305380

MINIGRIP BAGS HEAVY GRADE 305MMX380MM 100/PKT PKT

50 305440

MINIGRIP BAGS HEAVY GRADE 305MMX440MM 100/PKT PKT

50 330330

MINIGRIP BAGS HEAVY GRADE 330MMX330MM 100/PKT PKT

SNELL OFFICE TIDY BAGS Durable Snell office tidy bags keep bins clean and make emptying easy. CODE

DESCRIPTION

453047 SNELL OFFICE TIDY BAG 510X650MM 12MU

CTN QTY

UOM

100/PKT

PKT

57


LINERS

SNELL WHEELY BIN LINERS

CARTON LINERS

Durable Snell wheely bin liners keep bins clean and make emptying easy.

Durable, clear plastic bags with side gussets for lining cartons to package and protect meat, fish, fruit, vegetables and other food products.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

453056

SNELL WHEELY BIN BAG 500X380X1360MM 120LT 50/PKT

PKT

453045 SNELL WHEELY BIN BAG 750X400X1500MM 240LT 25/PKT  

PKT

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

475744

CARTON LINER 580X360X825MM 15MU HD

500/CTN EA

476004

CARTON LINER FS6 635X375X660MM 20MU NAT

500/CTN CTN

476006

CARTON LINER FS4 425X300X450MM 15MU NAT

1000/CTN CTN

POLY DRUM LINERS

POLY BIN LINERS

Durable, heavy-duty plastic liners for keeping bins clean and making waste removal easy.

Created in a way to ensure easy opening without any blocking this bin liner has a strong puncture resistance. Also equipped with a strong bottom seal to ensure the load is contained once the bag is removed.

CODE

CTN QTY

UOM

478007 POLY DRUM LINER 950X1375MM 125MU

50/CTN

CTN

478005 POLY DRUM LINER 990X1520MM 70MU

100/CTN CTN

478006 POLY DRUM LINER 990X1520MM 100MU

50/CTN

58

DESCRIPTION

CTN

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

478021 POLY BIN LINER BLK 1270X1070X2500MM 70MU

35/ROLL

ROLL

478030 POLY LINER BLK 1070X1270X3800MM COEX 40MU

30/ROLL

ROLL

479038 POR LINER CLEAR 1270+1070X2400MM 50MU TCS0002 50/ROLL

ROLL


3

TAPES

& ADHESIVES

Feature Pages

60

Hand Packaging Tapes

66

Hand Packaging Tape Dispensers

69

Machines Packaging Tapes

71

General Office & Double Sided Tapes 73 VHB, PVC & Filament Tapes

75

Masking Tapes

76

Foil & Slick Surface Tape

78

Grip Tapes & Paint

79

Specialty Tape

80

Hot Melt Sticks & Aerosol Adhesives 82 Printed Tapes

83

Pouches & Labelopes

84

59


CHOOSING THE RIGHT ADHESIVE TAPE Selecting the right tape for your needs can be daunting as there are many features to consider. To ensure you choose the right product for your application, you need to consider the following:

CARRIER OR BACKING MATERIAL

• • • •

This can be constructed from a wide range of relatively thin materials, including plastic film, paper, foil or cloth, depending on what the tape is to be used for.

Backing material Adhesive type Application time and temperature Surface characteristics (surface energy, texture, contours) • Environmental conditions (temperature, UV exposure, abrasion) • Performance requirements • Appearance

The thickness of the carrier film will also vary; generally the thinner the base carrier material, the more competitive the price may become. The thicker the base carrier material, the higher the quality of tape. The strength or break resistance will also improve with the thickness of your carrier material.

The following information is intended to be a general guide to help you select tape options that suit your requirements. Snell can assist you in conducting evaluations including tape trials and testing if required.

Release Coat Carrier

WHAT IS A PRESSURE-SENSITIVE TAPE?

Key Coat Adhesive

A pressure -sensitive tape is an adhesive tape that will stick to a wide variety of clean, dry surfaces with minimum applied pressure. It’s ready to use and does not need water, solvents or heat.

HOW IS TAPE CONSTRUCTED? Adhesive tapes consist of multiple layers. A carrier or backing material is coated with an adhesive on one side, while on the other side it has a release or slip coating so that the tape can be easily released or unrolled. A thin coat layer or primer between the carrier and the adhesive is used to increase the holding power of the adhesive to the carrier.

PACKAGING TAPE WIDTH GUIDE Carton Width

Tape Width

Narrower than 360mm

Use 36mm wide tape

Wider than 360mm

Use 48mm wide tape

TO HELP YOU FIND THE TAPE THAT BEST SUITS YOUR REQUIREMENTS, SPEAK TO YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE INFO INFO OR PHONE OUR CUSTOMER SERVICES TEAM. 60


BACKING MATERIAL GUIDE The information given in this table is intended to be used as a general guide only. PLASTIC FILM

Polyester (PET)

CLOTH

Bi-axially Oriented Polypropylene (BOPP)

• Strong • Resistant to most chemicals • Resistant to high temperatures

Glass Cloth

• • • • • •

Resistant to most solvents Conformable Tear resistant Glossy surface Can be printed on Most widely used backing material for packaging tapes

Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) • Low co-efficient of friction (slick surface) • Excellent resistance to high temperatures • Excellent chemical resistance • Anti-stick/release properties

Polyethylene (PE) • • • • •

Conformable Easy to stretch Chemical and acid resistant Moisture resistant Economical

Aluminium Foil

• Strong and Smooth • Good for straight line masking

• • • • • •

• Strong • Can be repulpable

Conformable Abrasion resistant Resistant to most chemicals Good printing characteristics Can be used on a variety of surfaces, for different applications

Strong, yet hand-tearable Abrasion resistant Water resistant Conformable

Flatback Paper

Kraft Paper

• • • • •

• • • •

METAL FOIL

• • • •

Polyvinylchloride (PVC or Vinyl)

Polyethylene Coated Cloth

PAPER

Polyurethane (PU) Abrasion resistant Impact/puncture resistant UV resistant Corrosion resistant

• Strong • High temperature resistant • Flame resistant

Crepe Paper • Conformable • Easy tear Tissue Paper • Thin • Porous to allow adhesive penetration of backing

Heat and light reflective Moisture resistant Chemical resistant Flame resistant Outdoor weather resistant Conformable

Lead • • • •

Conducts electricity Acid resistant High conformability X-ray opacity

INFO 61


ADHESIVES There are three main types of adhesive used for tapes: acrylic, rubber and silicone. Each of these has advantages and disadvantages, which make them more suitable for particular applications over other options. • Acrylic – Based on synthetic polymers, acrylic adhesives are generally divided into two subgroups standard and modified. Standard acrylic adhesives provide resistance to solvents, chemicals, higher temperatures and UV light, making it ideal for long-term applications where exposure to heat or sunlight is likely. They have a low to moderate initial tack and adhesion, and generally do not adhere well to materials with low surface energy. Modified acrylic adhesives involve the addition of components found in rubber-based adhesives. They offer improved initial tack and adhesion to low surface energy materials compared to standard acrylic adhesives. This improved tackiness, however, comes at the expense of reduced resistance to solvents, chemicals, UV light and temperature.

• Rubber – Rubber adhesives can come from natural or synthetic sources. Better for short-term applications, rubber adhesives are generally cheaper than acrylic adhesives, feature high initial tack and adhesion, and can be used on the widest variety of surfaces, including low surface energy materials. However they are not as resistant to aging, heat, light or chemicals. Tapes made of natural rubber adhesives are best suited for interior applications such as masking tape for painting work, or packaging tapes that can be dispensed with very little noise. • Silicone - Compared to acrylic and rubber adhesives, silicone adhesives are significantly more expensive, but due to their excellent high temperature performance they are very well suited to splicing tapes, masking tapes and polyimide (Kapton) tapes.

ADHESIVES TABLE Standard Acrylic

Modified Acrylic

Rubber

Silicone

Initial Bond/Tack

Low-Moderate

Moderate-High

High

Fair

Firmness

Firm

Soft

Soft

Very Firm

Low-Moderate

Low

High

Temperature Resistance Moderate-High Chemical Resistance

Excellent

Good

Fair

Excellent

Solvent Resistance

Excellent

Good

Fair

Excellent

UV Resistance

Excellent

Good

Fair

Excellent

Aging

Excellent

Durable

Poor

Excellent

Removability

Permanent

Various

Removable

Removable

Surface Suitability*

HSE materials

HSE materials and some LSE materials

Widest variety of surfaces, including LSE materials

Fewer surfaces

Cost

Medium-High

Medium-High

Low

High

*HSE = High Surface Energy for more information.

LSE = Low Surface Energy Refer to ‘Surface Energy’ under ‘Surface Characteristics’

NB: The information given in this table is intended to be used as a general guide only.

INFO INFO 62


SURFACE CHARACTERISTICS The characteristics of the surface to which the tape will be applied plays a big role in the tape you decide to use. You will need to ask the following questions. What type of material is it? Is it a flat surface or does it have irregular angles? Is it a smooth surface or is it textured? Are there surface oils, dust, dirt or moisture present?

Rubber-based adhesives usually provide better adhesion to LSE materials. In some cases special treatment such as corona treating, primers or top coating is required in order to achieve better adhesion. On some LSE materials, adhesion levels improve the longer adhesive is applied.

Surface Energy

The bond strength of an adhesive is also dependent on the degree to which the adhesive can come in to contact with the surface area. A rough or textured surface, such as concrete, rough wood or an open fabric, does not allow complete contact of the adhesive with the surface. Less contact results in a smaller bonding area and lower adhesion levels. Where surfaces have texture, more aggressive adhesives are recommended.

Every surface has what is known as “surface energy.” The strength of the adhesion is determined by the surface energy of the material. For an adhesive to form a bond it must first flow or “wet out” the surface. The greater the wet-out, the better the surface contact is and the stronger the bond will be. High surface energy (HSE) materials allow the adhesive to develop a better contact and adhere strongly. Low surface energy (LSE) prevents an adhesive from sufficiently wetting a surface, therefore resulting in a poorer bond. Some examples of high and low surface energy materials are given below. This should be treated as a guideline only as many general plastic types, such as ABS, can have a wide range of surface energies depending on the additives used or surface oils. High Surface Energy (HSE) Materials • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Nylon Polyester Epoxy paint Polyurethane paint ABS plastic Polycarbonate PVC Rigid Acrylic Copper Aluminium Zinc Tin Lead Stainless Steel Glass

Surface Texture

Surface Contour When a tape with a rigid or stiff backing material is adhered to a surface with irregular angles, it is almost impossible for the adhesive to overcome the continuous stress placed on it by the backing material trying to return to its original condition, regardless of the strength of the adhesive. In such applications, a more flexible or conformable tape should be used. Surface Contamination Finally, watch out for the presence of surface contamination, such as dust, oil, grease, moisture, dirt or paper debris. Even the slightest amount of contamination can affect the bond strength by hindering the contact of the adhesive with the surface. It may be necessary to clean and dry the surface in order to achieve an acceptable bond.

Low Surface Energy (LSE) Materials • • • • • • • •

PVA Polystyrene Acetal EVA Polyethylene (PE) Polypropylene (PP) Teflon Fluoropolymer Polytetrafluorethylene (PTFE)

INFO 63


ARE YOUR PRODUCTS PROTECTED AGAINST TAMPERING? The degree of product safety your customers perceive your products to have is critical to your business’s reputation. When contaminants enter a product, or somebody intentionally sabotages products, it is vital that a business can identify the signs of tampering. Proactive action can save your business from spending money on a product recall or a costly attempt at reverting reputational damage. For many companies, product sabotage is only thought about after an event occurs, normally leading to a costly market recall. There are however, products which can reduce risk and aid customers or employees in identifying a tampered product.

Johnson & Johnson overcame a costly crisis when their best selling product was tampered with, resulting in the deaths of seven people. The company had to act fast and limit damage to their reputation, as well as that of their best product. They restored the faith customers had in them with complete transparency throughout the crisis and changed the way the product was packaged. Johnson & Johnson adopted tamper proof packaging which enables employees and customers to identify a tampered product.

SNELL PROVIDES A RANGE OF PRODUCTS THAT COULD HELP YOUR BUSINESS AVOID INFO INFO A TAMPERING CRISIS. 64


CUSTOM PRINTED TAPES & LABELOPES The simplest way to promote your company’s brand and add extra security to your products. CUSTOM PRINTED TAPES

CUSTOM PRINTED LABELOPES

Printed tape is the unsung hero of the packaging industry. What other product is so simple yet provides so many functional benefits?

Labelopes are a single layer, heavy duty polythene pouch with an easily removable protective backing paper. The pouch has adhesive around the outside edge to adhere to parcels, cartons, plastic film etc. They are used to protect documents such as packing slips, invoices, maintenance instructions, brochures and warranty cards etc.

• Securing your products in a practical sense • Security for your products to guard against theft and tampering through use of a unique design • Promotion of your company’s brand in an effective and cost-efficient manner • Highlighting warnings or advisements • Special instructions • Barcoding If you are already using printed packaging tape you will know all about the above benefits. If you are not, it is a product that can be easily produced to replace whatever packaging tape you are using now. • Can be printed on BOPP Polypropylene tape with an acrylic adhesive or Vinyl tape with a natural rubber adhesive. • Can be printed in one, two or three colours to suit your requirements. White is the most popular but clear tape is also available if needed. • The most common sizes for printed tape are 36mm and 48mm wide but we can order tape to any width you require. The length of the roll is 100m. • Finished artwork is required - your Snell Representative can assist you with this

Snell can arrange for your labelopes to be customised with your company name, logo, address details or other branding to help promote your business or product. • Custom printed to your design (maximum of 2 colours) • Recommended colours for making your details stand out are yellow and black • 2 handy sizes – 125mm x 152mm and 144mm x 205mm • 1000 labelopes per box, with a minimum order quantity of 50 boxes • Lead time is 16 weeks from date of artwork approval • Tamper-evident design indicates if the documents have been opened after dispatch • Good conformability to irregular surfaces

Remember that the greater the print run or volume ordered the less you will pay per roll.

CONTACT YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE OR CALL OUR INFO CUSTOMER SERVICES TEAM TO FIND OUT HOW YOU CAN HAVE YOUR OWN TAPE CUSTOM MADE. 65


HAND PACKAGING TAPES

SNELL PP PACKAGING TAPE

SNELL 1707 & 1771 PP PACKAGING TAPE

Bi-axially oriented polypropylene backing tape with natural rubber adhesive – a premium adhesive with aggressive adhesion properties that are ideal for the widest variety of surface conditions and temperature extremes. Suitable for recycled cartons, as well as cartons requiring cold packaging, storage and transportation.

General purpose, high-tack packaging tape used for non-critical carton sealing applications. This product has a conformable polypropylene backing and a consistent, pressure-sensitive acrylic adhesive. Provides a good closure for lightweight boxes exposed to minimal distribution hazards. Ideal for use on recycled board and in cold, damp environments.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

649045 SNELL PP TAPE CLEAR 36MMX100M

48/CTN

ROLL

649055 SNELL PP TAPE CLEAR 48MMX100M

36/CTN

649040 SNELL PP TAPE TAN 36MMX100M

48/CTN

649050 SNELL PP TAPE TAN 48MMX100M

36/CTN

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

1230736C SNELL 1707 PP CLEAR 36MMX100M

48/CTN

ROLL

ROLL

1230748C SNELL 1707 PP CLEAR 48MMX100M

36/CTN

ROLL

ROLL

1237048CL SNELL 1771 PP CLEAR 48MMX100M

36/CTN

ROLL

ROLL

1237048T

SNELL 1771 PP TAN 48MMX100M

36/CTN* ROLL

SNELL 1703 HAND PACKAGING TAPE

3M HAND PACKAGING TAPE 303

Economy grade, high-tack packaging tape used for non-critical carton sealing applications. This product has a conformable polypropylene backing and a consistent, pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive. Provides good closure for lightweight boxes exposed to minimal distribution hazards. Ideal for use on recycled board.

Tartan Box Sealing Tape 303 is a general purpose packaging tape used for non-critical box sealing applications. This product has a conformable film backing and a consistent, pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive. This construction provides a good closure for lightweight boxes exposed to minimal distribution hazards.

CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

642012 SNELL 1703 TARTAN PP TAPE CLEAR 36MMX100M

48/CTN ROLL

642014 SNELL 1703 TARTAN PP TAPE CLEAR 48MMX100M

36/CTN ROLL

642013 SNELL 1703 TARTAN PP TAPE TAN 36MMX100M

48/CTN ROLL

642015 SNELL 1703 TARTAN PP TAPE TAN 48MMX100M

36/CTN ROLL

66

DESCRIPTION

652731 3M 303 CLEAR 48MMX100M

CTN QTY

UOM

36/CTN

ROLL


HAND PACKAGING TAPES

SCOTCH® 6890 PVC VINYL PACKAGING TAPE

SELLO® VINYL HAND PACKAGING TAPE

Low noise carton sealing tape with uPVC (vinyl) backing and natural rubber resin adhesive. Ideal for sealing lightweight packages exposed to high distribution hazards or medium to heavy weight boxes exposed to minimal distribution hazards. Suitable for application at ambient temperatures.

Premium uPVC (vinyl) film carton tape with a high strength rubber adhesive. Combines great adhesion and conformability with high chemical, UV and shear resistance. High tensile strength and impact resistance. Minimal static and release coated for easier handling. Ideal for sealing parcels, medium bundling/strapping and all general packaging applications.

CODE

UOM

CODE

652340 SCOTCH 6890 CLEAR PVC VINYL TAPE 48MMX66M 36/CTN

ROLL

10155436 SELLO 1554 VINYL BROWN 36MMX55M

652341 SCOTCH 6890 TAN PVC VINYL TAPE 48MMX66M

ROLL

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

36/CTN

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

24/CTN

ROLL

SELLO® 1553 HAND PACKAGING TAPE A medium-duty uPVC (vinyl) film coated with aggressive rubber adhesive for superior tack. Firm release from the roll and low noise properties. Flexible with high impact resistance. Ideal for sealing cartons, light bundling/strapping and general packaging applications. CODE

DESCRIPTION

10155348 SELLO 1553 VINYL TAPE BROWN 48MMX100M

CTN QTY

UOM

18/CTN

ROLL

VINYL TAPE Excellent colour coding system which can also be custom printed. Flexible and highly conformable, with minimal static and low-noise release. This tape is also water and impact resistant. Great for bundling vegetables. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

10152218

VINYL BLUE S350B 18MMX66M

48/CTN

ROLL

654775

VINYL BLUE S350B 36MMX66M

24/CTN

ROLL

10152018 VINYL WHITE S1520 18MMX66M

SELLO® VINYL TAPE This premium packaging tape provides an easy to use design while maintaining high strength. It is suitable for use on heavy boxes and is unlabeled. CODE

DESCRIPTION

10151948 SELLO 1519 VINYL BLACK 48MMX66M

CTN QTY

UOM

18/CTN

ROLL

48/CTN

ROLL

10152448

VINYL TAPE YELLOW S350Y48 48MMX66M

36/CTN

ROLL

10152248

VINYL TAPE BLUE S350B48 48MMX66M

36/CTN

ROLL

10152348

VINYL TAPE GREEN S350G 48MMX66M

18/CTN

ROLL

10152048

VINYL TAPE WHITE S350W 48MMX66M

36/CTN

ROLL

634004

VINYL TAPE RED S126R 48MMX100M

36/CTN*

ROLL

67


HAND PACKAGING TAPES

S1554 BROWN VINYL TAPE

SCOTCH 373 TAPE

Brown easy release vinyl rubber packaging tape. Vinyl film backing with high tack premium. Ideal for the use in carton sealing and bundling.

A tough bi-axially orientated polypropylene film with a pressure sensitive rubber resin adhesive. This time proven construction assures high performance in a wide range of environments and applications. Adheres instantly to most surfaces including cartons containing high levels of recycled content. Meets FDA requirements for indirect food contact. Heavy-duty, conformable backing with higher edge tear and split resistance.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

10155448 VINYL BROWN S1554B 48MMX55M

CTN QTY

UOM

18/CTN ROLL

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

123734850C SCOTCH 373 CLEAR 48MMX50M

36/CTN

ROLL

123734850T SCOTCH 373 TAN 48MMX50M

36/CTN

ROLL

ACRYLIC PACKAGING TAPE Bopp film backing with low noise acrylic adhesive. Temperature resistance of -30 °c to +70 °c and can be used for carton sealing, bundling, and noise sensitive areas. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

651350 LOW NOISE ACRYLIC TAPE S101C CLEAR 48MMX100M 26/CTN

UOM

ROLL

BAG NECK SEALING TAPE Low stretch, strong and puncture resistant. Designed for use in bag neck sealer dispensers as used by supermarkets, delicatessens etc for sealing plastic bags. Made from unplasticised PVC with an aggressive rubber adhesive. The special adhesive ensures that the seal cannot be easily removed, making it tamper evident. Available in a range of bright distinctive colours. The 9mm width of the tape makes it ideal for colourcoding of wiring and components. CODE

CTN QTY

UOM

10153009 BAG SEAL TAPE S350W WHITE 9MMX66M

48/CTN

ROLL

10153209 BAG SEAL TAPE S350DB BLUE 9MMX66M

48/CTN

ROLL

High tack polypropylene light duty box sealing tape with an acrylic adhesive. Ideal for use on recycled board and in cold damp environments.

10153409 BAG SEAL TAPE S350Y YELLOW 9MMX66M

48CTN

ROLL

10153309 BAG SEAL TAPE S350G GREEN 9MMX66M

48/CTN

ROLL

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

10153109 BAG SEAL TAPE S350R RED 9MMX66M

48/CTN

ROLL

1230748T

SCOTCH 307 PP TAN 48MMX100M

36/CTN ROLL

SCOTCH ACRYLIC 307 TAPE

68

UOM

DESCRIPTION


HAND PACKAGING TAPE DISPENSERS

SNELL METAL TEAR DROP DISPENSER

SCOTCH ATG 700 TAPE TRANSFER GUN

Teardrop style packaging tape dispensers. Available in 36mm and 48mm tape width options.

Easy application gun for ATG adhesive tape. Clean, self-contained unit which collects backing paper to eliminate mess. Portable, quick and easy to use. A touch of the finger triggers quick, controlled application of a strip of tape. Applies adhesive transfer tape while simultaneously removing and rewinding the liner. Covered gears minimises applicator jams. Transparent cover shows remaining tape. Yellow. For use with Scotch® ATG Tape 1/2 inch or 3/4 inch wide rolls. Holds up to 60 yd (55m) of Scotch® ATG Tapes.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

615008 SNELL METAL TEAR DROP DISPENSER 36MM

EA

615007 SNELL METAL TEAR DROP DISPENSER 48MM

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

99SCOTATG700 TAPE DISPENSER 3M ATG 700 ADHESIVE TRANSFER GUN EA

SNELL PISTOL GRIP PACKAGING TAPE DISPENSER Low noise packaging tape dispenser for tape widths up to 48mm. Strong, durable and great value. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

99EX20205 SNELL TAPE DISPENSER PISTOL GRIP EX20205 48MM

EA

3M H-180 PISTOL GRIP TAPE DISPENSER Portable, lightweight and hand-held packaging tape dispenser for economical one-handed sealing of centre seam cartons. Easy-to-use pistol grip and adjustable brake. For 48mm wide tape. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

99SCOT180 TAPE DISPENSER 3M H180 PISTOL GRIP 48MM

EA

3M H122 TAPE DISPENSER Packaging tape dispensers for two-handed sealing of centre seam cartons. Lightweight, compact, hand-held dispenser with built-in brake for tighter, more precise seals. Uses Scotch® Box Closure Tapes up to 48 mm (2 inch) wide on 3 inch cores. High-impact plastic construction for durability and long life performance. CODE DESCRIPTION UOM

99SCOTH122 TAPE DISPENSER 3M H122

EA

69


HAND PACKAGING TAPE DISPENSERS

TAPE DISPENSER H11 PISTOL GRIP

SELLOTAPE¨ BAG NECK SEALING TAPE DISPENSER

A sturdy, high quality, strong and functional hand-held dispenser for packaging tapes.

Durable, heavy duty dispenser for use with bag neck sealing tapes. Max tape width: 18mm. Max roll length:66m.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE DESCRIPTION

EA

99SELL1082 SELLO TAPE DISPENSER 1082 H/D BAG NECK SEALER EA  

99SELL1073

PISTOL GRIP DISPENSER H11 S8983

99SELL1073BLADE BLADE -PISTOL GRIP DISPENSER SP8983-H11

UOM

EA

SELLOTAPE® OFFICE TAPE DISPENSERS Quality desktop office tape dispensers. The 1063 is a smaller dispenser that takes tape up to 19mm x 33m, while the 1058 is a heavy-duty dispenser that takes tape up to 24mm x 66m. CODE DESCRIPTION

611037

SELLO TAPE DISPENSER 1063 DESK

99SELL1058 SELLO TAPE DISPENSER 1058 HD 66M 24MM  

UOM

EA EA

TAPE DISPENSER TEAR DROP S8981 48MM An enclosed metal dispenser for packaging tapes. Sturdy, high quality, strong and functional.

SELLOTAPE® TEARDROP NO RETURN 1069 TAPE DISPENSER A lightweight, ergonomic designed packaging dispenser perfect for the home or office. This tape will not roll back and has a static strip to keep the tape fixed in place when not in use. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

611015 SELLO TEARDROP NO RETURN 1069 TAPE DISPENSER

EA

70

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

99SELL1072 METAL TEARDROP DISPENSER S8981 48MM

EA


MACHINE PACKAGING TAPES

SNELL MACHINE PACKAGING TAPE

SNELL MACHINE TAPE 1707

Economy grade machine carton sealing tape for general use. Bi-axially oriented polypropylene backing and natural rubber adhesive. Can be used with automatic carton sealing machines and performs well at low temperatures. Guarantees a good performance for any specific purpose.

General purpose, high-tack sealing tape used for non-critical carton sealing applications. Has a conformable, polypropylene backing and a pressure-sensitive acrylic adhesive. Provides good closure for lightweight boxes exposed to minimal distribution hazards. Offers performance over broad temperature ranges, specifically in cold and damp applications such as refrigerated storage. Can be used on recycled board.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

636001 SNELL MACHINE TAPE CLEAR 48MMX1000M

6/CTN

ROLL

636002 SNELL MACHINE TAPE CLEAR 48MMX1500M

6/CTN

ROLL

CODE

DESCRIPTION

632017 SNELL 1707 CLEAR 48MMX1500M

CTN QTY UOM

6/CTN ROLL

SNELL MACHINE TAPE 1771

SNELL MACHINE TAPE 1705

General purpose carton sealing tape with a bi-axially oriented polypropylene backing and pressure-sensitive synthetic rubber adhesive. High tensile strength and good moisture resistance. Ideal for sealing lightweight packages exposed to high distribution hazards or medium to heavy weight boxes exposed to minimal distribution hazards. Suitable for application at ambient temperatures.

Economy grade, high-tack packaging tape used for non-critical carton sealing applications. This product has a conformable polypropylene backing and a consistent, pressure-sensitive acrylic adhesive. Provides a good closure for lightweight boxes exposed to minimal distribution hazards. Ideal for use on recycled board and in cold, damp environments. CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

12370M3615CL SNELL 1771 CLEAR 36MMX1500M

8/CTN

ROLL

12370M4815CL SNELL 1771 CLEAR 48MMX1500M

6/CTN*

ROLL

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

632023 SNELL 1705 CLEAR 48MMX1500M

6/CTN ROLL

632042 SNELL 1705 CLEAR 36MMX1500M

8/CTN ROLL

71


MACHINE PACKAGING TAPES

SNELL 1711 MACHINE TAPE

SNELL 1769 MACHINE TAPE

A machine tape perfectly used as a packaging tape with a clear colouring. This roll measures out to 1500 metres.

General purpose packaging tape used for non-critical carton sealing applications. Has a conformable, bi-axially oriented polypropylene backing and a pressure-sensitive rubber resin adhesive. Adheres to a variety of surfaces and has edge tear and split resistance. Provides good closure for lightweight boxes exposed to minimal distribution hazards.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

632044 SNELL MACHINE TAPE 1711 CLEAR 48MMX1500M

6/CTN

ROLL

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

632034

SNELL MACHINE TAPE 1769 CLEAR 48MMX1500M 6/CTN

ROLL

3M MACHINE TAPE 305

3M MACHINE TAPE 3645

Tartan Box Sealing tape 305 is a general purpose packaging tape for noncritical box sealing applications. This product has a conformable backing and a pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive. This construction provides a good closure for lightweight boxes exposed to minimal distribution hazards.

Tartan Box Sealing Tape 3645 is a general purpose packaging tape used for noncritical box sealing applications. This product has a conformable backing and a consistent pressure sensitive hot melt synthetic rubber adhesive system. This construction provides a good closure for medium weight boxes exposed to normal distribution hazards.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

632046 3M MACHINE TAPE 305 CLEAR 48MMX1500M

72

CTN QTY UOM

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

6/CTN

ROLL

632045 3M MACHINE TAPE 3645 CLEAR 48MMX1500M

CTN QTY

UOM

6/CTN

ROLL


GENERAL OFFICE & DOUBLE SIDED TAPES

SELLOTAPE® CELLULOSE TAPE

SCOTCH® 810 MAGIC TAPE

General office tape made from a biodegradable cellulose film, which is strong yet tears easily by hand when required. Non-static.

Premium office tape with matte finish that is nearly invisible on paper. Acetate will not yellow. Easy to write on and will not show on photocopies.

CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

10110015 SELLO 3270 CELLULOSE TAPE CLEAR 15MMX33M

CTN QTY

UOM

120/CTN ROLL

DESCRIPTION

128101833 SCOTCH 810 MAGIC TAPE 19MMX33M

10110515 SELLO 1105C CELLULOSE TAPE CLEAR 15MMX66M 120/CTN ROLL

1281018

10110518 SELLO 1105C CELLULOSE TAPE CLEAR 18MMX66M 96/CTN ROLL

128101233 SCOTCH 810 MAGIC TAPE 12MMX33M

SCOTCH 810 MAGIC TAPE 19MMX66M

CTN QTY

UOM

144/CTN*

ROLL

48/CTN*

ROLL

12/CTN

ROLL

SELLOTAPE 1201 DOUBLE SIDED TAPE Economy double-sided lightweight tissue tape with an aggressive acrylic adhesive. UV stable, suitable for up to 130°C. Hand tearable. Ideal for bonding and laminating paper, fabrics and plastics, and for sample swatch assembly. Used as a seamstick and in sail making, as well as for flying splices in the print industry.

SCOTCH® EVERYDAY 500 TAPE General purpose tape for light-duty holding and sealing applications in the office and home. Can be used to repair tears, seal small packets and envelopes, attach memos and hold artwork. CODE

DESCRIPTION

PKT QTY

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

10120118

SELLO 1201 D/SIDED TISSUE TAPE 18MMX33M 48/CTN ROLL

10120124

SELLO 1201 D/SIDED TISSUE TAPE 24MMX33M 36/CTN ROLL

10120148

SELLO 1201 D/SIDED TISSUE TAPE 48MMX33M 18/CTN ROLL

UOM

652387 SCOTCH EVERYDAY CLEAR TAPE 500 12MMX33M

12/PKT ROLL

652389 SCOTCH EVERYDAY CLEAR TAPE 500 18MMX33M

8/PKT

652388 SCOTCH EVERYDAY CLEAR TAPE 500 12MMX66M

12/PKT ROLL

652390 SCOTCH EVERYDAY CLEAR TAPE 500 18MMX66M

8/PKT ROLL

652391 SCOTCH EVERYDAY CLEAR TAPE 500 24MMX66M

6/PKT ROLL

ROLL

TESA 60802 HAND PP TAPE Hand tearable Polypropylene stationery tape. Bidirectional Polypropylene tape with acrylic adhesive. For the use of sealing, wrapping and repairing small boxes and parcels. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

653458 TESA 60802 HAND PP 12MMX66M

144/CTN ROLL

653459 TESA 60802 HAND PP 18MMX66M

96/CTN

ROLL

653460 TESA 60802 HAND PP 24MMX66M

72/CTN

ROLL

73


GENERAL OFFICE & DOUBLE SIDED TAPES

DOUBLE SIDED TAPE S1205P

TESA 4965 DOUBLE SIDED PETP TAPE

General purpose double sided vinyl tape with an aggressive rubber adhesive. Has a tough, transparent flexible film. Has a multitude of uses in general assembly work, and is ideal for bonding and laminating cardboard point-of-sale displays. Used for gift wrapping, sample box making, splicing and as an economy stereo plate mounting tape in the print industry.

tesa® 4965 is a transparent double-sided self-adhesive tape consisting of a PET backing and a tacky acrylic adhesive. Reliable bond even to LSE substrates. Immediate usability right after assembly and is suitable for most demanding applications such as heavy stress, high temperatures or critical substrates.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

10120506

D/SIDED TAPE S1205P 6MMX33M

144/CTN

ROLL

653148

TESA 4965 D/SIDED PETP TAPE 48MMX50M

9/CTN

ROLL

10120509

D/SIDED TAPE S1205P 9MMX33M

96/CTN

ROLL

653581

TESA 4965 D/SIDED PETP TAPE 18MMX50MM 24/CTN

10120512

D/SIDED TAPE S1205P 12MMX33M

72/CTN

ROLL

13496524 TESA 4965 D/SIDED PETP TAPE 24MMX50M

18/CTN*

ROLL

10120518

D/SIDED TAPE S1205P 18MMX33M

48/CTN

ROLL

13496524 TESA 4965 D/SIDED PETP TAPE 24MMX50M

18/CTN*

ROLL

10120524

D/SIDED TAPE S1205P 24MMX33M

36/CTN

ROLL

10120536

D/SIDED TAPE S1205P 36MMX33M

24/CTN

ROLL

10120548

D/SIDED TAPE S1205P 48MMX33M

24/CTN

ROLL

101205300

D/SIDED TAPE S1205P 300MMX33M

4/CTN

ROLL

ROLL

TESA 4952 DOUBLE SIDED FOAM TAPE

DANCO® 6600 DOUBLE SIDED PVC & PAPER TAPE A PVC carrier coated on both sides with a light, age and moisture resistant acrylic adhesive. An excellent general purpose double sided tape suitable for permanent bonding, laminating and splicing of most materials. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

653232

TESA 4952 D/SIDED FOAM TAPE 18MMX50M

7/CTN

ROLL

UOM

13 97018 DANCO 6600 D/SIDED PAPER TAPE 18MMX25M 48/CTN

ROLL

13 97048 DANCO 6600 D/SIDED PVC TAPE 48MMX25M

ROLL

20/CTN

tesa® 4952 is a double sided PE foam tape for constructive mounting applications. It consists of a highly conformable PE foam backing and a tack acrylic adhesive. tesa® 4952 has been externally certified for furniture mirror mounting. Versatile adhesive for high immediate adhesion on numerous substrates. Fully outdoor suitable: UV, water and ageing resistant. High immediate bonding strength even at low bonding pressure. Very good cold shock absorption

TESA 4970 DOUBLE SIDED PVC TAPE DANCO® 6620 DOUBLE-SIDED FOAM TAPE A polyethylene foam carrier coated on both sides with an aggressive acrylic adhesive. Excellent for permanent mounting of items on to both rough and smooth surfaces. Ideal for permanent fastening of wall dispensers, posters, banners, plastic point-of-sale dispensers, signage and other fixtures. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

13495212 DANCO 6620 D/SIDED FOAM TAPE 12MMX25M 21/CTN *

74

UOM

ROLL

tesa® 4970 is designed to carry on. The product is easily identifiable by its white colour and the mustard yellow liner. Excellent combination of high tack and immediate adhesion. High coating weight for good bonding performance on rough or dusty surfaces. Ideal for longterm bonding applications. Suitable for mounting and bonding applications in virtually every industry. CODE

CTN QTY

UOM

654510 TESA 4970 D/SIDED PVC TAPE 12MMX33M

DESCRIPTION

36/CTN

ROLL

653348 TESA 4970 D/SIDED PVC TAPE 24MMX33M

18/CTN

ROLL

653555 TESA 4970 D/SIDED PVC TAPE 48MMX33M

9/CTN

ROLL


VHB, PVC & FILAMENT TAPES

SCOTCH VHB™ 4950 TAPE

BLACK PVC TAPE S34

A specialised, white, double-sided tape suitable for joining metals where high stresses are involved, such as wind loading or vehicle vibration. Has a generalpurpose acrylic adhesive on both sides of firm foam, which bonds to most higher surface energy substrates including metal, glass and high surface energy plastics. Can be used to attach stiffners in airconditioners, office furniture & telecommunications equipment, bond aluminium skin to steel support in trucks, vans & ambulances, and mount architectural signs to frames.

A flexible, plasticised PVC film coated with a non-corrosive adhesive, with excellent conformability and adhesion to plastic and metal. Ideal for temporary holding, strapping and bundling applications. Used in horticultural applications including joining/repairing silage wrap and joining polythene strawberry covers. Also used for joining polythene sheeting underlay prior to concrete laying. Can be used to temporarily seal open pipes to avoid contamination.

CODE

UOM

CODE

654555 PVC TAPE BLACK S34BLK 48MMX30M

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

12495012

SCOTCH 4950 VHB TAPE 12MMX32.9M WHITE

1/CTN*

ROLL

12495019

SCOTCH 4950 VHB TAPE 19MMX32.9M WHITE

1/CTN*

ROLL

12495025

SCOTCH 4950 VHB TAPE 25.4MMX32.9M WHITE 1/CTN*

ROLL

12494512

SCOTCH 4950 VHB TAPE 12MMX32.9M WHITE

1/CTN

ROLL

12494525

SCOTCH 4945 VHB TAPE 25.4MMX32.9M WHITE 9/CTN

ROLL

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

24/CTN

ROLL

3M™ VHB™ 5952 TAPE

FILAMENT TAPE S802

A general purpose, black, double-sided tape with a soft, acrylic foam and a modified acrylic adhesive. Can be used on textured or uneven surfaces. Bonds most painted metals and plastics without surface priming or abrading. Specially formulated synthetic adhesive bonds most paints and powder coats, as well as window materials such as glass, acrylic and polycarbonate.

General purpose clear fiberglass-reinforced tape with a synthetic rubber resin adhesive, ideal for light duty strapping, bundling and reinforcing. Our synthetic rubber resin adhesive provides good adhesion to most fiberboard surfaces, and a variety of plastics and metal surfaces.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

654713

FILAMENT TAPE S8029 9MMX45M

96/CTN

ROLL

FILAMENT TAPE S80212 12MMX45M

72/CTN

ROLL

652424 3M 5952 VHB TAPE BLACK 12.0MMX33M

18/CTN ROLL

654720

652467 3M 5952 VHB TAPE BLACK 19.0MMX33M

3/CTN

ROLL

654676

FILAMENT TAPE S80224 24MMX45M

36/CTN

ROLL

652471 3M 5952 VHB TAPE BLACK 25.4MMX33M

2/CTN

ROLL

653637

FILAMENT TAPE S80236 36MMX45M

24/CTN

ROLL

654677

FILAMENT TAPE S80248 48MMX45M

24/CTN

ROLL

75


MASKING TAPES

3M GENERAL USE MASKING TAPE 201+

3M PERFORMANCE YELLOW MASKING TAPE 301+

The tough tape for everyday jobs. Sticks with confidence to a wide variety of surfaces and best suited for indoor use. Easy to handle, apply and remove in one piece. Suits light to medium duty jobs such as bundling and wrapping heavy goods.

The dependable choice for industrial performance. Good conformity to irregular surfaces and resists paint bleed through. Great paint lines. Yellow backing ensures good visibility. Ideal for industrial paint masking, bundling, holding, marking, colour coding and sealing. Withstands surface temperatures up to 107°C for 30 minutes.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

652626 3M 201+ GENERAL USE MASKING TAPE 18MMX55M

48/CTN ROLL

652627 3M 201+ GENERAL USE MASKING TAPE 24MMX55M

36/CTN ROLL

652628 3M 201+ GENERAL USE MASKING TAPE 36MMX55M

24/CTN ROLL

652629 3M 201+ GENERAL USE MASKING TAPE 48MMX55M

24/CTN ROLL

3M HIGH PERFORMANCE GREEN MASKING TAPE 401+ Adhesive formula removes cleanly in one piece with no adhesive residue. Remains in place around corners, over contours and irregular surfaces. Resists paint bleed through to help create sharp paint lines. Green backing improves visibility and accuracy during paint masking. Withstands surface temperatures up to 250 deg F/121 deg C for 30 minutes in paint bake operations. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

652634 3M 401+ HGH PERF GRN MASKING TAPE 12MMX55M 48/CTN ROLL 652635 3M 401+ HGH PERF GRN MASKING TAPE 18MMX55M 48/CTN ROLL 652636 3M 401+ HGH PERF GRN MASKING TAPE 24MMX55M 24/CTN ROLL 652637 3M 401+ HGH PERF GRN MASKING TAPE 36MMX55M 16/CTN ROLL 652638 3M 401+ HGH PERF GRN MASKING TAPE 48MMX55M 12/CTN ROLL

76

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

652630 3M 301+ PERF YLW MASKING TAPE 18MX55M

48/CTN

ROLL

652631 3M 301+ PERF YLW MASKING TAPE 24MX55M

36/CTN

ROLL

652632 3M 301+ PERF YLW MASKING TAPE 36MX55M

24/CTN

ROLL

652633 3M 301+ PERF YLW MASKING TAPE 48MX55M

24/CTN

ROLL

SCOTCH BLUE¨ 2090 PAINTER’S MASKING TAPE A medium tack, blue, creped paper masking tape with acrylic adhesive, suitable for most masking applications. Removes cleanly without adhesive transfer or surface damage for up to 14 days, even in direct sunlight. Ideal for painted walls and trim, woodwork, glass and metal. Suitable for both interior and exterior use. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

12209025 SCOTCH 2090 24MMX55M LONGLIFE MASKING BLUE 24/CTN ROLL 12209019 SCOTCH 2090 18MMX55M LONGLIFE MASKING BLUE 24/CTN ROLL


MASKING TAPES

3M PREMIUM MASKING TAPE 501+ Rubber adhesive with instant adhesion that sticks easily and allows fast application. Good holding power that resists lifting or curling that helps reduce rework. Superior adhesive transfer resistance with clean removal that helps reduce rework. Smooth mini-crepe backing results in excellent surface contact with very secure holding. Excellent conformability and easy handling that reduces time involved in application. The backing is solvent and moisture resistant that helps reduce bleed through minimizing rework. Easy to tear backing aids in handling, yet strong enough to resist slivering giving one piece removal to help reduce labour. Special backsize treatment gives a balanced unwind that helps reduce waste. CODE

DESCRIPTION

1223324 3M 501+ PREMIUM MASKING 24MMX55M

CTN QTY

UOM

36/CTN

ROLL

1223336 3M 501+ PREMIUM MASKING 36MMX55M

24/CTN

ROLL

1223348 3M 501+ PREMIUM MASKING 48MMX55M

24/CTN

ROLL

77


FOIL & SLICK SURFACE TAPE

SCOTCH 425 ALUMINIUM FOIL TAPE

CLOTH TAPE S361

Aluminium foil backing tape with a transparent, pressure-sensitive acrylic adhesive. Excellent heat and light reflection to protect against high temperatures and UV degradation. Ideal for applications requiring thermal conduction, heat and flame protection and resistance to weather, water and chemicals. Suitable for harsh, long-term outdoor environments.

Made with a high-grade rayon cloth backing that is very strong, waterproof and is also tearable by hand.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CODE

DESCRIPTION

651250 CLOTH TAPE BLACK S361BLK 48MMX30M

CTN QTY

UOM

18/CTN

ROLL

CTN QTY

UOM

651247 CLOTH TAPE BLUE S36NB 48MMX30M

18/CTN

ROLL

1242525 SCOTCH 425 ALUM FOIL TAPE 25MMX55M

12/CTN*

ROLL

651245 CLOTH TAPE GREEN S361G 48MMX30M

18/CTN

ROLL

1242538 SCOTCH 425 ALUM FOIL TAPE 38MMX55M

12/CTN*

ROLL

651251 CLOTH TAPE SILVER S361S 48MMX30M

18/CTN

ROLL

651249 CLOTH TAPE RED S361R 48MMX30M

18/CTN

ROLL

651248 CLOTH TAPE WHITE S361W 48MMX30M

18/CTN

ROLL

651246 CLOTH TAPE YELLOW S361Y 48MMX30M

18/CTN

ROLL

3M 5480 PTFE SLICK SURFACE TAPE

DANCO® 883 ALUMINIUM TAPE

Slick surface, PTFE film specialty tape with a silicone adhesive. Provides a protective surface with a low co-efficient of friction, allowing materials to slide easily across the surface. Conformable and self-lubricating. Resists temperatures up to 204°C. Chemical-resistant for sealing and masking. Primarily used for wrapping rollers in manufacturing processes to create a release surface to help minimise clean up.

A pure aluminium foil laminated to a cross weave polyethylene reinforcing, coated with a rubber adhesive and a paper release liner. The distinctive reinforcing pattern is ideal or joining similar foil building materials. Suitable for use in the HVAC and construction industries. Ideal as a moisture vapour barrier seal, ducting and venting sealing, and insulation joining. Silver. CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

12548025

3M 5480 TEFLON TAPE 25MMX33M

1/CTN

ROLL

12548050

3M 5480 TEFLON TAPE 50MMX33M

1/CTN* ROLL

78

DESCRIPTION

1388348 DANCO® 883 ALUMINIUM TAPE 48MMX50M

CTN QTY

UOM

20/CTN

ROLL


GRIP TAPES & PAINT

3M™ SAFETY-WALK™ GENERAL PURPOSE TAPE 610

CRC SAFETY GRIP PAINT

For light to heavy duty shoe traffic areas. Mineral coated and slip resistant surface. Pressure sensitive adhesive, covered by removable protective liner, which is easy to apply. Applications include stairs, ramps, entrances, lawn equipment, ladders, snowmobiles, scooters, construction machinery and vehicles.

CRC Safety Grip provides a durable and long lasting textured coating to most surfaces. The quality epoxy resin formula stands up to tough industrial applications, providing a safe and effective slip resistant coating which is tack free in just 1 hour. CRC Safety Grip has excellent oil, gas and chemical resistance, and has superior durability over tape applications with no peeling and cracking.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

652066

3M SAFETY WALK GP TREAD 610 BLK 25MMX18.3M

4/CTN ROLL

652284

3M SAFETY WALK GP TREAD 610 BLK 51MMX18.3M

2/CTN ROLL

652067

3M SAFETY WALK GP TREAD 610 BLK 102MMX18.3M 1/CTN ROLL

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

591059

CRC SAFETY GRIP ANTI SLIP PAINT CLEAR 340G

6/CTN

EA

591060

CRC SAFETY GRIP ANTI SLIP PAINT YELLOW 340G

6/CTN

EA

TESA 4863 SLIP GRIP TAPE

CRC SAFETY REFLECT PAINT

tesa Printer’s Friend® 4863 PV3 consists of a cloth backing and an embossed silicone coated surface, which offers reliable ’grip’ and repels a variety of substances. The product design ensures high resistance to wear, easy application as well as residue free removal even after a prolonged period of time and exposure to high temperatures.

CRC Reflective Spray Paints and Reflective Mining Paints are used to mark hazards or objects which need to be located in low light or dark areas: fire hydrants, industrial equipment, safety equipment, guard rails, electrical switch boxes, gas meters, boat piers, and docking buoys. They reflect brightly back to the source of light using a flashlight or headlights. CRC’s reflective paints can be an integral part of any user’s comprehensive safety plan.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

653107 TESA 4863 SLIP GRIP TAPE 48MMX25M

CTN QTY

UOM

1/CTN

ROLL

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

591061

CRC SAFETY REFLECT ALUMINIUM PAINT BASECOAT 340G 6/CTN

EA

594062

CRC SAFETY REFLECT PAINT HI-VIZ YELLOW 340G

6/CTN

EA

591063

CRC SAFETY REFLECT PAINT HI-VIZ RED 340G

6/CTN

EA

591064

CRC SAFETY REFLECT PAINT HI-VIZ CLEAR 340G

6/CTN

EA

79


SPECIALTY TAPE

SCOTCH ATG TAPE

DANCO® 100 INSULTAPE PE TAPE

General purpose ATG adhesive transfer tape with a pressure-sensitive acrylic adhesive. Excellent adhesion to most papers and cards, and can also be used on metals, glass, wood, paints and many plastics. Ideal for mounting posters, promotional items, sealing pockets in folders, bonding matte board in picture frames, splicing paper, films and foils.

A 100 micron polyethylene film coated with an aggressive rubber adhesive. Ideal for use in the construction, agricultural, horticultural, entertainment, HEVAC and other industrial markets. Excellent for joining polyethylenebased B&A film, silage films, general paper and plastic film joining and repair applications, steel and plastic rod bundling, binding and many other general purpose applications.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

1292412 SCOTCH 924 ATG TAPE ALL PURPOSE 12.7MMX33M 72/CTN ROLL 1292419 SCOTCH 924 ATG TAPE ALL PURPOSE 19.0MMX33M 48/CTN ROLL 1292412 SCOTCH 924 ATG TAPE ALL PURPOSE 12.7MMX33M 72/CTN* ROLL

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

13 1004830

DANCO 100 INSULTAPE BLACK 48MMX30M

24/CTN ROLL

13 1002430

DANCO 100 INSULTAPE BLACK 24MMX30M

24/CTN

13 1001830

DANCO 100 INSULTAPE BLACK 18MMX30M

36/CTN* ROLL

ROLL

STRAPPING TAPE S174

DANCO® 130 ALL WEATHER PE TAPE

High strength tensilized MOPP film suitable for medium reinforcement and palletizing. Synthetic rubber adhesive offers high adhesion and clean removal in most situations. Tensilized backing allows for high resistance at break. High security in application.

A clear polyethylene film that is UV stabilised and coated with an acrylic adhesive. Excellent UV and moisture resistance. Ideal for outdoor applications to repair/reinforce plastic greenhouses, surface protection, and exterior binding and repairs.

CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CTN QTY UOM

10130618 STRAPPING TAPE S174 CLEAR 18MMX50M

96/CTN ROLL

13 13048

DANCO 130 ALL WEATHER TAPE CLEAR 48MMX25M 24/CTN ROLL

10130624 STRAPPING TAPE S174 CLEAR 24MMX50M

72/CTN

13 13096

DANCO 130 ALL WEATHER TAPE CLEAR 96MMX25M 12/CTN* ROLL

654673

80

STRAPPING TAPE S174 CLEAR 36MMX50M

ROLL

48/CTN ROLL


SPECIALTY TAPE

UPVC RUBBER TAPE

SCOTCH EXTRA HIGH TACK TAPE

This tape is for general bonding applications in the stationery/office market, and light manufacturing industries. Economical print stereo mounting tape. Excellent cohesion between film carrier and adhesive allows use in applications where clean removal is required.

High-tack ATG adhesive transfer tape with a pressure-sensitive acrylic adhesive. Excellent adhesion to most plastics. Ideal for bonding materials with glossy coatings where an aggressive adhesive with high initial adhesion is desired. Suitable for bonding fabric swatches to sample books, assembling point-of-sale displays and bonding labels to personal items.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

10152148 RUBBER TAPE S350R48 UPVC 48MMX66M

CTN QTY

UOM

36/CTN

ROLL

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

1296912 SCOTCH 969 ATG TAPE EXTRA HI TACK 12.7MMX16M 12 /CTN

ROLL

1296919 SCOTCH 969 ATG TAPE EXTRA HI TACK 19.0MMX16M 12 /CTN

ROLL

BLUE INSULATION TAPE S88

SCOTCH 4026 FOAM TAPE

Flame retardant PVC film backing with high tack rubber adhesive. Temperature resistance of 130°cand should be used for building / construction, electrical repairs and electronics.

This tape has a high shear strength and has a clean appearance. It is durable on interior applications and has an acrylic adhesive. CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

654698

BLUE INSULATION TAPE S88 18MMX20M

200/CTN

ROLL

UOM

DESCRIPTION

12402618 SCOTCH 4026 FOAM TAPE 1.6MMTH 19MMX33M

CTN QTY

UOM

12/CTN

ROLL

81


HOT MELT STICKS & AEROSOL ADHESIVES

3M™ HOT MELT ADHESIVE 3762 LM Q LIGHT AMBER

GLUMATIC HOT MELT GLUE GUN-BOSTIK HG-3*

3M™ Hot Melt Adhesive 3762 is an economical, fast-setting resin solid hot melt adhesive. It’s designed for general purpose applications as well as manual and corrugated carton sealing and general packaging. When heated to its specified melt point this adhesive forms an aggressive hot tack that bonds to handling strength in seconds to help maintain hightempo productivity.

Lightweight, easy to use, trigger action glue gun for dispensing Bostik hot melt glue sticks. Designed for DIY task and household repairs, hobby, craft work, and home decor projects.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

123762 3M™ HOT MELT ADHESIVE 3762 LM Q LIGHT AMBER 15MM X203MM

CTN QTY

CODE DESCRIPTION

95GLUEGUN

GLUMATIC HOT MELT GLUE GUN-BOSTIK HG-3*

UOM

EA

UOM

5KG/CTN CTN

3M™ HOT MELT ADHESIVE 1792 Hot Melt Adhesive 1792 is a thermoplastic adhesive, which is used, in melted form from a hot melt glue gun. It is suitable for most light weight attachments, eg fabrics for upholstery, novelty items and furniture. Good adhesion to most plastics. 11MMX300MM Quadrack sticks. 165 sticks per carton. CODE

DESCRIPTION

662115 3M™ HOT MELT ADHESIVE 1792

CTN QTY

UOM

5KG/BOX* BOX

3M™ AEROSOL SPRAY ADHESIVES You can have bonding power for substrates from paper to metal at the touch of your finger. 3M Aerosol Adhesives provide best in class bonding solutions for a wide array of industries, including Upholstery, Woodworking and Craft. CODE

DESCRIPTION

12SPRY74 3M™ FOAM FAST 74 SPRAY ADHESIVE 489GM

BOSTIK HOT MELT GLUE STICKS Clear, flexible hot melt glue that bonds instantly with no fumes or solvents. Designed for bonding plastics including polystyrene and polyurethane foam products, metals, paper, wood, ceramics, leather and fabric. 10 x 180mm sticks. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

95GLUESTIK

HOT MELT GLUE STICKS 180X10MM

5KG/BOX

BOX

82

CTN QTY UOM

12/CTN EA

12SPRY75 3M™ REPOSITIONABLE 75 SPRAY ADHESIVE 290GM

12/CTN EA

12SPRY76 3M™ HI-TACK 76 SPRAY ADHESIVE CLEAR 515GM

12/CTN EA

12SPRY77 3M™ SUPER 77™ MULTIPURPOSE SPRAY ADHESIVE 475GM

12/CTN EA

12SPRY90 3M™ HI-STRENGTH 90 SPRAY ADHESIVE 500GM

12/CTN EA


PRINTED TAPES

SNELL FRAGILE/SECURITY TAPE

REPACKED CARTON TAPE

Help protect your delivery against damage with printed fragile tape.

Quality yellow tape with bold red print to help identify cartons that have been repacked.

CODE

CTN QTY

UOM

658000 SNELL FRAGILE TAPE 48MMX100M

DESCRIPTION

36/CTN

ROLL

655012 SNELL SECURITY TAPE 48MMX100M

36/CTN

ROLL

CODE

DESCRIPTION

10REPA48 REPACKED CARTON TAPE S111RP 48MMX100M

CTN QTY

UOM

36/CTN

ROLL

SNELL TOP LOADING ONLY TAPE This tape provides an easy and clear way of displaying that cartons or boxes need to have “Top Loading Only”. With the clear orange and black colours they will stand out in your workplace. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

659115 SNELL TOP LOADING ONLY ORANGE TAPE 48MMX100M 36/CTN ROLL

RIPPA ORANGE/BLACK SHIPPING LABELS Adhesive labels to help protect your fragile shipments. Perforated on a roll with no messy backing material. 660 labels per roll. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

763083

RIPPA LABEL DON’T CRUSH 95X75MM

660/ROLL

ROLL

763084

RIPPA LABEL FRAGILE 95X75MM

660/ROLL

ROLL

TESA TAMPER EVIDENT TAPE

763085

RIPPA LABEL HANDLE WITH CARE 95X75MM 660/ROLL

ROLL

tesa® 64007 is a tamper evident providing carton sealing tape. Designed to avoid unnoticed opening and re-closure of carton boxes. When removed the tape leaves an “Opened” message.”Opened” remains visible even after the tape is reapplied. Water-based acrylic adhesive. Thinkness: 62µm. 50MMX50M BOPP Tape.

90RIPAGWC GLASS WITH CARE LABEL S4030 72X50MM 24/CTN

ROLL

763086

RIPPA LABEL THIS WAY UP 95X75MM

660/ROLL

ROLL

767015

RIPPA LABEL TOP STOW 95X75MM

660/ROLL

ROLL

CODE

DESCRIPTION

653046 TESA 64007 TAMPER EVIDENT TAPE 50MMX50M

CTN QTY

UOM

36/CTN

ROLL

83


POUCHES & LABELOPES

3M ‘DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED’ POUCHES

LABELOPES

Clear polypropylene film with bright orange border and ‘Documents Enclosed’ printed message. Rubber resin adhesive grips your package, while the non-tacky centre window portion covers important shipping information. Dimensions are 127 x 152mm.

The convenient way to securely attach invoices, packing slips or documents to your packages.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

12PT824 3M 824 POUCH TAPE DOC ENCL 333/ROLL 12PP830 3M 830 POUCH PADS 25/PAD

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

673051

INVOICE ENCLOSED LABELOPE S772

1000/CTN BOX

LABELOPE PLAIN S665A 175X235MM

500/CTN

CTN QTY

UOM

12/CTN

ROLL

673040

PAD

90SUPALOPETEC SNELL LABELOPES PACKING SLIP ENCLOSED 115X150MM

40/BOX

673052

84

UOM

BOX

1000/BOX BOX

PACKING SLIP ENCLOSED LABELOPE S771 115X150MM 1000/CTN BOX


4

SECURING &

BUNDLING PRODUCTS Feature Pages

86

Polypropylene Machine & Hand Strapping

93

Buckles & Seals

94

PET Strapping Dispensers & Seals

96

Polypropylene & Pet Strapping Tools 97 Steel Strapping & Dispensers

98

Steel Strapping Tools

99

Ties & Rubber Bands

101

Twine & Desiccants

103

Staplers & Removers

104

Staplers, Tackers & Pliers

105

Tagging Gun & Tags

107

Spray Paints

108

85


TYPES OF STRAPPING Strapping and bundling materials are often treated as commodity items. Yet they play a key role in the safe and presentable delivery of many business goods. Strapping most commonly is used in its Polypropylene, Polyester or Steel form. Each one has its strengths and weaknesses, so it is important that you select the right strapping for your requirements. POLYPROPYLENE (PP) STRAP

POLYESTER (PET) STRAP

Available in rolls for both hand and machine applications and is used for light to medium strapping applications.

Specially developed to provide an extremely tough and strong alternative to steel strap for securing medium and heavy duty loads.

• Flexible and lightweight. • Generally the cheapest of the three strap types. • Least initial tightness after joint is made and highest relaxation over time. • Lowest tensile strength and abrasion resistance of the three strap types. • Hand strap has a variety of uses ranging from small warehouse applications through to horticulture packing sheds. This type of strap is fastened together using hand tools with buckles and seals. • Machine strap is used in many warehouse and packing applications, such as large food processing units and magazine and newspaper distributors where high volume is required. Machine strap is used in both semi-automatic and fully automatic strapping machines that rely on heat sealing to make the join.

• Good alternative to steel for applications that require high tensile strength, high retained tension and elongation. • Offers higher recovery characteristics and stays tighter than polypropylene strap on packs that shrink or become compressed. • Water and UV resistant. Preferred strapping material for products stored outside. • Lighter than steel for improved productivity. • Has no sharp edges, so product damage is minimised and there is less risk of injury while using the product. • Will not rust and stain packaging when exposed to moisture. • Performs well under shock loading, such as when a pallet is dropped during handling or in transit. This is because polyester strap can absorb the sudden forces exerted.

STRAPPING CAN BE FOUND ON PAGE 93. 86


• Once used the tension does not relax. This means it can be moved safely after an extended period of storage or transport. • Has slight elasticity and so maintains strap tension by contracting with the pack in the event of pack settlement. Steel straps may become loose if the pack configuration changes, creating a potential hazard when handling large or heavy materials. • Used with a hand tensioner and a sealer that uses serrated seals. Friction welders can also be employed, which do not require the use of seals. These are available in a battery-operated format or a pneumatic format for heavy duty work.

RIBBON WOUND Each layer is wound directly over the one below so that the width of the strapping is the width of the coil. Comes in flat coils. Suitable for small to medium users who require a manageable roll weight for portability.

ROPE WOUND Strapping is oscillated uniformly and tightly across the width of the coil. The width of the strap is smaller than the width of the coil. Suitable for high volume users as it requires less coil changes. Also known as oscillating, spiral or mill wound.

STEEL STRAP Commonly found in regular duty (standard) and high tensile (super) grades. High tensile grade is used to bear extremely heavy loads and withstand extreme shocks. • Highly durable. • Suitable for the strapping of heavy loads such as timber, bricks, steel, etc. • Used with a hand tensioner and a sealer with metal seals. Seal-less tools can also be used. For heavy applications there are pneumatic tools available. • Steel strap comes in two packaging formats:

87


STRAPPING SPECIFICATIONS TABLE POLYPROPYLENE STRAPPING Strap Diameter Roll Outside Width Width mm mm mm

Breaking Approx. Strain kg Roll Weight kg

Strap Thickness mm

Roll Length m

Roll Inside mm

12mm Light Duty Hand

1000

150

300

115

11.4-12.0

0.50-0.55

70

2.9

502001

19mm Medium Duty Builders Hand

300

N/A

260

130

18.0-19.0

0.55-0.60

160

2.0

502002

19mm Medium Duty Hand Blue

1000

150

360

115

18.0-19.0

0.55-0.60

160

5.8

Code

Description

502000

502003

19mm Medium Duty Hand Clear

1000

150

360

115

18.0-19.0

0.55-0.60

160

5.8

502005

19mm Heavy Duty Hand

1000

150

430

115

18.0-19.0

0.70-0.80

270

8.8

502004

19mm Extra Heavy Duty Hand

1000

150

460

115

18.0-19.0

0.90-1.00

400

10.8

502009

12mm Machine Blue

3000

200

430

190

11.5-12.0

0.60-0.65

120

10.5

502008

12mm Machine Clear

3000

200

430

190

11.5-12.0

0.60-0.65

120

10.5

502020

15mm Machine

2500

200

455

190

14.5-15.0

0.60-0.65

150

12.7

POLYESTER STRAPPING Code

Description

Roll Length m

Strap Thickness mm

Breaking Strain kg

Typical Elongation %

501013

12mm Embossed Green

2500

0.60

375

14.0

501009

16mm Embossed Green

1100

0.88

645

14.0

STEEL STRAPPING Strap Width mm

Approx. Strap Thickness Metres/ kg mm

Typical Approx. Breaking Elongation % Coil Weight Strain kg kg

Code

Description

513003

16mm Ribbon Wound Standard Mini

16.0

0.50

16.0

680

2-4

12.5

513004

19mm Ribbon Wound Standard Mini

19.0

0.56

12.0

905

3-5

15.0

513012

19mm Ribbon Wound Standard

19.0

0.56

12.0

905

3-5

45.0

513015

19mm Ribbon Wound Standard Black Mini

19.0

0.56

12.0

905

3-5

15.0

513013

32mm Ribbon Wound High Tensile

32.0

0.80

5.0

2350

5-7

45.0

513007

16mm Rope Wound Standard

16.0

0.50

17.8

625

2-4

45.0

513008

19mm Rope Wound Standard

19.0

0.56

12.0

905

3-5

45.0

513009

19mm Rope Wound Super

19.0

0.63

10.6

1110

4-7

45.0

514015

19mm Rope Wound Super

19.0

0.80

8.4

1555

7-10

45.0

THE ABOVE AND FOLLOWING INFORMATION ARE INTENDED TO BE USED AS A GUIDE. FOR MORE STRAPPING INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE OR OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE TEAM. 88


STRAPPING, ACCESSORIES & TOOLS COMPATIBILITY TABLE

POLYPROPYLENE STRAPPING Code

Description

Buckles

Seals

Tensioners

Sealers

Combination Tools

502000

12mm Light Duty Hand

Plastic PP Wire PP

Plain Snap-On

Ybico P117

Orgapack ORZ3400.13

Strapex STC30

502002

19mm Medium Duty Hand

Plastic PP Wire PP

Plain Snap-On

Ybico P117 MIP-380

Orgapack ORZ3410.19

Strapex STB80

502003

19mm Medium Duty Hand

Plastic PP Wire PP

Plain Snap-On

Ybico P117 MIP-380

Orgapack ORZ3410.19

Strapex STB80

502001

19mm Medium Duty Builders Hand

Plastic PP Wire PP

Plain Snap-On

Ybico P117 MIP-380

Orgapack ORZ3410.19

Strapex STB80

502005

19mm Heavy Duty Hand

Wire PP

Plain Snap-On

MIP-380

Orgapack ORZ3410.19

Strapex STB80

502004

19mm Extra Heavy Duty Hand

Wire PP

Plain Snap-On

MIP-380

Orgapack ORZ3410.19

Strapex STB80

502009

12mm Machine

Plastic PP

Plain Snap-on

Ybico P117

Orgapack ORZ3600.13

Strapex STC30

502008

12mm Machine

Wire PP

Plain Snap-on

Ybico P117

Orgapack ORZ3400.13

Strapex STC31

502020

15mm Machine

-

Plain Snap-On

Ybico P117

Orgapack ORZ3400.16

Strapex STC31

POLYESTER STRAPPING Code

Description

Buckles

Seals

Tensioners

Sealers

Combination Tools

501013

12mm Embossed

-

Serrated Snap-On

MIP-380

Strapex STS12

Strapex STC30 Strapex STB61

501009

16mm Embossed

-

Serrated Snap-On

MIP-380

Strapex STS13

Strapex STC31 Strapex STB80

STEEL STRAPPING Code

Description

Buckles

Seals

Tensioners

Sealers

Combination Tools

513003

16mm Ribbon Wound Standard

-

Snap-On SO16

Ybico S290 MIP-1200

MIP-1100.58

Strapex STM60 Strapex STR64 (Push-Type seals only)

513004

19mm Ribbon Wound Standard

-

Snap-On SO19 Push-Type PNSC34

Ybico S290 MIP-1200

513013

32mm Ribbon Wound High Tensile

-

Push-type 5436P

MIP-1400

MIP-3100-114

Strapex STR66

513007

16mm Rope Wound Standard

-

Snap-On SO16

Ybico S290 MIP-1200

MIP-1100.58

Strapex STM60 Strapex STR64 (Push-Type seals only)

513008

19mm Rope Wound Standard

-

Snap-On SO19 Push-Type PNSC34

Ybico S290 MIP-1200

Ybico C310 (Snap-On seals only) MIP-1100.34

Strapex STM60 Strapex STR64 (Push-Type seals only)

513009

19mm Rope Wound Super

-

Push-Type 3436P

MIP-1400

MIP-3100-34

Strapex STM60 Strapex STP63 Strapex STR64 (Push-Type seals only)

514015

19mm Rope Wound Super

-

Push-type 3436P

MIP-1400

MIP3100-34

Strapex STM61 Strapex STR65

Strapex STM60 Ybico C310 (SnapStrapex STR64 On seals only) (Push-Type seals only) MIP-1100.34

89


CHOOSING THE CORRECT STRAPPING TOOL Bundling together boxes and other materials for transport or storage can be a strenuous and demanding activity. If your items are not tightly strapped together, you may run the risk of your goods falling over, damaging your products or injuring staff or visitors. A strapping tool can help ensure the safe containment of items on your premises. Yet with the wide variety of tools available you need to know which one best suits your workplace and its needs.

When strapping items at a moderate height, like boxes to a pallet, a tool combining both automatic and manual procedures will be best suited. When the bundles are too hazardous for people to strap and the overall volume is large, then an automatic strapping machine will best fit that environment. Along with this different strapping will cater to different loads.

HOW DO YOU KNOW WHICH TO CHOOSE?

Evaluating these factors is how you know what type of strapping tool is the best type of tool for you and your business. That also keeps you from not having adequate strapping capabilities and keeps you from wasting money on having too much. What you’ll find is that you’ll be able to efficiently and effectively take care of your strapping duties.

Evaluating the type of items you bundle is the best way to select which tool you may need. Tensioners may be used on smaller jobs such as bundling together metal rods, long skinny boxes or newspapers. In these cases, you will need the tension to keep the items altogether.

STRAPPING TOOLS BEGIN ON PAGE 97. 90


STRAPPING TOOLS Choosing the correct strapping tool will make your strapping job easier and will improve the stability of your bundle or load. THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF STRAPPING TOOLS

HOW TO USE TENSIONERS & SEALERS

Tensioner: Tightens the strapping. Typically used on their own with plastic or wire buckles for small bundling jobs, or in combination with a sealer and seals for bigger loads.

1. Take the tensioner by the right hand and depress tension lever. Place strap under the gripper so that it touches the housing with the right hand edge and that the strap end protrudes 5cm (2�) beyond the tool. Release tension tool.

Sealer: Secures seals on strapping. If you need a stronger hold on bigger items or items with a lot of weight, using seals with a sealer gives you extra holding power. Combination Tool: Performs both tensioning and sealing tasks in the one tool. They are for slightly larger jobs where a hand held strapping tool can still be used. Available in manual, battery powered or pneumatic formats. Friction Welding Tool: Used with polypropylene or polyester strapping, without the need for metal seals. The tool grips the straps by means of serrated plates and vibrates them, causing sufficient heat to be generated enabling the two strap surfaces to be fused together.

2. Insert the upper strap into the slot of the cutter mechanism and the winder. Hold the tool with your left hand and move the tension lever forward and back until the strap is tensioned. 3. Place the seal over the straps and slide it towards the tool. 4. Open the sealer completely and place it square on top of the seals. Press the sealer levers together to crimp the seal. Remove sealer, depress the tension lever completely and pivot the tensioner away from the strap.

MAKE SURE YOU HAVE THE PROPER TOOLS TO SUIT THE TYPE OF STRAPPING THAT YOU ARE USING, AS WELL AS THE SIZE AND WEIGHT OF YOUR BUNDLE OR LOAD. ABOVE ARE THE MOST COMMON TYPES OF HAND STRAPPING TOOLS. 91


BUCKLES & SEALS Plastic buckles are generally used in low volume, light to medium weight strapping applications. Use wire buckles where extra strength is required. Seals are used for an even more secure hold.

PLASTIC BUCKLE:

WIRE BUCKLE:

METAL SEAL:

The strap is threaded onto the plastic buckle and then pulled tight by hand or with a tensioner. When the tool is released the strap will stay tight.

The strap is threaded onto the wire buckle then pulled tight using a tensioner. When the tool is released the strap will stay tight.

The strap is tensioned as above, then a metal seal is used with a sealer to compress the seal tight on to the strap.

HOW TO APPLY A WIRE BUCKLE This Double Tie assembly will prevent slipping of the strapping during handling and transportation.

Fold strapping Hold wire buckle in approximately left hand. 200mm from the end.

Thread strapping on to the underside of the wire buckle.

Loop over and repeat this procedure as shown.

Turn the buckle and the wire leg into the loop of strap.

A B

Pull tight. Place strap around load.

92

Form a loop in the other end of the strap and insert into the other side of the buckle.

Turn the loop and slip over the bottom wire leg.

 ighten by holding T A firmly against the load and pulling slack through buckle by pulling firmly on B.

To increase tension, attach tensioner and apply pressure as required.


POLYPROPYLENE MACHINE & HAND STRAPPING

SNELL HEAVY DUTY PP HAND STRAPPING

POLYESTER STRAP

This high quality, 19mm heavy duty polypropylene strap has 270kg breaking strain. It can be used to secure medium weight pallets by hand using buckles or seals.

This is a high quality, 16mm green polyester strapping with an embossed finish. There is a 673kg breaking strain for this strapping which means it is suitable for timber, bricks or applications that require a robust, high breaking strain and shock resistance. It can be used as a replacement for steel strapping. While it is safe and easy to use, other sizes of PET strapping are available on request.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

502005 STRAPPING SNELL HAND 19MMX1000M BLACK H/D

ROLL

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

501009 STRAP PET EMBOSSED GREEN 16MMX0.88MMX1100M

ROLL

507002 SNELL PET STRAP EMBOSSED GREEN 16MM X 0.88X1100M

ROLL

507001 SNELL PET STRAP EMBOSSED GREEN 19MM X 1.0MMX920M ROLL 501013 STRAP PET EMBOSSED 12MM X 0.6MMX2500M

ROLL

SNELL HAND STRAPPING This high quality, 12mm light duty polypropylene strap has a 70kg breaking strain. The medium duty has a 160kg breaking strain and heavy duty has a 270kg breaking strain. It can be used to secure lightweight bundles by hand using buckles and seals. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

502000 STRAPPING SNELL HAND 12MMX1000M BLUE

ROLL

502002 STRAPPING SNELL HAND 19MMX1000M BLUE

ROLL

502003 STRAPPING SNELL HAND 19MMX1000M CLEAR

ROLL

502004 STRAPPING SNELL HAND 19MMX1000M GREY EXTRA H/D

ROLL

SNELL BLUE BUILDERS HAND STRAPPING It is easy to secure with plastic or steel buckles or steel seals. The better alternative to twine, stretch wrap and tape. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

502001 STRAPPING SNELL HAND 19MMX300M BLUE BUILDERS

ROLL

SNELL MACHINE STRAPPING This is a premium grade, 12mm and 15mm polypropylene machine strap to fit both semi-automatic and fully automatic strapping machines. The 12mm strap has a 120kg breaking strain and is suitable for use at low to medium speeds. While the 15mm strap has a 150kg breaking strain and is suitable for use at medium speeds. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

502009 STRAPPING SNELL MACHINE 12MMX3000M BLUE

ROLL

502008 STRAPPING SNELL MACHINE 12MMX3000M CLEAR

ROLL

502020 STRAPPING SNELL MACHINE 15MMX2500M BLUE*

ROLL

93


BUCKLES & SEALS

PLASTIC & WIRE BUCKLES Plastic Buckles: These strong, lightweight plastic buckles are for 12mm and 19mm polypropylene strapping. Quick to use and reliable for securing lightweight loads. They are suitable for applications where tensioning is done by hand. Wire Buckles: These light duty wire buckles are for 12mm and 19mm polypropylene strapping, and heavy duty wire buckles for 19mm polypropylene strapping. They are reliable for securing light to medium weight loads. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

65POLY12 POLY BUCKLES 12MM 1000/PKT

5PKT/CTN PACK

65POLY19 POLY BUCKLES 19MM 1000/PKT

4 PKT/CTN PACK

523006

WIRE BUCKLE FAIRFIT 12MM LD

1000/BOX

BOX Â

523005

WIRE BUCKLE FAIRFIT 19MM LD

1000/BOX

BOX

523007

WIRE BUCKLE FAIRFIT 19MM HD

1000/BOX

BOX

SNAP-ON METAL SEALS Plain, snap-on type metal seals with a smooth inner surface. Used for sealing polypropylene strapping. Available in a light duty grade for 12mm and 19mm strap, a heavy duty grade for 16mm and 19mm strap and an extra heavy duty grade for 19mm strap. Suitable for when extra tension and holding power is needed. CODE

CTN QTY

UOM

523004 METAL SEALS FAIRFIT 12MM LD

1000/BOX

BOX

523002 METAL SEALS FAIRFIT 19MM LD

1000/BOX

BOX

523003

94

DESCRIPTION

METAL SEALS FAIRFIT 16MM HD

1000/BOX* BOX

523001 METAL SEALS FAIRFIT 19MM HD

1000/BOX

BOX

523000 METAL SEALS FAIRFIT 19MM EXTRA HD

1000/BOX

BOX


BUCKLES & SEALS

SNAP-ON METAL SEAL - PET

SNAP-ON STEEL SEALS - SS

Snap-on metal seals for sealing 16mm polyester strapping. Feature a serrated inner surface for extra grip.

High quality snap-on metal seals for sealing 12mm - 19mm standard grade steel strap. Placed over the overlapping strap ends either during or after tensioning. Eliminates pre-threading and speeds up the strapping operation.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

521007 PET SEALS 16MM

CTN QTY

UOM

1000/BOX BOX

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

65SEALSO12 STEEL SEALS SNAP-ON SO12 12MM

1000/BOX BOX

65SEALSO58 STEEL SEALS SNAP-ON SO16 16MM

1000/BOX BOX  

65SEALSO34 STEEL SEALS SNAP-ON SO19 19MM

1000/BOX   BOX

65SEALS5436P STEEL SEALS HAND HD 5436P 32MM

500/BOX

BOX

STEEL STRAP PUSH-TYPE SEALS High quality push-type metal seals for sealing 12mm - 19mm standard. Used where strap is tensioned by butting the nose of the tensioner against the seal. Overlapping flanges withstand the higher stress. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

521006

STEEL SEALS HAND 3436P 19MM HD

500/BOX

BOX

522003

STEEL SEALS MACHINE PNSC34 19MM

1000/BOX

BOX

65SEALAMP STEEL SEALS MACHINE AMP.5834 19MM

7000/BOX* BOX

95


PET STRAPPING DISPENSERS & SEALS

PP STRAP DISPENSER Convenient polypropylene hand strapping dispenser with carry handle for portability. Suitable for standard coils. CODE

STRAPEX STB60 PET MANUAL TENSION BATTERY SEAL TOOL Manual tensioning and automatic friction sealing system for PP polypropylene and PET polyester strap applications.

DESCRIPTION UOM

99STRAMOBI PP STRAP DISPENSER CARRY

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

974062 STRAPEX STB60 MANUAL TENSION AUTO SEAL TOOL

EA

MOBILE PP STRAP DISPENSER

GATORSTRAP H/D WOVEN POLY STRAP & BUCKLE

This upright mobile strapping dispenser is a tidy and convenient way to dispense your polypropylene hand strapping. Has trolley wheels for portability. Suitable for standard coils.

Gatorstrap is more cost effective than steel strapping. It has no sharp edges to cause injuries or tyre damage. It’s as strong as steel but weighs 75% less and is easily applied and can be re-tensioned when necessary.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

EA

505011 GATORSTRAP H/D WOVEN POLY STRAP 32MM 181M/ROLL

ROLL

523025 GATORSTRAP BUCKLE 32-38MM 250/BOX

BOX

99STRAPB1

96

PP STRAP DISPENSER PB1 WITH HANDLE


POLYPROPYLENE & PET STRAPPING TOOLS

PP STRAP TENSIONERS & SEALERS

STRAPEX COMBINATION TENSIONERS/SEALERS

Tensioner with oil-less bearings between base and windlass. Suitable for use with lightweight 12mm to 19mm polypropylene and polyester strapping. UOM

Robust, single-lever combination tools for use with polypropylene and polyester strapping. Windlass tensioning system for high tensioning force. The STC30 model weighs 2.3kg and is for 12 - 13mm strap with a thickness of 0.4 - 0.7mm. The STC31 model weighs 3.4kg and is for 15 16mm strap with a thickness of 0.5 - 1.0mm.

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

EA

537035 STRAPEX STC30 COMBINATION PET TOOL 12-13MM

EA

EA

921007 STRAPEX STC31 COMBINATION PET TOOL 15-16MM

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

99STRATENS1

PP STRAP TENSIONER H-21 YBICO

99STRA19CRIMP PP STRAP SEALER H-34 YBICO 19MM 537034

PP STRAP SEALER STRAPEX STS10 - 12MM

STRAPEX PET STRAP SEALERS

STRAPEX PET BATTERY FICTION TOOL

Sealers for 12mm and 16mm polyester strapping, with 465mm long handles.

Energy efficient, portable battery-powered hand tool for heavy duty applications using 16mm to 19mm polypropylene and polyester strapping with a thickness of 0.8mm - 1.3mm. Tensions, seals and cuts the strap in a single-handed operation. Fully adjustable tensioning force of 400 4000N. Strong friction weld seal. Strap tension and sealing time can be set at the push of a button. Adjustable operation modes, from manual to fully automatic. Weight (including battery) is 4.2kg.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

537037 STRAPEX STS12 ‘PET STRAP SEALER 12MM

EA

537038 STRAPEX STS13 PET SEALER 16MM

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

971008 STRAPEX STB80 PET BATTERY FICTION TOOL

EA

97


STEEL STRAPPING & DISPENSERS

STEEL STRAP

STEEL STRAP ROPE WOUND DISPENSER

Ribbon wound, medium carbon, standard steel strapping. Manufactured with superior edge conditioning. Low friction paint and special wax coating to provide excellent transmission of tension around load corners for better reinforcement and protection. The typical breaking strain for the 12mm strap is 444kg, for the 16mm strap it is 555kg and for the 19mm strap it is 888kg.

Hardy mobile dispenser with wheels for rope wound steel and polyester strapping. Robust steel frame and strap core which fits 12mm - 19mm straps. Also has a large tray for tools and seals.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

513003 STEEL STRAP 16MM 16050 MINI RIBBON STANDARD

KG

513004 STEEL STRAP 19MM 19056 MINI RIBBON STANDARD

KG

513012 STEEL STRAP 19MM 19056 RIBBON STANDARD

KG

513013 STEEL STRAP 32MM 32080 RIBBON HIGH TENSILE

KG

513015 STEEL STRAP 19MM BLACK MINI RIBBON STANDARD

KG

ROPE WOUND STEEL STRAPPING Rope wound, medium carbon, standard steel strapping. Manufactured with superior edge conditioning. Low-friction paint and special wax coating to provide excellent transmission of tension around load corners for better reinforcement and protection. The typical breaking strain for the 16mm strap is 625kg, and for the 19mm strap it is 927kg. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

513007 STEEL STRAP 16MM 16050 MILL ROPE STANDARD BLACK

KG

513008 STEEL STRAP 19MM 19056 ROPE STANDARD BLACK

KG

513009 STEEL STRAP 19MM 19063 MILL ROPE SUPER BROWN

KG

514015 STEEL STRAP 19MM SUPER ROPE 011080

KG

98

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

537049 STEEL STRAP DISPENSER H84 ROPE/PET

EA


STEEL STRAPPING TOOLS

STEEL STRAP CUTTER

STEEL STRAP SEALER

Durable, short handle cutters for cutting steel strap up to 0.8mm thick.

Manual sealers provide positive sealing action with minimum effort. They are light and durable and have a sealing mechanism that locks strap ends into a high strength joint.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

99STRACU30 Â STEEL STRAP CUTTER H16

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

536009

STEEL STRAP SEALER SAS32 HEAVY DUTY*

EA

99SIGSEAL

STEEL STRAP SEALER SE12 12MM

EA

536011

STEEL STRAP SEALER SSE13 FRONT ACTION DN*

EA

STEEL STRAP SEALERS Regular duty sealers for 12mm, 16mm or 19mm standard grade steel strapping using snap-on or push-type seals. Front action, double notch, down cut joint. Ideal for flat surfaces. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

STEEL STRAP SEALER MIP1100.12 12MM

EA

99STCRIMP16 STEEL STRAP SEALER MIP1100.58 16MM

EA

99STCRIMP19 STEEL STRAP SEALER STD H65-19/C310 19MM

EA

537033

99


STEEL STRAPPING TOOLS

YBICO S290 STEEL STRAP TENSIONER

STRAPEX STR64 PNEUMATIC TENSIONER/SEALER

High tensile feed wheel tensioner for 12mm to 19mm standard steel strapping. Suitable for flat packages.

Lightweight, pneumatically powered tensioning and sealing tool for 12mm to 19mm standard and super steel strapping up to 0.63mm in thickness. Suitable for stationary and mobile applications involving flat or round packages. Tensioning force up to 3000N. Single notch seal joint using push-type seals. With air connection on top for strapping applications with suspension hook or at rear for strapping applications without suspension hook. Weight of 3.2kg.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

537032 STEEL STRAP TENSIONER S290 12MM-19MM

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

537031 STEEL STRAP PNEUMATIC PUSHER STR64 12MM-19MM

EA

MIP-1200 STEEL STRAP TENSIONER Compact feed wheel tensioner for 12mm to 19mm standard steel strapping. For use on flat packages. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

536006 STEEL STRAP TENSIONER MIP1200 12MM-19MM 

EA

STRAPEX STP63 PNEUMATIC SEALLESS TENSIONER/SEALER STRAPEX STM60 SEALLESS TENSIONER/SEALER Economical, manual combination tensioner and sealer tool for 12mm to 19mm standard and super steel strapping up to 0.58mm in thickness. Suitable for mobile applications involving medium to heavy flat packages of varying types and sizes. Easy to operate with no seals required - simply tension and crimp seal using the one tool. Tensioning force up to 6500N. Ergonomic design, with a weight of 3.5kg. Maintenance friendly with few wear parts. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

971021 STEEL STRAP SEALESS TOOL STRAPEX STM60

EA

100

Compact, pneumatically powered, sealless tensioning and sealing tool for 16mm to 19mm super steel strap up to 0.63mm in thickness. Suitable for heavy-duty stationary applications involving heavy-weight flat packages. Tensioning force up to 6500N. Easy ergonomic handling with comfortable handle and control buttons positioned conveniently above the handle. Has a swivelling suspension bow. Weight of 11.5kg. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

537030 STEEL STRAP PNEUMATIC SEALESS STR63 16-19 FLAT PK

EA


TIES & RUBBER BANDS

CABLE TIES

TWIST TIES

Clear and black plastic fasteners ideal for packaging and horticultural applications. With reliable non-loosening construction to ensure a close hold.

Wire twist ties covered in a paper or plastic coated protective outer. Ideal for sealing polybags.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE

100/PKT PKT

95POLYTW100 TWIST TIES POLY 100MM

90CTIE100MUV CABLE TIES 100X2.4MM CT100M UV BLACK

100/PKT PKT

561007

90CTIE142UV CABLE TIES 140X3.2MM CT140I UV BLACK

100/PKT PKT

90CTIE100M

CABLE TIES 100X2.4MM CT100M NATURAL

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

2000/PKT

PKT

TWIST TIES POLY 150MM BLUE

2000/PKT

PKT

561001

TWIST TIES POLY 150MM GREEN

2000/PKT

PKT

90CTIE142

CABLE TIES 142X3.6MM CT140I NATURAL

100/PKT PKT

561009

TWIST TIES POLY 150MM WHITE

2000/PKT*

PKT

90CTIE140K

CABLE TIES 142X3.6MM M181304 NATURAL

1000/PKT PKT

561008

TWIST TIES POLY 150MM YELLOW

2000/PKT*

PKT

90CTIE200

CABLE TIES 200X3.2MM CT200I NATURAL

100/PKT PKT

90CTIE200B

CABLE TIES 200X3.2MM CT200IUV UV BLK

100/PKT PKT

90CTIE201

CABLE TIES 200X4.8MM CT200ST WHITE

100/PKT PKT

90CTIE300I1000 CABLE TIES 295X3.6MM NATURAL

1000/PKT PKT

90CTIE300I

CABLE TIES 300X3.2MM CT300I NATURAL

100/PKT PKT

90CTIE300ST

CABLE TIES 300X3.2MM CT300I UV BLACK

100/PKT PKT

564018

CABLE TIES CHANGE TO 300X2MM 3.6MM BLACK 100/PKT* PKT

564019

CABLE TIES 370X7.6MM BLACK

100/PKT* PKT

567024

CABLE TIES DETECT 380X4.7MM BLUE

100/PKT PKT

BLACK PAK POLYPROPYLENE LASHING Black, medium to heavy duty twine for outdoor use and applications that require a stronger lashing. UV-stabilised for increased durability. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

70BLACKPAKDOUBLE LASHING POLYPROP DOUBLE BLACK 750M/SPOOL 4/PACK EA 70BLACKPAKTREBLE LASHING POLYPROP TREBLE BLACK 500M/SPOOL

EA

101


TIES & RUBBER BANDS

WIRE TIES

RUBBER BANDS

Strong, flexible steel ties for fastening sacks and bags. Use with the sturdy handheld wire tie tightener. Simply slip the hook through the tie’s two loops, affix around bag or sack, and pull to fasten closed.

Quality rubber bands, available in a huge range of sizes to suit any number of tasks. CODE DESCRIPTION

CODE DESCRIPTION

71WIRE100

WIRETIES 100MM 16G GALV 1.0MM 2000/BDLE

71WIRE110B WIRE TIES 110MM 16G BLACK 1.6MM 2000/BDLE 71WIRE110  

WIRE TIES 110MM 16G GALV 1.6MM 2000/BDLE

UOM

BDLE BDLE BDLE

71WIRE150BK WIRE TIES 150MM 16G BLACK 1.6MM 2000/BDLE

BDLE

WIRE TIES 150MM 16G GALV 1.6MM 2000/BDLE  

BDLE

71WIRE200B WIRE TIES 200MM 16G BLACK 1.6MM 2000/BDLE

BDLE

71WIRE200

WIRE TIES 200MM 16G GALV 1.6MM 2000/BDLE

BDLE

71WIRE250

WIRE TIES 250MM 16G GALV 1.6MM 2000/BDLE  

71WIRE150

71WIRE300G WIRETIES 300MM 16G GALV 1.6MM 2000/BDLE 99WIRETIE

102

WIRETIE TOOL BAG CLOSING*

BDLE BDLE EA

89 RB10

UOM

RUBBER BANDS NO 10 1.6X32MM 500GM

BOX

89 RB12

RUBBER BANDS NO 12 1.6X41MM 500GM

BOX

89 RB14

RUBBER BANDS NO 14 1.6X51MM 500GM

BOX

89 RB16

RUBBER BANDS NO 16 1.6X64MM 500GM

BOX

89 RB18

RUBBER BANDS NO 18 1.6X76MM 500GM

BOX

89 RB19

RUBBER BANDS NO 19 1.6X89MM 500GM

BOX

89 RB30

RUBBER BANDS NO 30 3.2X51MM 500GM

BOX

89 RB32

RUBBER BANDS NO 32 3.2X76MM 500GM

BOX

89 RB33

RUBBER BANDS NO 33 3.2X89MM 500GM

BOX

89 RB34

RUBBER BANDS NO 34 3.2X102MM 500GM

PKT

89 RB62

RUBBER BANDS NO 62 6.4X64MM 500GM

BOX

89 RB64

RUBBER BANDS NO 64 6.4X89MM 500GM

BOX

89 RB84

RUBBER BANDS NO 84 500GM BOX*

BOX

89 RB73

RUBBER BANDS NO 73 500GM BOX*

BOX

89 RB2KG18

RUBBER BANDS NO 18 2KG/CTN

CTN

583003

RUBBER BANDS NO 22 450GM BOX

BAG

89RB450ASSTD RUBBER BANDS NO 22 450GM BOX

BOX


TWINE & DESICCANTS

COTTON TWINE

SUPERDRY CONTAINER DESICCANTS

Natural cotton twine ideal for retail, office and some industrial applications.

It can have various placement positions. Simply flat, suspended or hanging, to suit any cargo. It works by absorbing moisture and converting the resultant mixture to a gel, holding the moisture and not releasing it back into the containers climate. It absorbs 130% of its dry weight. Leakproof, safe to use, with no liquid waste.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

70COTTON

TWINE COTTON WHITE 60GRM 75M

10/PKT

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

582018

SUPERDRY CONTAINER DESICCANT 1KG DRY BAG

16/CTN

EA

582019

SUPERDRY CONTAINER DESICCANT 2KG DRY BAG

8/CTN

EA

582017

SUPERDRY CONTAINER DESICCANT 500GM

30/CTN

EA

583013

SUPERDRY CONTAINER DESICCANT 50GRM

10PKT

PKT

583015

SUPERDRY CONTAINER DESICCANT 100GRM

100/CTN

CTN

PINK/GOLD TWINE General purpose twine for a range of general applications. Relatively thin and light in weight. CODE

DESCRIPTION

70 5/3 Â TWINE 5/3 PINK/GOLD P/FILM 500GM SPOOL

CTN QTY

UOM

6/TRAY

EA

SUPERDRY CONTAINER DESICCANT DRY POLE Superdry Drypole 1000 is a non-toxic, food grade desiccant that absorbs moisture and reduces humidity levels inside containers, cartons or boxes to prevent moisture damage. The moisture collected is turned into a gel when absorbed by the active ingredients. Can absorb up to 130% of its dry weight. Leakproof, safe to use, with no liquid waste. The rigid construction enables the pole to be hooked up so it hangs inside containers. Designed for long distance shipping. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

582020 SUPERDRY CONTAINER DESICCANT 1KG DRY POLE

EA

TWINE

SNELL COOL GEL PADS

A multipurpose natural sisal lashing twine, ideal for in the garden, fastening parcels and dozens of other uses.

An advanced ice replacement to retain your chill temperature for perishable goods while in transit. Ideal for goods such as fish, meat and other produce.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

70 ML1 TWINE LASHING 1PLY MEDIUM 2.5KG 625M

12/PKT

EA

70 ML2 TWINE LASHING 2PLY MEDIUM 4.2KG 441M

6/PKT

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

484728

GEL PAD 2X4 SEGMENTS 260X330MM

20/CTN

SHEET

103


STAPLERS & REMOVERS

RAPID C1 STAPLE REMOVER

RAPID S17 DESKTOP STAPLER

Small, quick and efficient staple remover with a steel spring, which extracts staples in one easy action. Prevent broken nails and tattered paper. Removal will not damage paper. Finger moulded plastic grips for control. The steel jaws are chrome finished for high durability. Removes all sorts of office staples.

Full strip stapler equipped with the patented Super Flat Clinchâ„¢ Technology which flattens staples 40% more than standard stapling. All metal inside and full rubber base for perfect precision. Ideal for stapling or tacking. 30 sheet capacity. Holds a full strip of 26/6 staples. CODE DESCRIPTION

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

88STAPREMC1 STAPLE REMOVER RAPID C1

EA

88STAPR17

STAPLER RAPID S17 SFC BLK/GRY

88STAPRAP26/6 STAPLES RAPID 26/6 5000/BOX

UOM

EA BOX

RAPID F16 DESKTOP STAPLER

RAPID F6 DESKTOP STAPLER VALUE PACK

Ergonomically designed stapler with non-slip rubber base. Use for stapling, pinning or tacking. 20 sheet capacity. Holds a half strip of 26/6 staples.

Includes a Rapid F6 Half Strip stapler, staple remover and a box of 1000 26/6 staples. The E26 stapler is an easy to use half strip stapler that can be used for stapling, pinning and tacking. 20-sheet capacity. Holds a half strip of 24/6 & 26/6 staples.

CODE DESCRIPTION

88STAPRF16

STAPLER RAPID F16 HALF STRIP FASHION

88STAPRAP26/6 STAPLES RAPID 26/6 5000/BOX

104

UOM

EA BOX

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

554009 STAPLER RAPID F6 VALUE PACK

EA


STAPLERS, TACKERS & PLIERS

RAPID HD110 HEAVY DUTY STAPLER

RAPID 34 HEAVY DUTY TACKER

A powerful, heavy-duty stapler with a strong steel construction and ABS casing. Non-slip rubber feet. Lever mechanism enables users to staple up to 110 sheets. Adjustable paper stop with a stapling depth of 66mm. Easy front-loading of Rapid 9 series staples between 8-14mm.

Powerful tacker for flat wire staples. Long service life - capable of over 100,000 actuations. This has adjustable impact force and a maximum setting for long staples or hard materials. Recoilless for comfortable operation. Suitable for securing ceiling tiles, insulation materials, plastic sheeting, fitted carpets, etc. Uses Rapid 140 series staples with 6 - 14mm leg lengths.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

88STAPR9

STAPLER RAPID 110 HEAVY DUTY

EA

88STAPR9/8

STAPLES RAPID 9/8 5000/BOX

BOX

88STAPR34

88STAPR9/10 STAPLES RAPID 9/10 5000/BOX

BOX

88STAPR140/6 STAPLES RAPID 140/6 5000/BOX

BOX

88STAPR9/12 STAPLES RAPID 9/12 5000/BOX

BOX

88STAPR140/8 STAPLES RAPID 140/8 5000/BOX

BOX

88STAPR9/14 STAPLES RAPID 9/14 5000/BOX

BOX

CODE DESCRIPTION

STAPLER RAPID 34 TACKER HEAVY DUTY

UOM

EA

88STAPR140/10 STAPLES RAPID 140/10 5000/BOX

BOX

88STAPR140/12 STAPLES RAPID 140/12 5000/BOX

BOX

RAPID TACKER 23 AND 33

RAPID STAPLING PLIER

Extremely durable tacker for fine wire staples. Suitable for securing thin materials, such as fabrics, paper and labels, and other tasks that need fine staples. Rugged steel construction and ergonomic design. Recoilless for comfortable operation. Lock function. The light duty tacker uses Rapid 13 series staples with 4-8mm lengths and the heavy duty tacker uses 6-14mm lengths.

All steel desktop plier, ideal for the post room, shop, home and office. Adjustable anvil for pinning. Has a chromed surface and staples up to 50 sheets. 26/6 or 26/8, 6-8mm staples.

CODE DESCRIPTION

88STAPRAP26/6 STAPLES RAPID 26/6 5000/BOX

UOM

88STAPR23

STAPLER RAPID 23 TACKER LIGHT DUTY

EA

88STAPR33

STAPLER RAPID 33 TACKER HEAVY DUTY

EA

88STAPR13/4 STAPLES RAPID 13/4 5000/BOX

BOX

88STAPR13/6 STAPLES RAPID 13/6 5000/BOX

BOX

88STAPR13/8 STAPLES RAPID 13/8 5000/BOX

BOX

CODE DESCRIPTION

88STAPR1

STAPLER RAPID 1 PLIER LIGHT DUTY

UOM

EA BOX

105


STAPLERS, TACKERS & PLIERS

RAPID 31 HEAVY DUTY PLIER

BOSTITCH P6C-8 STAPLING PLIER

Powerful plier with finger stop. Comes with a standard anvil, for normal stapling. Staples up to 70 sheets. Takes Rapid 73 series staples with 8 12mm leg lengths.

Case hardened steel components for extreme durability. Ergonomic design and patented easy squeeze bearing system for ease of use, creating a quicker, tighter clinch with less strain. Quick-load magazine and a coated top-load magazine which permits faster, smoother staple loading. Suitable for stapling plastic, paper and canvas, attaching header cards to plastic bags, box closing, corrugated assembly and dry cleaning applications. Uses Bostitch STCR5019 heavy-duty staples.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

763162

STAPLER RAPID 31 PLIER

EA

88STAPR73/8

STAPLES RAPID 73/8 5000/BOX

BOX

88STAPR73/10 STAPLES RAPID 73/10 5000/BOX

BOX

88STAPR73/12 STAPLES RAPID 73/12 5000/BOX

BOX

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

88STAPP6C-8 STAPLER BOSTITCH P6C-8 PLIER

EA

88STAPP6C-8P STAPLER BOSTITCH P6C-8P PLIER POINTED

EA

88STCR596

STAPLES BOSTITCH STCR5019 6MM 6000/BOX

BOX

88STCR5910

STAPLES BOSTITCH STCR5019 10MM 5000/BOX

BOX

STAPLER RAPID F18 FULL STRIP FASHION

CONTAINER BOLT SEALS

Fashionable and ergonomic design. Great for home and office. Staples up to 20 sheets of paper (80 gsm). Steel mechanism, high-quality ABS plastic, and TPE rubber ensure high performance stapling. Adjustable anvil allows temporary stapling.

Tamper-evident security seals for use with trucks, containers, rail wagons and bonded stores.

CODE DESCRIPTION

88STAPRF18

STAPLER RAPID F18 FULL STRIP FASHION

88STAPRAP26/6 STAPLES RAPID 26/6 5000/BOX

106

UOM

EA BOX

CODE DESCRIPTION

523014

CONTAINER BOLT SEALS 10/PKT

UOM

PKT


TAGGING GUNS & TAGS

AVERY DENNISON TAGGING SYSTEM

TACH-IT 2 TAGGING SYSTEM

Durable, reliable, label-fastening gun ideal for general purpose tagging applications. Made from high-impact molded plastic that is reinforced at significant stress points and provides long-lasting performance. Features an easy squeeze trigger, a comfortable grip, an easy-to-reach tag rest and an extended handle for a better fit in the operator’s hand. Paddle style polypropylene tags are suitable for label and ticket attachment.

Lightweight, ergonomic label tagging gun designed for high productivity applications. Heavy-duty construction. Accepts regular or micro-spaced standard fasteners. Has a cap to protect both the needle and the operator when the gun is not in use, a steel cutter that is separate from the needle for easy replacement, and a needle storage compartment in the rear of the gun.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE DESCRIPTION

95DENGUNMK2 DENNISON MK3 TAGGER GUN

EA

95TACHNS

TACH-IT NEEDLES STANDARD

EA

EA

95TACH25

TACH-IT TAGS 25MM 20425 NYLON 10000/BOX

BOX

PKT

95TACH15M

TACH-IT TAGS 15MM NYLON STD/ MICROSPACE

BOX

564007

TACH-IT GUN 2 STANDARD

EA

95TACHGUN

DENNISON MK3 FINE TAGGER GUN

95DENNEEDREG DENNISON MKII NEEDLES REGULAR 5/PKT 95DENTAG025

DENNISON TAGS 25MM POLY 5000/BOX

BOX

95DENTAG050

DENNISON TAGS 50MM POLY 5000/BOX

BOX

95DENTAG065

DENNISON TAGS 65MM POLY 5000/BOX

BOX

UOM

RAMSAY TAGGING SYSTEM Ramsay gun, needles and tag pins suitable for securing pricing and other information to garments. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

95RTGSTD

RAMSAY TEXTILE TAGGER GUN STANDARD

EA

95RTNSTD

RAMSAY TAGGER GUN NEEDLES STANDARD 5/PKT

PKT

95RTAG15N

RAMSAY TAG PINS 15MM NYLON 5000/BOX*

BOX

95RTAG25N RAMSAY TAG PINS 25MM NYLON 5000/BOX

BOX

95RTAG50N RAMSAY TAG PINS 50MM NYLON 5000/BOX

BOX

RAMSAY TAG PINS 65MM NYLON 5000/BOX*

BOX

95RTAG65N

107


SPRAY PAINTS

MAC SPRAYMARK STENCIL PAINT

MAC SPRAYMARK FLUORESCENT SPRAY PAINT

A versatile forestry, farm and construction marking paint designed to be long lasting and remain colour-fast on a range of surfaces. Quick drying, waterproof, and contains special UV absorbers to increase light fastness the paint of choice for harsh outdoor conditions. Ideal for stencil branding of pallets, wool bales and logs, forestry mark for thinning, cutting and clearing, and other general purpose industrial marker for all manufacturing applications.

A high-visibility, fluorescent safety paint that dries within seconds and can be recoated within two minutes. Ideal for warning signs and signal markers in landscaping, surveying, mining, earthworks, forestry and horticulture industries.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

763128 SPRAYMARK STENCIL PAINT BLACK 500ML

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

591029 MAC SPRAYMARK FLUORESCENT PAINT GREEN 400ML 12/BOX EA

CTN QTY

UOM

591030 MAC SPRAYMARK FLUORESCENT PAINT ORANGE 400ML 12/B0X

EA

12/BOX

EA

591028 MAC SPRAYMARK FLUORESCENT PAINT PINK 400ML

12/BOX EA

591034 SPRAYMARK STENCIL PAINT BROWN/KRAFT 500ML 12/BOX

EA

591032 MAC SPRAYMARK FLUORESCENT PAINT RED 500ML

12/B0X

EA

591022 SPRAYMARK STENCIL PAINT DARK BLUE 500ML

12/BOX

EA

591031 MAC SPRAYMARK FLUORESCENT PAINT YELLOW 400ML 12/B0X

EA

591023 SPRAYMARK STENCIL PAINT GREEN 500ML

12/BOX

EA

763129 SPRAYMARK STENCIL PAINT LIGHT BLUE 500ML

12/BOX

EA

591025 SPRAYMARK STENCIL PAINT ORANGE 500ML

12/BOX

EA

591033 SPRAYMARK STENCIL PAINT PURPLE 500ML

12/BOX

EA

591024 SPRAYMARK STENCIL PAINT RED 500ML

12/BOX

EA

591026 SPRAYMARK STENCIL PAINT SILVER 500ML

12/BOX

EA

763130 SPRAYMARK STENCIL PAINT WHITE 500ML

12/BOX

EA

591027 SPRAYMARK STENCIL PAINT YELLOW 500ML

12/BOX

EA

MAC SPRAY GLOSS SPRAY PAINT A long lasting, high quality paint for a variety of painting jobs from car touch ups to bicycles. Fast drying, tough and durable, non fading due to excellent U.V. stability. Use on all hard surfaces, including metal, wood, glass and most plastics. Unique spray valve helps prevent blockages even when the can is not cleared after use. Ozone friendly, low-toxicity propellant.

WAUGH CARTON SPRAY OUT This aerosol spray is ideal for covering old addresses, mistakes, and advertising on used cartons for re-use. The Carton Spray-out is also used for coding wool bales. Spray takes 2-4 minutes to dry and can be written over. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

592007

CARTON SPRAY OUT BROWN WAUGH

12/CTN

CTN

592000

CARTON SPRAY OUT WHITE WAUGH

12/CTN

CTN

108

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

591006 SPRAY GLOSS MAC DESIGNER COLOURS BLACK 400ML

EA

591015 SPRAY GLOSS MAC DESIGNER COLOURS BLUE 400ML  

EA

501005 SPRAY GLOSS MAC DESIGNER COLOURS ORANGE 400ML*

EA

591009 SPRAY GLOSS MAC DESIGNER COLOURS WHITE 400ML   

EA


5

MACHINERY PRODUCTS Feature Pages

110

Strapping Machines

121

Carton Sealing Machines

123

Pallet Wrapping Machines

126

Heat Shrink Machines

128

Packaging System Machines

129

Industrial Lubricants

130

109


FULFILMENT VELOCITY Consumers are not willing to wait days to receive their goods anymore. With many businesses starting to provide overnight shipping options it is important to keep up with demand if you want to remain competitive. The demand for high speed delivery places extra stress on businesses to meet tighter time frames, supply quality goods and ensure packages arrive safely to the consumer. It can also easily increase your cost to serve with the need to hire more employees which adds to training and admin costs or to lengthen production time. Sealed Air has found that 75% of ecommerce consumers expect their order to be processed and on its way in 24 hours or less. In order to meet increased demand, some companies hire additional labour. The better solution is to implement automated systems that can keep up with this demand. A leading NZ e-commerce company switched to an automated system and as a result are able to process their orders 50% faster.

The system is a crucial component to their operational success and fills the void in their cartons ensuring their products arrive undamaged to their customers. The increase in process speed has added to the business competitive edge as they are able to fulfil orders on the day they were placed. In today’s market there is even more of a demand than ever to make your manufacturing and packaging process as cost-effective as possible. To achieve this, companies are looking at machines to automate processes in packaging and end-of-line processing. The use of machines means not only more gains in efficiencies but also less chance of damage occurring to your loads during transportation and a better-looking product being delivered out to your customer.

SPEAK TO YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE ABOUT AUTOMATED SYSTEMS AND IF THEY WOULD HELP SAVE YOU TIME ON YOUR PRODUCTION PROCESS. 110


BENEFITS OF PACKAGING MACHINES Packaging machines have a number of important advantages over packaging by hand:

RENTAL PROGRAM

Consistent Application: Tape, strapping or stretch film is applied consistently and uniformly every time.

Snell has designed a rental program to allow you to obtain the machinery you require without the upfront capital expenditure. A rental program can be tailor-made to your requirements, either for 24-month or 36-month periods or a time frame to suit you. Payments are made on a monthly basis.

Professional Image: Cartons and loads secured by machines have a clean professional look as applying tape, strapping or stretch film by hand can leave an uneven or untidy finish. The presentation of your cartons and pallets is important as it displays your business standards to your customer. Improved Product Protection: Your product can be crushed or shift during transport if strapping or wrap is applied incorrectly by hand. Knowing what is required to keep your load stable during shipping, and while it is on your customer’s floor, is essential in setting strapping and stretch wrapping specifications for your employees to follow. The responsibility of meeting minimum tension requirements is left up to the employee doing the final packaging. Fatigue, disregard, lack of training or motivation can affect the standard to which this is done. Employee Safety: Applying tape, strapping or stretch film by hand often involves a lot of bending and repetitive movement. This is a common source of back, sprain and repetitive motion injuries when performed incorrectly. Cost Savings: Machines can be set to secure loads using the least amount of packaging material required to safely do so. Wrapping a load by hand, for example, may involve unnecessary amounts of film being used, which adds to both wasted film and cost. Furthermore, an expensive hidden cost of hand wrapping is the cost of all the rolls of stretch film that are unusable because they have been damaged when thrown to the ground or left lying around. Time Savings: There are productivity gains from faster packaging and securing of goods, as well as operational advantages in freeing employees to perform other tasks while the machines are at work.

There is a select range of machinery available on the Snell Rental Program. • Strapping Machines • Carton Sealing Machines • Pallet Wrapping Machines

MACHINERY TRIALS Snell understands that choosing to invest in packaging machinery for your business is not a quick and easy decision, and that selecting the right machine for your needs isn’t always straightforward. As a result, Snell can offer you the opportunity to trial a machine before you commit to a purchase. After an agreed trial period, if you find the machine is not suitable for your requirements, then it can be returned. Conditions will apply.

INSTALLATION, TRAINING, MAINTENANCE & SERVICING Installation of the machinery, comprehensive training and follow-up maintenance and servicing can all be arranged by Snell. Should the need arise, we can supply a full range of replacement parts for any packaging machine you purchase or rent from us. Expert technicians are on hand to replace any parts and perform repairs so you can have your machine up and running as quickly as possible.

TALK TO YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE OR CALL OUR CUSTOMER SERVICES TEAM TO DISCUSS YOUR REQUIREMENTS AND FIND OUT OUR CURRENT LIST OF MACHINES AVAILABLE FOR RENT. 111


STRAPPING MACHINES Strapping machines are typically designed for use with plastic strapping. They position, tension and seal strap around a package or load to bundle or secure it. SEMI-AUTOMATIC STRAPPING MACHINES

SEMI-AUTOMATIC PALLET STRAPPING MACHINES

To use a semi-automatic strapping machine, the operator places the package on the table of the machine over a slot. The operator pulls the strapping up and around the carton and inserts it into the strapping guide or slot, at which point the machine grabs the end and pulls the strapping tight around the package and heat seals the ends. Semi-automatic machines are suitable for low to medium volumes.

These are a simple alternative for strapping goods to pallets without the need for hand tools. The machine is simply moved alongside the pallet and the horizontal bayonet or chute that holds the strapping is slipped through the void in the pallet. The operator then takes the strap, takes it over the top of the load and feeds it back into the machine, which pulls the strap back in reverse, tensions, heat seals and cuts it.

AUTOMATIC STRAPPING MACHINES

AUTOMATIC PALLET STRAPPING MACHINES

An automatic strapping machine allows for hands-free operation to strap packages, and typically comes with a built-in arch. The package is placed under the arch, strapping is automatically applied, heat sealed and cut. Operation is generally by foot-pedal or push button and the strapping cycle is instantaneous. Automatic machines are suitable for medium to high volumes.

These machines are used to strap large quantities of products on a pallet. They come with a large horizontal or vertical frame and require strapping material that can withstand a high level of tension. The load is placed inside the frame and the strap is fed around the load. The seal of each strap is either on the top or the side of the load and machines are designed to seal these from either the top or side. Automatic pallet strapping machines can be incorporated into full automatic production lines.

116

117

STRAPPING MACHINES CAN BE FOUND ON PAGES 121 AND 122. 112


CARTON SEALING MACHINES Carton sealing machines are used to tape and seal individual cartons. They are generally classified in two categories: Uniform (or Adjustable) and Random. Uniform sealers are ideal for sealing uniformly sized cartons. Random carton sealers are ideal if you have different sized cartons. They automatically detect the dimensions of each carton using sensors and adjust the tape head accordingly. Both these types of machines come in semi-automatic and automatic styles, with top and bottom or side belt drives. Semi-Automatic Uniform Carton Sealers Semi-automatic uniform sealers are the least automated option, they require an operator to manually adjust the height and width of the machine for each carton size. The operator also folds the flaps of each carton down and feeds them into the machine. Automatic Uniform Carton Sealers Automatic uniform sealers automatically feed the cartons into the machine, fold the flaps of the carton and seal them. An operator is still required to manually adjust the height and width of the machine for different carton sizes. Semi-Automatic Random Carton Sealers Semi-automatic random sealers are perfect for those needing the flexibility of an automated solution where the machine will automatically adjust to the width and height of each carton. An operator is still required to fold the flaps and feed the cartons into the machine. Ideal for applications where cartons of different dimensions are to be sealed on the same shift. Automatic Random Carton Sealers Automatic random sealers provide a fully automated solution, with no operator required.

The machine automatically feeds the carton, adjusts to its size, folds the flaps and seals it. Ideal for applications where cartons are randomly sized and need to be sealed at the same time without the use of an operator.

BELT DRIVE OPTIONS Carton sealing machines generally come with either a side belt drive or a top and bottom belt drive. Side Belt Drive For cartons that are longer in length and shorter in height. Contact with the carton is made on the lower part of each side. Moving side belts ‘capture’ the carton as it moves past upper and lower tape heads, and as such is ideal for pre-sealing the bottoms of empty cartons prior to packing. Side belt drive is the preferred method of processing narrow width cartons. This style will process a wide variety of carton dimensions but extremely heavy or extremely unstable cartons may be better suited to a sealer with a top and bottom belt drive. Top and Bottom Belt Drive For cartons that are taller in height and shorter in length. Belt drives are located above and below the carton. This configuration provides maximum stability since it applies force to the strongest areas of the carton, which is in the direction of the corrugated fluting. Minimising force is applied while the carton is processing. This style processes the widest variety of carton dimensions but narrow width cartons may be better suited to sealers with side belt drives.

CARTON SEALING MACHINES CAN BE FOUND ON PAGES 123 & 124 113


PALLET WRAPPING MACHINES Pallet stretch wrapping machines are used for many reasons, they reduce labour costs and worker fatigue over hand wrapping. They apply consistent wraps every time which improves load containment, safety and reduce damage claims. Pallet wrapping machines also create cost, consumption, environmental and productivity efficiencies. PALLET WRAPPERS All of the above reasons can influence the justification to purchase a pallet wrapping machine, then all you need to decide is what machine best suits your needs. All wrapping machines apply stretched film in a crossspiral fashion around the load, via a friction brake or powered pre-stretch unit, whether it’s a high or low profile turntable wrapper that rotates the load or an orbital type that rotates the film around the load. Low Profile Turntable Wrapper: Has a turntable that is only a few centimetres off the ground. Pallets can be loaded onto the turntable with a fork truck or a pallet jack via a ramp, or if level access is required, the machine can be recessed into the floor.

Horseshoe Turntable Wrappers: Have recesses in the low profile turntable to suit the forks of most hand pallet jacks, the pallet can then be loaded directly onto the turntable without using a ramp or having to set the turntable into the floor. This type of turntable is ideal for operations where space is limited. It does require a pallet entry without base boards. Orbital Wrappers: or Rotary arm pallet wrappers are used in high-volume or unstable load applications. These machines feature either a rotating ring or arm that applies film around a stationary pallet on a conveyor or the floor. This type of machine is effective for loads that are either very heavy, unstable or irregularly shaped.

High Profile Turntable Wrapper: Has a raised turntable, usually 25 centimetres or more off the floor. Designed for loads delivered by forklift. The added height simplifies servicing, is great for dusty environments and transporting the machine within your premises. The high profile machine can be interfaced with a pallet conveyor line to feed pallets directly on to the turntable.

120

121

PALLET WRAPPING MACHINES CAN BE FOUND ON PAGES 126 AND 127. 114


PALLET WRAPPING MACHINES Stretch Units and Automation Level: STRETCH UNITS Friction Brake Stretch: The film is stretched between a braked roller or shaft which limits how much film will feed out when the load rotates. This method of stretching can place more force on the corners of the load. It is most effective and efficient with pre-stretched or hybrid cast films. Power Pre-Stretch: The film passes over a series of geared powered rollers that pre-stretch the film before it exits the stretch unit. This system enables the film to be applied either taut or loose to suit almost any load type while still achieving very high levels of stretch.

MANUAL PALLET WRAPPERS Require an operator to be present and active during the entire wrapping process. The operator attaches the film to the pallet, activates the powered turntable and manually moves the film carriage up and down to cover the entire load with stretch film. The film is then cut and secured by hand.

SEMI-AUTOMATIC PALLET WRAPPERS Require the operator to attach the film to the pallet and press a start button. The pallet is automatically wrapped with one of the pre-set wrap cycles. While the load is being wrapped, the operator is able to perform other tasks. Once the wrap cycle is complete, the operator has to cut film and secure it. Most semi-automatic machines have adjustable speed settings for the rotation of the turntable, the film carriage for overlap and the ability to adjust the number of top and bottom wraps applied.

STANDALONE AUTOMATIC PALLET WRAPPERS Once the forklift driver or pallet jack operator has loaded the pallet onto the turntable or into the wrap station and it is safe to start the equipment, they activate a remote start to commence the wrap cycle, the film is automatically attached before commencing the wrap cycle. Once the wrap cycle is complete the film is automatically clamped, cut and flushed onto the wrapped pallet which is ready for collection.

IN-LINE FULLY AUTOMATIC PALLET WRAPPERS Designed to wrap pallets without an operator present. A fully automatic wrapper can either be a standalone operation where the pallet infeed is activated with a remote start by the forklift driver or pallet jack operator, or it can be part of an in-line operation where pallets are fed from a palletiser automatically onto the infeed conveyor and into the wrap station, once the load is wrapped with a pre-determined wrap cycle, it is discharged automatically onto an outfeed conveyor for collection. The only intervention is when a roll needs to be replaced. These wrappers are equipped with an automatic film clamp, cut and wipe mechanism.

115


ICON

HEAT SHRINK MACHINES Shrink wrapping is a process in which heat is used to completely cover a product or package in tight film. The primary functions of shrink wrap or shrink film are to keep the product clean and attractively presented, to protect the product from superficial damage, create stability, and join multiple packages together. Devices used to apply the film include sealers to seal the film around the product and heat guns or tunnels to shrink the film.

I-BAR SEALER These manual, easy-to-use sealers have a single, straight bar that is used to cut and seal shrink wrap around a product. They are typically designed for low to mid-volume use. The product is inserted between the two layers of centre-folded shrink film, and then the bar of the sealer is pressed down on one side to cut and seal that side. This is repeated on the other sides of the package to fully seal it. A heat gun or heat shrink tunnel is then used to shrink the film. The advantage of this type of sealer is the ability to move and manipulate the shrink film around a product with ease. You can also seal multiple angles around a product and are not limited to a product with four sides. If used in conjunction with a heat gun, then you are not limited to the height of a heat shrink tunnel.

L-BAR SEALER These sealers use an L-shaped bar to cut and seal film around a product in one step. They are typically designed for mid to high-volume use, depending on whether they are standalone or part of a combination shrink wrapping system. Standalone L-Bar sealers require a heat gun or heat shrink tunnel to shrink the film, while combination systems include a heat source. Available in either a manual option, where the operator has to manually press down the bar and lift it back up, or an automatic option, where a motor completes the process. The advantage of an L-Bar sealer is that all sides can be cut and sealed at the same time, which speeds up the packaging process.

HEAT GUN Heat guns are used to blow hot air over a wrapped product by hand, which causes the film to shrink.

122

HEAT SHRINK MACHINES CAN BE FOUND ON PAGE 128. 116


HEAT SHRINK MACHINES HEAT SHRINK TUNNEL A heat shrink tunnel is the fastest way to shrink film around a package. In seconds it quickly and evenly applies heat to the film to shrink it. This is ideal for highvolume and industrial shrink wrap needs. Tunnels can be sold separately or as part of a shrink wrap system. After the film is cut and sealed around the product, a conveyor belt sends it through a tunnel, heating and shrinking the film. This process is automated and leaves the finished product evenly shrunk.

L-BAR SEALER WITH CHAMBER OR TUNNEL

The benefits of a combination system are: • Improved productivity, as one operator can complete the shrink wrapping process in a continuous operation. • A higher volume of products can be shrink wrapped in less time as you are not moving from one machine to another. • Less space is required. • The shrinking process can be observed in a chamber, which helps to ensure optimal results. • Less adjustment time is required between different package sizes and types. • Economical operation, with reduced energy consumption.

Some models of L-Bar sealers incorporate a heat source to shrink the film, making it an all-in-one system. This heat source can be a chamber or hood over the L-Bar sealer, which blows hot air around the product once the film has been cut and sealed by the bar. Other combination systems use a heat shrink tunnel for the heat source, in which the product is conveyed from the sealer to the tunnel. Shrink wrap systems with chambers or tunnels are the fastest and most effective way to package a wide variety of products.

117


CRC LUBRICANTS When it comes to your valuable machinery, break-downs and resulting down time can be extremely costly. Using CRC products helps to maintain your machines and keep them in their optimal condition, minimising the risk of avoidable break downs. CRC has been manufacturing quality products for over 60 years in the MRO industry worldwide. We supply innovative speciality chemicals with quality, safety and performance being our core principles. With over 250 products across diverse markets and industries, CRC has become an industry leader and is trusted by many businesses across New Zealand.

Through our CRC, ADOS & Ambersil brands we are constantly striving to introduce innovative new products to meet our customer’s needs. With 99% of our products proudly made here in New Zealand, they have been specifically tailored to New Zealand requirements and conditions.

LUBRICANTS ARE USED TO REDUCE THE AMOUNT OF FRICTION IN MACHINES AS WITHOUT THEIR USE YOU RUN THE RISK OF HAVING OF BREAKDOWNS, ENGINES SEIZING AND ADVANCED DETERIORATION. 118


CRC LUBRICANTS A full time team of highly skilled chemists extensively test, research and develop new and existing products to intensive and rigorous internal and external standards, with the end result being products that are proven to work. Technical guidance and specifications are available online through our Material Safety Data Sheet’s (MSDS) and Technical Data Sheet’s (TDS), you can use our products knowing you are backed by an extensive library of resource and research.

Whether it’s a Precision Electrical Cleaner, Hi-speed Penetrants, High Temperature Greases, Wet or Dry Silicones, or our top selling Multipurpose Lubricant 5.56, there is a maintenance solution for you with CRC. On top of this CRC offers a wide range of Adhesives and Sealants through ADOS, and high quality release mould agents through Ambersil.

THE COST OF NOT USING MACHINERY LUBRICANTS CAN INCLUDE TIME LOST, MAN POWER OR IN SEVERE CASES THE PRICE OF PURCHASING NEW MACHINERY. 119


TBA TBA

PACKAGING SYSTEMS The online retail eco-system is fast evolving in New Zealand, contributing to over 20 million items being bought online each year. The packaging that these items arrive in is an important part of the customer’s experience. A study conducted by Sealed Air found that 68% of consumers are more conscious of packaging designs and materials today than they were 5 years ago. Automating your internal packaging process could save you time, freight costs, labour costs, material wastage and keep your customers happy with the way their products arrive to them. The future of packaging is getting smarter, smaller and less labour intensive. By implementing a Sealed Air system you can achieve maximum protection for your products while decreasing warehouse storage space and the amount of materials used per box.

77% OF CONSUMERS BELIEVE THAT THE PACKAGING USED BY A COMPANY SHOULD REFLECT THEIR ENVIRONMENTAL VALUES

59 %

The iBubble System, the Fill Air Rocket System and the Instapak Simple have been designed to be versatile, simplify the packaging process and keep you delivering to your customers at a competitive speed. All three utilise the amount of packaging materials used to save you on material costs and preventing your customers from dealing with the frustration of over packaging. Speak to your Snell Representative to organise a free trial of any one of the Sealed Air Machines.

71 % OF CUSTOMERS EXPECT HIGH QUALITY GOODS TO USE VISUALLY APPEALING PACKAGING

75 %

BELIEVE THAT THE RETAILER AND THE PACKAGE CARRIER ARE EQUALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO AN ONLINE ORDER

OF ECOMMERCE CUSTOMERS EXPECT THEIR ORDER TO BE PROCESSED AND ON ITS WAY IN 24 HOURS OR LESS

123

PACKAGING SYSTEM MACHINES CAN BE FOUND ON PAGE 129. 120


STRAPPING MACHINES

JOINPACK ES-104 SEMI-AUTOMATIC STRAPPING MACHINE

STRAPACK RQ-8X AUTOMATIC STRAPPING MACHINE

Semi-automatic strapping machine with open frame for easy loading, suitable for general industrial strapping applications. Reliable microprocessor PCB control. Cycle time - 2.5 sec/strap. Tension range of 15 - 45kg and takes 6, 9, 12 and 15.5mm strap widths. This machine has an adjustable core reel size, adjustable weld cooling time and an electronic clutch. Extra features include a hinged table top and motor shut-off for energy saving. This also complies to CE safety standards.

Fully automatic strapping machine featuring easy strap loading, safe dual tensioning, and unique self-correcting mechanism for easy operation. Auto re-feed and loop ejection function if strapping accidentally occurs without a package. Permanently lubricated sealing mechanisms for durability and maintenance-free operation. Highly cost effective with reliability, speed, ease of operation, innovative design, and low maintenance costs. Up to 55 straps per minute (even with tension applied). Programmable microprocessor constantly monitors critical functions. Complies to CE safety standards.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

922009 JOINPACK ES-104 SEMI-AUTO STRAPPING MACHINE

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

975000 Â STRAPACK RQ-8 AUTO W850XH500 STRAPPING MACHINE

EA

JOINPACK A93 AUTOMATIC STRAPPING MACHINE Fully automatic strapping machine with a modular arch system, suitable for general industrial strapping applications. Reliable microprocessor PCB control. Digital regulator. Cycle time - 2.5 sec/strap. Tension range of 15 - 70kg, with reliable tensioning system. Takes 9, 12 and 15.5mm strap widths. Fast heating system - 30sec. Weld cooling time adjustable with a hinged table top and proximity cam switch. Complies to CE safety standards. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

535000 STRAPPING MACHINE A93 AUTOMATIC 400MM ARCH

EA

535001 STRAPPING MACHINE A93 AUTOMATIC 600MM ARCH

EA

121


STRAPPING MACHINES

STRAPACK AQ-7M STAINLESS STRAPPING MACHINE

STRAPAK JK5000 AUTO STRAPPING MACHINE

Ideal for moisture-laden meat, poultry and seafood processing environments. The corrosion-free StraPack AQ-7M automatic strapping machine is manufactured from stainless steel or waterproof materials. The fully enclosed cabinet protects the components from water and spray, while the bottom of the cabinet is reinforced to provide extra protection. An internal heat lamp assists in evaporating moisture. The sealing head is side-mounted to protect it from moisture and residue. Has a minimum of 30 cycles per minute. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

920027 STRAPACK AQ-7M STAINLESS STRAPPING MACHINE 650MM ARCH EA

122

This high-speed automatic strapping machine can strap up to 37 straps/ minute. It automatically refeeds the strapping and the compact design helps save space with the coil sitting within the body of the machine. Easy to load the strapping and saves energy by shutting down the motor after 30 seconds of no use. CODE DESCRIPTION

25030

DESCRIPTION STRAPAK JK5000 AUTO STRAPPING MACHINE 400MM ARCH

UOM

EA


CARTON SEALING MACHINES

EXTEND EXC-103TB UNIFORM CARTON SEALING MACHINE

EXTEND EXC-105TBR RANDOM CARTON SEALING MACHINE

Top and bottom driving belts. Easily adjustable to different carton sizes. Comes complete with in/out feed rollers. Applies 23 metres of tape per minute (9 - 20 cartons). Takes tape widths of 36mm - 48mm (76mm tape head option also available).

Top and bottom driving belts. Automatically adjusts to different sized cartons. Complete with security safety cage and in/out feed roller extensions. Applies 23 metres of tape per minute (9 - 20 cartons). Takes tape widths of 36mm - 48mm (76mm tape head option also available).

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE DESCRIPTION

637002 EXTEND EXC-103TB UNIFORM CARTON SEALING MACHINE  

EA

637003 EXTEND EXC-105TBR RANDOM CARTON SEALING MACHINE EA  

UOM

EXTEND EXC-1035D UNIFORM CARTON SEALING MACHINE SD

3M-MATIC™ 700A UNIFORM CARTON SEALING MACHINE

Uniform carton sealer, easy to adjust to different carton sizes, this model has side drive. It comes complete with in/out feed rollers. General purpose and industrial carton sealing tool.

Adjustable four belt drive (two top and two bottom) to dependably seal uniform cartons at up to 30 per minute. Dual masts for greater stability. Compression rollers to close flaps before taping. Adjustable slide guides for quick changeover for different size case runs. Includes 3M™ AccuGlide™ 3 Taping Heads for low-impact application of tape 36mm to 48mm wide. Outboard tape mount for quick tape change. Gear drive motor for heavy-duty reliability. In/out feed rollers are optional.

CODES DESCRIPTION

UOM

637001 EXTEND UNIFORM CARTON SEALING MACHINE SD

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

612002 3M-MATIC 700A UNIFORM CARTON SEALING MACHINE 

EA

123


CARTON SEALING MACHINES

MANUAL FOOT STAPLER B561

STAPLES CARTON JK 561-15

A Josef Kihlberg foot stapler is designed for the rapid and secure closing of corrugated box bottoms. The design allows the user to place a folded box over the post and staple it closed. It is commonly used for the industrial packaging of heavy product. The manual version is for lower volume while a JK pneumatic stapler can handle moderate to high volume packaging lines.

Quality, lightweight, manual stapler for closing corrugated board packaging, such as folding boxes and cartons with complete overlap. Top stapling. Comfortable grip for easy handling. Takes JK561 staples with 15 - 18mm leg lengths. Other staplers are available on request, including pneumatic and foot-operated models. CODE DESCRIPTION

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

552058 CARTON FOOT STAPLER JKB561

EA

552003

STAPLES JK 561-15 2500/PKT

552004

STAPLES JK 560-15 35-15 2000/PKT

AIR CARTON PLIER JK779L22 The heavy duty pneumatic plier stapler is designed to drive medium crown 1/2” (12 mm) staples into corrugated and solid fibreboard. This is a lightweight tool, yet built with the durable Josef Kihlberg quality, featuring wide mouth opening, easy quick load, using “wide ribbon”staples in three leg lengths from 3/8” to 5/8”(10 mm to 16 mm). The unique design provides pre-compression of corrugation as the staple is driven, which insures a tight clinch without breaking the surface area of the board. The jam clearing mechanism provides easy clearing of jammed fasteners preventing costly downtime. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

552060 AIR CARTON PLIER JK779L22

EA

3M MATIC 800A ADJUSTABLE CASE SEALER 3M-Matic™ Case Sealer 800a is an adjustable side belt drive case sealer. Seals up to 40 cases per minute, using tape widths from 36 mm to 48 mm. Seals case lengths of 6 inches and up; widths 4.5 inch to 21.5 inch; and heights 4.75 inch to 24.5 inch. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

932009 3M MATIC 800A ADJUSTABLE CASE SEALER

EA

AIR CARTON STAPLER The Josef Kihlberg JKC.561PN air powered top stapler drives C Series 1-1/4-inch crown 5/8-inch and 3/4-inch leg staples. Includes one year manufacturers warranty. This industrial grade carton stapler is excellent for closing corrugated cardboard. Josef Kihlberg carton staplers are manufactured for the most demanding professionals. They feature a lightweight, well balanced and extremely durable design to maximize productivity. The JKC.561PN air driven top stapler is ideal for high and low volume applications.

124

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

552059 AIR CARTON STAPLER JKC561

EA


CARTON SEALING MACHINES

125


PALLET WRAPPING MACHINES

JMP P50 POWERED TURNTABLE WITH FOOTSWITCH

JMP LP1600P-T SEMI AUTOMATIC EZI POWER CONTROL

High profile (330mm) powered turntable with foot control. 1500kg turntable capacity. Transportable by forklift. 100% NZ made. Comes with a hand stretch wrap dispenser. CODE DESCRIPTION

The LP1600P-T is a semi automatic low profile turntable pallet wrapper that is able to wrap up to 30 pallets per hour, with the film being applied by a 200% powered pre-stretch unit. These machines have the ability to be pre-program with up to 5 individual wrap cycles. Standard load wrapping height of 2.1m.

972051 JMP P50 HIGH PROFILE POWERED TURNTABLE WITH FOOTSWITCH

CODE DESCRIPTION

537013 JMP LP1600P-T SEMI AUTOMATIC EZI POWER CONTROL

ECONO HP1400 SERIES

JMP TWIN SEMI AUTO

The HP1400 series semi automatic high profile turntable pallet wrappers are able to wrap up to 30 pallets per hour. These machines have the ability to be pre-programmed with up to five individual wrap cycles. Two models are available, either easy load Controlled/Friction Stretch or 200% Powered Pre-Stretch, Standard load wrapping height of 2.1 Metres.

The JMP Twin is semi-automatic wrapper with twin turntables that can wrap up to 45 pallets per hour. The film is applied by a 200% powered pre-stretch unit. This machine can be programmed for up to five individual wrap cycles.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

964074

ECON HP1400P-T PALLET WRAPPER

EA

964081

ECONOMISER HP1400C STRETCH WRAP MACHINE

EA

126

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

972043 JMP LP1600P-T-DTT SEMI AUTO TWIN LOW PROFILE TT

EA


PALLET WRAPPING MACHINES

EXTEND PALLET STRETCH WRAPPER MACHINE TMD-P26PH The TMD-P26PH is a semi automatic pallet wrapper with a horseshoe turntable, a great option if space is limited as a ramp is not required to load pallets with a hand pallet jack. The maximum wrapping height is 2 Metres, and it’s able to accept pallet weights up to 1200kgs. The powered pre-stretch unit is capable of up to 300% meaning 1 metre can be stretched to 4 metres. CODE DESCRIPTION

964108 EXTEND PALLET STRETCH WRAPPER MACHINE TMD-P26PH

EXTEND EXP-308 PALLET WRAPPING MACHINE Reliable disc brake stretch machine with both automatic and manual program features. Turntable home position, so the turntable always stops at the same position. Adjustable top and bottom wrap counts. Wrapping tension, turntable speed and carriage speed are adjustable. Height detection by photo sensor. Manual reinforcing wrapping. 180° rotating control box. Slow start and stop. Maximum wrapping height of 2000mm and maximum loading weight of 1650kgs. Maximum turntable speed of 12rpm. Ramp available.

EXP108 STRETCH WRAPPING MACHINE This Machine has user-friendly controls. 3 Programmable wrap cycles. Two pre-stretching levels up to 200% stretch and a 1650mm turntable diameter. It can wrap to a height of 2000mm and the turntable always stops in the position it was loaded. CODE DESCRIPTION

962037 EXTEND PALLET STRETCH WRAPPING MACHINE EXP-108 964095 EXTEND PALLET STRETCH WRAP MACHINE EXP108HS WITH HORSE SHOE OPTION

EXTEND AUTOMATIC STRETCH WRAPPING MACHINE EXP-501 The EXP-501 is a standalone Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine, with a low profile turntable and a powered pre-stretch unit capable of up to 300% stretch. A good option to improve productivity by eliminating the need for the operator to get off the fork truck to attach and cut the film. The operator simply places the pallet on the turntable and starts the machine when its safe to do so via the remote control. CODE DESCRIPTION

CODE DESCRIPTION

961000 EXTEND EXP-308 PALLET WRAPPING MACHINE

962058

EXTEND PALLET STRETCH WRAP MACHINE EXP501

961001 EXTEND EXP-308 PALLET WRAPPING MACHINE RAMP

127


HEAT SHRINK MACHINES

SHRINK MACHINE RAPIDSHRINK HEAT TUNNEL

SHRINK MACHINE EKL 455MT SEAL

A high speed Shrink Tunnel capable of 30 packs per minute with three variable speed fans for variable air flow. This top of the line tunnel is fitted with a high temperature plastic belt. Powder coated on castors this model is also available in Stainless Steel.

This compact L-Bar and live roller tunnel combo has a manually operated arm. The L-bar Seal bed is height adjustable and incorporates a product take-away conveyor to move the product into the tunnel after each seal. This L-Bar is also adjustable laterally so that smaller products are always centralized through the tunnel - a brilliant feature to ensure regular shrinkage. The Tunnel is also independently height adjustable so that unstable products, or printed reams are not displaced upon transition between L-Bar and Tunnel. The whole unit includes a cool down timer that you switch off upon completion of work for the day, and after 15 minutes the unit turns itself off, ready to be turned on the next time required.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

951004 SHRINK MACHINE RAPID SHRINK HEAT TUNNEL

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

951006 SHRINK MACHINE EKL 455MT SEAL 400X550X200MM

EA

SHRINK MACHINE BENISON USA-005N Quicker pack rates than the LSA-504 due to the constant side seal setup, the USA-005N automatic side sealer replaces an automatic L-Bar to seal products before entering a shrink tunnel and is capable of pack rates up to 40 packs per minute. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

951005 SHRINK MACHINE BENISON USA-005N

EA

SHRINK MACHINE EKH 455 SEAL A combined L-Bar Sealer and Shrink Tunnel mounted on a stand with castors. A compact small demand unit that seals and shrinks in the one chamber. Good for multipacks as the whole process is static. Seals with a nichrome blade mounted in the base of the seal bed. Used extensively in areas where product changes are frequent - Printers, publishing houses, and mail distributors. Can be operated easily by one person. Comes with digital control panel to adjust temperature, seal time, dwell time and seal blade temperature settings.

IMPULSE HEAT SEALERS Reliable, easy-to-use heat sealers for the efficient and cost-effective sealing of polypropylene and polyethylene bags and films. Aluminium construction, ergonomic handle and silicone seal strip. Timer with LED indicator light. Foot-operated heat sealers are also available. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

95HEAT200 IMPULSE HEAT SEALER 200MM

EA

95HEAT300 IMPULSE HEAT SEALER 300MM

EA

974003

128

IMPULSE HEAT SEALER 300MM WITH CUTTER 5MM SEAL EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

951007 SHRINK MACHINE EKH 455 SEAL 420X550X250MM

EA


PACKAGING SYSTEM MACHINES

SEALED AIR FILL AIR ROCKET SYSTEM

INSTAPAK SIMPLE

On demand, void fill cushioning. Unrivaled speed this system can produce 200 bags per minute simplifying your operation and saving valuable floor space in your warehouse.

The Instapak® Simple™ foam-in-bag packaging system is our easiest to use foam-in-bag system yet, merging the premium performance of Instapak® foam packaging with an on-demand delivery system that requires minimal training and service. It is powered through a standard electrical outlet. Pre-set push button operation. Small 2.5 gallon material bottles snap into place. Packaging that just works, right out of the box. Compact, mobile platform.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

951009 SEALED AIR FILL AIR ROCKET SYSTEM

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

972050 SIMPLE 110V TOP ASSY MACHINE

EA

THE IBUBBLE SYSTEM The iBubble inflatable cushioning system quickly produces Barrier Bubble® material at 55 ft per minute in 12” and 24” film widths - fast enough to keep up with the most demanding packaging operations. (Used to be know as the New Air IB Express). CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

974077 iBUBBLE SYSTEM 220V MACHINE

EA

The film for these machines can be found on page 53

129


INDUSTRIAL LUBRICANTS

MAC SILIGLIDE SPRAY SILICONE

MAC GLIDESPRAY RELEASE AGENT

Stops squeaks and sticking, eliminates friction, repels water and prevents freezing. A crystal-clear non staining pure silicone lubricant. Contains the highest silicone content available on the Australasian market. Lubricates metal, plastic, rubber, fabric, wood and even painted surfaces. Stable over temperature extremes from minus 40 degrees C. to +204 degrees C. Revives, protects, lubricates and waterproofs. MPI approved C12 (all animal products including dairy). MPI approved and recognised dairy maintenance compound. AsureQuality approved food/beverage/dairy. MPI C25/C15 formats also available.

A clear, non-staining, non-silicone lubricant and surface protective coating that will not impair subsequent gluing, painting or printing operations. Developed primarily for the manufacturing industry where silicone-based lubricants cause post-finishing difficulties. Will not react with adhesives. Virtually odourless, has high surface lubricating properties and maintains heat stability up to 250°C. MPI approved C12 (all animal products including dairy). MPI approved and recognised dairy maintenance compound. AsureQuality approved food/beverage/dairy.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

95SILIGLIDE SILIGLIDE SILICONE SPRAY CAN 500ML

CTN QTY

UOM

12/CTN

EA

MPI C25/C15 formats also available. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

95COVERSLIP COVERSLIP MAC NON SILICONE 400ML

EA

CRC FOOD GRADE PENETRATING OIL

CRC PENETRATING OIL 5-56 400ML

CRC Food Grade Penetrating Oil is an industrial strength, low viscosity penetrant designed to quickly loosen and free seized, bound or frozen fasteners on all food processing equipment. Temperature range from -20°C to +150°C (continuous), +170°C (intermittent). MPI Approved C15. NZ AsureQuality assessment for food/beverage including dairy factories with incidental contact. NSF H1 Registered for incidental food contact.

CRC 5.56 is a multi-purpose service spray that penetrates, lubricates and prevents corrosion. The original toolkit in a can. It forms a thin film that lubricates moving parts for smooth action and silences annoying squeaks and squeals. Superior penetrating power breaks through rust and corrosion, loosens rusted parts, displaces water from wet equipment and cleans away scale and dirt.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

977011 CRC FOOD GRADE PENETRATING OIL AEROSOL 312GM

EA

95CRC CRC PENETRATING OIL 5-56 400ML 6/CTN

EA

130


6

PAPER

PRODUCTS

Feature Pages

132

Newsprint Sheets & Rolls

134

Greaseproof, Shredded & Tissue Paper

135

Kraft Paper, Cutters & Tubing

136

Paper Bags

137

Bags & Mailing Protection

138

131


PAPER PACKAGING Paper is a common product used for wrapping and void-filling purposes, as it is cost-effective and readily available. In packaging, different types of paper products can be utilised for a range of applications. Some of these types include Kraft paper, newsprint and tissue paper. Kraft paper offers the most protection as it’s thicker than other types of paper and is often used as an outer wrapper.

Newsprint and tissue paper offer less protection and are usually used inside a package by wrapping small or delicate items. Tissue tends to be more expensive than newsprint and is also an attractive paper for wrapping products, which is why it’s used widely across retail applications.

PRINTED PAPER BAGS Not only are paper bags recyclable, they are also the perfect medium for custom printing your logo or company message. Quality paper bags are often reused, which is great for brand exposure. Almost any paper type or bag style can be printed on, from small confectionery bags up to 20kg multiwall bags. Printing can be done in up to six colours using waterbased inks, which are a more environmentally-friendly alternative to solvent-based inks. There is also the option of having your bags laminated or a lacquer added to the exterior of the bag to further enhance your printed design.

Pre-printed bags are also available for a range of food applications, and are ideal for takeaway outlets, cafés, lunch bars, delicatessens, supermarkets and grocers. Whatever your requirements may be, Snell can arrange your customised printed paper bags – just give us the artwork and we can do the rest!

CONTACT YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE OR OUR CUSTOMER SERVICES TEAM FOR MORE DETAILS.

132


TYPES OF PAPER BAGS Paper bags offer a multitude of uses across various industries, whatever your requirements are Snell can help you find the paper bag to meet your needs. BLOCK BOTTOM BAG

MULTIWALL BAG

Has a tuck or gusset on each side and a flat bottom, which is simply folded under and pasted. This style enables the bag to stand up when opened. Also known as an SOS bag, which stands for self-opening sack or self-opening square bag.

Constructed from 2, 3 or 4 layers of paper to provide extra strength. Also available with a laminated or speciallycoated liner to protect the contents from contamination, resist moisture and to preserve freshness. Multiwall bags are available in many different styles, including block bottom and satchel bags.

CHECKOUT BAG

PASTED VALVE BAG

Has a diamond-shaped bottom allowing it to stand upright once it has been opened. Generally made from heavy-duty paper, they are a stronger alternative to plastic bags for holding heavy loads.

A closed bag designed for high-speed filling through a valve in one corner. May include a sealable sleeve placed in the filling valve, which provides a convenient means to securely close the bag to prevent the contents from leaking or sifting out. Sleeves that are thermoplastic-coated may be heat sealed. Ideal for contents such as cement, plaster, dry mortar, flour and grains.

SATCHEL BAG A flat style bag with gusseted sides to allow the bag to be opened wider for bulkier products.

133


NEWSPRINT SHEETS & ROLLS

NEWSPRINT ROLLS

NEWSPRINT SHEETS

Economical, multipurpose paper great for packaging delicate objects.

Pre-cut sheets of economical newsprint paper. Ideal for wrapping delicate objects before packaging.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

NEWSPRINT 300MMX400M COUNTER 7KG

ROLL

43NEWS0450 NEWSPRINT 400MMX400M COUNTER 8KG

ROLL

43NEWS0600 NEWSPRINT 600MMX400M COUNTER 11KG

ROLL

43NEWS

43NEWS0870 NEWSPRINT 800MMX400M COUNTER 14KG

ROLL

43NEWS1150 NEWSPRINT 1200MMX400M COUNTER 21KG

ROLL

43NEWS1640 NEWSPRINT 1600MMX350M COUNTER 30KG

ROLL

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

312001

NEWSPRINT 400MMX720MM SHEETS

10KG/PKT

PKT

43NEWSSH

NEWSPRINT 500MMX800MM SHEETS

10KG/PKT PKT

329000

NEWSPRINT 600MMX840MM FURNITURE WRAP 20KG/BDLE BDLE

315004

NEWSPRINT 690MMX800MM STRAPPED WRAP 20KG/BDLE BDLE

43NEWSBUT NEWSPRINT 720MMX800MM BUTCHERS WRAP 20KG/BDLE BDLE 312094

134

SMUDGED NEWSPRINT 600X840MM

20KG/BDLE BDLE


GREASEPROOF, SHREDDED & TISSUE PAPER

GREASEPROOF PAPER

SHREDDED PAPER

Grease resistant paper, perfect for bakeries, cafés, restaurants and delicatessens.

A cheap and lightweight void fill for packaging delicate objects. CODE DESCRIPTION

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

361004 GREASEPROOF PAPER 485X740MM 40GSM 500/REAM

REAM

361020 BAKING PAPER 425X300MM 40GSM

CTN

1000/CTN

95SHRE50

SHREDDED PAPER COMP BAG 50KG

95SHREBAG SHREDDED PAPER WOOL BALE 50KG

UOM

BALE BAG

TISSUE PAPER

DUNNAGE BAGS AND INFLATOR GUN

Acid free tissue paper, perfect for wrapping fragile objects and garments.

Snell dunnage bags are plastic lined inflatable pillows covered with two layers of heavy duty kraft paper. Dunnage bags slip flat between the voids in a container load, and then inflate with compressed air. The result expands the dunnage bag, wedging the load against other pallets or outer walls of the container. This eliminates damage caused by unwanted cargo movement. The dunnage bag inflator gun is used to inflate the bags by plugging into the air supply system with a compatible nozzle-to-valve fitting.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

364001 TISSUE ACID FREE 500X750MM 19GSM

CTN QTY

UOM

1000/PKT*

PKT

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

355000 DUNNAGE BAG MULTI TRIP 1200X900MM

EA

355001 DUNNAGE BAG MULTI TRIP 2200X1000MM

EA

DUNNAGE BAG INFLATOR GUN

EA

392000

135


KRAFT PAPER, CUTTERS & TUBING

KRAFT PAPER

PAPER CUTTER

Strong kraft paper for a variety of wrapping and packaging applications.

Durable paper roll dispensers featuring a heavy cutting bar to make dispensing paper fast and efficient. Paper roll not included.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

41 30050

KRAFT ROLL 300MMX400M 50GSM

ROLL

311000

KRAFT ROLL 450MMX300M 60GSM

ROLL

41 450110

KRAFT ROLL 450MMX190M 100GSM

ROLL

311002

KRAFT ROLL 600MMX300M 60GSM

ROLL

311003

KRAFT ROLL 600MMX250M 80GSM

ROLL

311004

KRAFT ROLL 600MMX190M 100GSM

ROLL

41 75065

KRAFT ROLL 750MMX300M 60GSM

ROLL

311005

KRAFT ROLL 750MMX250M 80GSM

ROLL

324030

KRAFT ROLL 750MMX190M 100GSM

ROLL

311006

KRAFT ROLL 900MMX300M 60GSM

ROLL

311007

KRAFT ROLL 900MMX250M 80GSM

ROLL

311008

KRAFT ROLL 900MMX190M 100GSM

ROLL

40 900165

KRAFT ROLL 900MMX120M 165GSM

ROLL

40 900220

KRAFT ROLL 900MMX100M 204GSM

ROLL

324026

KRAFT ROLL 1200MMX300M 60GSM

ROLL

324025

KRAFT ROLL 1200MMX250M 80GSM

ROLL

324027

KRAFT ROLL 1200MMX190M 100GSM

ROLL

324028

KRAFT ROLL 1200MMX140M 120GSM

ROLL

401200220 KRAFT ROLL 1200MMX100M 204GSM

ROLL

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

324043 450MM COUNTER ROLL DISPENSER

EA

324042 600MM COUNTER ROLL DISPENSER

EA

324041 750MM COUNTER ROLL DISPENSER

EA

324040 900MM COUNTER ROLL DISPENSER

EA

324039 1200MM COUNTER ROLL DISPENSER

EA

KRAFT TUBING Durable natural kraft paper. A simple and effective way to pack objects of different heights and sizes. Simply place items inside the paper tubing, cut off at the required length and seal the ends. CODE DESCRIPTION

136

UOM

40 KT100

PAPER TUBING KRAFT 100MMX150M 160GSM

ROLL

40 KT125

PAPER TUBING KRAFT 125MMX150M 160GSM

ROLL

40 KT150

PAPER TUBING KRAFT 150MMX150M 160GSM

ROLL

40 KT200

PAPER TUBING KRAFT 200MMX150M 160GSM

ROLL

40 KT255

PAPER TUBING KRAFT 250MMX150M 160GSM

ROLL

40 KT300

PAPER TUBING KRAFT 300MMX150M 160GSM

ROLL

40 KT375

PAPER TUBING KRAFT 375MMX150M 160GSM

ROLL


PAPER BAGS

BLOCK BOTTOM BAGS - HEAVY DUTY

FLAT BROWN BAGS

Strong, durable, heavy duty block bottom bags ideal for hardware, nurseries, liquor outlets, food stores and much more

Flat, lightweight bags ideal for a variety of retail applications. CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

45BB0 BLOCK BOTTOM BAG HD #0 90X50X205MM

500/PKT

PKT

45BB1 BLOCK BOTTOM BAG HD #1 125X70X270MM

500/PKT

PKT

45BB2 BLOCK BOTTOM BAG HD #2 160X85X360MM

500/PKT

PKT

45BB3 BLOCK BOTTOM BAG HD #3 185X100X390MM

200/PKT

PKT

45BB4 BLOCK BOTTOM BAG HD #4 185X100X450MM

200/PKT

PKT

45BB5 BLOCK BOTTOM BAG HD #5 205X125X445MM

200/PKT

PKT

45BB6 BLOCK BOTTOM BAG HD #6 250X140X470MM

200/PKT

PKT

45BB7 BLOCK BOTTOM BAG HD #7 255X140X560MM

200/PKT

PKT

CTN QTY

UOM

45 NK01 FLAT BROWN BAGS #01 137X187MM

DESCRIPTION

1000/PKT

PKT

45 NK02 FLAT BROWN BAGS #02 165X187MM

1000/PKT

PKT

45 NK03 FLAT BROWN BAGS #03 175X212MM

1000/PKT

PKT

45 NK04 FLAT BROWN BAGS #04 200X238MM

1000/PKT

PKT

45 NK05 FLAT BROWN BAGS #05 241X269MM

500/PKT

PKT

45 NK06 FLAT BROWN BAGS #06 241X295MM

500/PKT

PKT

45 NK07 FLAT BROWN BAGS #07 273X308MM

500/PKT

PKT

45 NK08 FLAT BROWN BAGS #08 273X346MM

500/PKT

PKT

45 NK09 FLAT BROWN BAGS #09 290X346MM

500/PKT

PKT

45 NK10 FLAT BROWN BAGS #10 310X346MM

500/PKT

PKT

45 NK11 FLAT BROWN BAGS #11 310X396MM

500/PKT

PKT

45 NK12 FLAT BROWN BAGS #12 305X460MM

500/PKT

PKT

MULTIWALL BAGS Kraft multiwall bags are a strong and durable alternative to plastic. Constructed from 2, 3 or 4 layers of paper to provide extra strength. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

486740 MULTIWALL BAG 3 PLY 710X255X100MM 6740

100/BDLE

BDLE

48114 MULTIWALL BAG 3 PLY 800X280X130MM 114

50/BDLE

BDLE

488468 MULTIWALL BAG 3 PLY 870X395X125MM 8468

50/BDLE

BDLE

Extra heavy duty paper rubbish bags in wet strength sack kraft with multiple walls for added strength.

353008 MULTIWALL BAGS 3 PLY 945X395X125MM

50/BDLE

BDLE

CODE

353009 MULTIWALL BAGS 3 PLY 710X280X130MM

100/BDLE

BDLE

48KLEE KLEENSAK 890X395X125MM 2 PLY RUBBISH BAGS 100/BDLE EA

485632 MULTIWALL BAG 4 PLY 530X255X100MM 5632

100/BDLE

BDLE

482939 MULTIWALL BAGS 4 PLY 2939 710X255X100MM 100/BDLE

BDLE

486519 MULTIWALL BAGS 4 PLY 6519 960X485X125

50/BDLE

BDLE

484665 MULTIWALL BAGS 4 PLY 4665 910X395X125

50/BDLE

BDLE

KLEENSAK RUBBISH BAGS

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

137


BAGS & MAILING PROTECTION

CELLOPHANE BAGS

MAILING TUBES & CAPS

Cellophane bags are great for packaging and displaying a range of food and retail products, especially where the ability to see the product is important.

A range of mailing tubes to reduce damage to paper, posters etc when in transit. End caps are sold separately.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

469100 CELLOPHANE BAG #1 60X115MM FLAT 100/PKT

1000/CTN

CTN

469101 CELLOPHANE BAG #2 110X135MM FLAT 100/PKT

10PKT/CTN CTN

469103 CELLOPHANE BAG #4 75X35X195 GUSS 100/PKT

1000/CTN

CTN

469129 CELLOPHANE BAG #6 110X55X265MM GUSS 100/PKT 10PK/CTN

CTN

333035 CELLOPHANE BAG #7 127X55X305MM GUSS 100/PKT 10PK/CTN

CTN

469249 CELLOPHANE BAG #8 180X225MM FLAT 100/PKT

10PKT/CTN CTN

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

95MT45050

MAILING TUBES 450MM X 50MM ID

51/BDLE EA

95MT51050

MAILING TUBES 510MM X 50MM ID

51/BDLE EA

95MT51076

MAILING TUBES 510MM X 76MM ID

27/BDLE EA

95MT60050

MAILING TUBES 600MM X 50MM ID

51/BDLE EA

95MT61050

MAILING TUBES 610MM X 50MM ID

51/BDLE EA

95MT70076

MAILING TUBES 700MM X 76MM ID

27/BDLE EA

95MT80076

MAILING TUBES 800MM X 76MM ID

54/BDLE EA

95MT82050

MAILING TUBES 820MM X 50MM ID

51/BDLE EA

95MT820100 MAILING TUBES 820MM X 102MM ID MAILING TUBES 900MM X 50MM ID

51/BDLE EA

95MT90076

MAILING TUBES 900MM X 76MM ID

27/BDLE

95MTMC50

PLASTIC END CAPS 50MM FOR MAILING TUBES

EA

95MTMC

PLASTIC END CAPS 76MM FOR MAILING TUBES

EA

95MTMC100

PLASTIC END CAPS 102MM FOR MAILING TUBES

EA

Foil paper bags have an inner foil coating which helps to retain heat, making them ideal for packaging heated food. Great for takeaway outlets, supermarkets and delicatessens. DESCRIPTION

334012 FOIL PAPER BAG 180X75X340MM LGE

CTN QTY

UOM

250/PKT

PKT

For other mailing products turn to page 49

138

10/BDLE EA

95MT90050

FOIL PAPER BAGS

CODE

UOM

EA


7

STATIONERY PRODUCTS

Feature Pages

140

Cutters & Knives

153

Labels

142

Metal Detectable Products

157

Pens, Pencils & Chalk

144

Filing Products

158

Markers

146

Office Books

161

Highlighters, Correction Products & Hole Punch

Books & Pads

162

148

Copy Paper

165

Correction Products & Hole Punch

149

Envelopes

166

Clips, Pins & Fasteners

150

Stationery Accessories

167

Rubber Bands & Tags

151

Calculators

168

Rulers, Tape Measure, Self-Inking Stamps & Finger Cones

152

139


CUSTOM PRINTED AND PLAIN LABELS There are a wide variety of uses for customised or plain labels, including product labelling, promotional displays, logistical applications as well as meat industry and pharmaceutical labelling. THERMAL LABELS

LOGISTICS AND SHIPPING LABELS

Examples of thermal labels include address labels that can be supplied pre-printed with your company logo for you to overprint with address details, or courier labels, which are multi-sectioned and printed with barcodes and address information.

These labels are designed to retain data integrity and provide visibility of stock movement with instant access to accurate data about the stock. They can be printed using thermal transfer of thermal direct options, with a selection of high quality materials to match your requirements.

There are two types of thermal labels – thermal transfer and direct thermal. Thermal transfer labels require a ribbon for printing, where heat is used to transfer ink from the ribbon on to the label for a permanent print. • High quality, durable printing • Long life span • Not sensitive to light or heat • Ideal for high-density barcodes and labels that require longevity Direct thermal labels are printed using a chemicallycoated, heat-sensitive material, which produces an image as heat is applied to the surface.

• Designed to perform on recycled/virgin corrugated cardboard • High tack adhesive • Excellent moisture, plasticiser, abrasion and oil resistance • Excellent thermal image, information readability and accurate barcode scanning • Superior performance in harsh environments • Ideal for cartons and pallets, proof of delivery and destination labels, barcodes and blank thermal labels

• Less expensive overall as a ribbon is not required for printing • Ideal for indoor applications where the label is not exposed to direct sunlight or high temperatures • Ideal for short-term applications as direct thermal labels tend to fade over time

SPEAK TO YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE ABOUT HOW WE CAN HELP YOU ADDRESS ANY CONCERNS REGARDING LABELS 140


DIGITAL LABELS Digitally-printed labels eliminate the need for plates in the printing process and therefore reduce the costs of preparation. • Cost-effective for short to medium runs • 7-colour printing with an off-set look and feel • No minimum print runs • No waste – purchase labels when you need them

• Digital print option for flexibility and affordability. • Tailored die-cutting and perforation • Option of front and reverse side printing • Ideal as an additional communication device, to encourage trial purchasing and for product differentiation • Suitable for both perishable and shelf-stable foods as well as in-tray pack labelling

• Allows for printing variable data at affordable rates

Factors to consider when choosing a customised label:

• Allows for flexibility in label art changes

• What type of surface will the label be adhered to?

• Ideal for fast moving consumer goods, beverages, manufacturing, healthcare and promotions

• What sort of conditions will it be used in – an indoor, outdoor, dry, wet, hot or cold environment?

PRIME & PROMOTIONAL LABELS

• How many colours are to be printed? • Do you require the label to be printed on both sides?

Maximise your branding and create instant visual appeal for your products. Prime labels are fully printed labels with high quality process images used for the food, beverage, FMCG and wine industries. Promotional labels are secondary labels that can be adhered to your products as an additional sales tool to draw attention to the special characteristics of your product. For example, discounts, cross-promotion of another product, cooking instructions, recipes, customer guarantees and nutritional information. A range of standard promotional label stock is available to choose from, or you can customise your own.

• What size and shape does it need to be? • What format does the label need to be presented in – as singles, on a roll, on a dispenser, fan folded or in sets? • How will the label be applied – manually or automatically? • How many do you require per order and annually?

141


LABELS

SNELL SHIPPING LABELS

HAZARDOUS GOODS LABELS

Convenient self-adhesive shipping labels in a dispenser box. Custom labels are available when purchased above certain quantities. Enquire with your Snell representative for more information.

Hazardous goods self-adhesive labels, a must when labelling and shipping dangerous goods. 500 labels per roll.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

763066 SNELL LABEL DO NOT BEND 30X127MM

250/BOX BOX

763065 SNELL LABEL DON’T CRUSH 30X127MM

250/BOX BOX

763068 SNELL LABEL FRAGILE 30X127MM

250/BOX BOX

763069 SNELL LABEL FRAGILE 50X180MM

200/BOX BOX

763070 LABEL 100X100 FRAGILE RAD RED

250/ROLL ROLL

763071 SNELL LABEL GLASS WITH CARE 30X127MM

250/BOX BOX

763072 SNELL LABEL HANDLE WITH CARE 30X127MM

250/BOX BOX

763082 SNELL LABEL HOLD 30X127MM

250/BOX BOX 

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

763073

HAZARDOUS LABELS CLASS 2 FLAMMABLE GAS

500/ROLL ROLL

762838

HAZARDOUS LABELS DGLQ

500/ROLL ROLL

763074

HAZARDOUS LABELS CLASS 3 FLAMMABLE LIQUID 500/ROLL ROLL

90HAZARD9 HAZARDOUS LABELS DANGEROUS GOODS CLASS 9 MISC

500/ROLL ROLL

90HAZARD5.1 HAZARDOUS LABELS CLASS 5.1 NON OXIDISING AGENT

500/ROLL ROLL

90HAZARD6.1 HAZARDOUS LABELS CLASS 6.1 POISON

500/ROLL ROLL

90HAZARD8 HAZARDOUS LABELS CLASS 8 CORROSIVE

500/ROLL ROLL

763076 SNELL LABEL PACKING NOTE ENCLOSED 30X127MM 250/BOX   BOX 763077   SNELL LABEL REFRIGERATE 30X127MM

250/BOX BOX

763078 SNELL LABEL THIS SIDE UP 30X127MM

250/BOX BOX

763079 SNELL LABEL THIS WAY UP 30X127MM

250/BOX BOX

763080 SNELL LABEL TOP STOW 30X127MM

250/BOX BOX

763081 SNELL LABEL URGENT 30X127MM

250/BOX BOX

RIPPA ORANGE/BLACK SHIPPING LABELS Adhesive labels to help protect your fragile shipments. Perforated on a roll with no messy backing material. 660 labels per roll. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

763083

RIPPA LABEL DON’T CRUSH 95X75MM

660/ROLL ROLL

763084

RIPPA LABEL FRAGILE 95X75MM

660/ROLL ROLL

763085

RIPPA LABEL HANDLE WITH CARE 95X75MM

660/ROLL ROLL

90RIPAGWC RIPPA LABEL GLASS WITH CARE 95X75MM

142

UOM

660/ROLL ROLL

763086

RIPPA LABEL THIS WAY UP 95X75MM

660/ROLL ROLL

767015

RIPPA LABEL TOP STOW 95X75MM

660/ROLL ROLL


LABELS

COURIER DIRECT THERMAL (DT) LABELS

LABELER SATO PB2-230U 2 LINE HAND

Direct thermal labels have a thermal layer within the material which reacts when heat is applied from the print head, creating an image. Direct thermal labels are predominately used where the shelf life of the label is relatively short. These labels are well suited for applications such as shipping and courier labels, retail, and labelling of food products.

SATO’s two liner labellers, DUO / PB2 allow users to print up to maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters on two lines. Predominantly used for “Price-marking” applications, product identification and control purposes, it has the ability to print one or two colour print image.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

765531 LABEL 100X174 CPTICKET38 PRM PRF 330/ROLL 18/CTN

UOM

ROLL

CODE

DESCRIPTION

765563

LABELER SATO PB2-230U 2 LINE HAND

EA

SATO 23X16.2MM B/ BEFORE PERM LABELS 1000R PB2-230

EA

765527

LABEL 101X149 DT PRM 76C

1000/ROLL ROLL

765636

765526

LABEL 101X149 DT PRM PRF 76C

1000/ROLL ROLL

765895 SATO PB2 WHT REM LABEL

765607

LABEL 110X120 ICOS-D DT PRF 40C 400/ROLL

18/CTN

CTN QTY

20/CTN

UOM

CTN

ROLL

THERMAL TRANSFER LABELS

SATO PB1 HAND LABELLER

Thermal Transfer labels use a ribbon and heat to transfer an image onto the label. Thermal transfer has a longer shelf life than direct thermal and is best used when longevity or high durability is required. These labels are well suited for applications such as location labels, logistics, drum labels, chemical labels, and healthcare.

Compact, light-weight and with its unique label size, PB-1 allows you to print up to a maximum of 7 alphanumeric characters in 1 line. Its small sized label makes it exceptionally suitable for labelling small items in gift shops. Small label size also gives cost performance per label. CODE

CODE DESCRIPTION

765528

LABEL 101X149 TT PRM PRF 76C

CTN QTY UOM

1000/ROLL ROLL

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

90PB1L SATO PB1 HAND LABELLER 90PB1

SATO PB1 WHITE REM LABELS

765894 SATO PB1 WHITE PERM LABELS

UOM

EA

20/CTN

EA

20/CTN

BOX

143


PENS, PENCILS & CHALK

BIC CLIC 2000 BALLPOINT PENS

BIC CLIC FINE BALLPOINT PENS

Retractable, medium point ball pen with pocket clip. Free-flowing, fastdrying ink. Pack of 10 pens.

Retractable fine point version of the popular BIC Clic pen. Has a silver nickel fine point and smooth writing performance. Pack of 10 pens.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

703029 BIC CLIC 2000 BLUE BALLPEN

10/PKT

PKT

703028 BIC CLIC 2000 BLACK BALLPEN

10/PKT

703030 BIC CLIC 2000 RED BALLPEN

10/PKT

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

703032 BIC CLIC FINE BLUE BALLPEN

10/PKT

PKT

PKT

703031 BIC CLIC FINE BLACK BALLPEN

10/PKT

PKT

PKT

703033 BIC CLIC FINE RED BALLPEN

10/PKT

PKT

BIC CLIC BALLPOINT PEN BULK PACK

BIC 4-COLOUR PEN

Retractable, medium point ball pen with pocket clip. Free-flowing, fastdrying ink. Bulk pack of 50 blue pens.

A convenient, retractable pen that has a selection of four coloured inks in blue, black, green and red.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

704000 BIC CLIC BLUE BALLPEN

144

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

50/PKT

PKT

703034

BIC 4 COLOUR PEN

12/PKT

EA


PENS, PENCILS & CHALK

STAEDTLER HB PENCIL

VINCO CHALK

Quality, black HB lead writing pencil with an eraser on the end.

Giant white chalk available in a handy pack of 36.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

703063

STAEDTLER HB 132 PENCIL WITH ERASER

12/PKT

EA

703000 CHALK WHITE GIANT ROUND VINCO

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

36/PKT

PKT

PENCIL SHARPENER METAL SINGLE HOLE

VINCO GIANT SQUARE WHITE CHALK

Quality metal sharpener to keep your wooden pencils sharp.

The Vinco Chalk sticks are chunky and square in a handy pack of 36.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

703004 PENCIL SHARPENER METAL SINGLE HOLE

EA

703141

CHALK WHITE GIANT SQUARE VINCO

36/PKT

PKT

145


MARKERS

SHARPIE FINE MARKERS

SHARPIE MARKER MAGNUM

Pen-style marker that writes permanently on metal, glass, wood and plastic. Firm, tapered tip won’t lose its shape. Ink is quick-drying, fade and water-resistant. Xylene free.

High quality refillable marker with an extra broad tip. Quick-drying, waterresistant and xylene-free ink. Marks on most surfaces.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

703056

SHARPIE MARKER BLACK FINE PERMANENT

12/PKT

EA

703058

SHARPIE MARKER RED FINE PERMANENT

12/PKT

EA

703057

SHARPIE MARKER BLUE FINE PERMANENT

12/PKT

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

703042

SHARPIE MARKER MAGNUM BLACK

12/PKT

EA

703174

SHARPIE MARKER MAGNUM RED

5/PKT

EA

SHARPIE MARKER ULTRA FINE PERMANENT

STEPHENS VIVID MARKERS

Permanent on most surfaces and is fade and water resistant. Quick-drying ink, xylene free. AP certified nontoxic formula. The Precise tip increases control and accuracy. Pen-style marker that writes permanently on metal, glass, wood, and plastic. The firm, tapered tip won’t lose its shape

Alcohol-based, permanent ink writes on most surfaces, including paper, cardboard, glass, plastic and steel. Waterproof and quick-drying. Fine or chisel tip. CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

703059

SHARPIE MARKER BLACK ULTRA FINE PERMANENT 12/PKT*

EA

703060

SHARPIE MARKER BLUE ULTRA FINE PERMANENT

12/PKT

EA

703061

SHARPIE MARKER RED ULTRA FINE PERMANENT

12/PKT

EA

CTN QTY

UOM

703076 STEPHENS VIVID MARKER FINE TIP BLACK  

12/BOX

EA

703077 STEPHENS VIVID MARKER FINE TIP BLUE  

12/BOX

EA

703078 STEPHENS VIVID MARKER FINE TIP RED

12/BOX

EA

703079 STEPHENS VIVID MARKER CHISEL TIP BLACK 

12/BOX

EA

703080 STEPHENS VIVID MARKER CHISEL TIP BLUE

12/BOX

EA

12/BOX

EA

703081

146

DESCRIPTION

STEPHENS VIVID MARKER CHISEL TIP RED


MARKERS

BIC STEPHENS SUPER VIVID MARKER

PILOT SC-F SUPER COLOUR FINE MARKERS

Alcohol-based, permanent ink writes on most surfaces, including paper, cardboard, glass, plastic and steel. Has a larger medium tip and 20% more ink than the standard Vivid. Waterproof and quick-drying. Non-roll cap.

High-performance permanent maker with low odor. This marker is also refillable. Water resistant and xylene-free ink. High-quality Pilot marker for all purposes. CODE DESCRIPTION

CODE DESCRIPTION

703082

STEPHENS SUPER VIVID MARKER MEDIUM BLACK

UOM

EA

UOM

703039

PILOT SC-F SUPER COLOUR FINE BLACK MARKER*

EA

703040

PILOT SC-F SUPER COLOUR FINE BLUE MARKER*

EA

PILOT SUPER COLOUR BROAD MARKERS

PILOT SCA-6600 JUMBOMARKER

High quality refillable marker with a broad tip. Quick-drying, water-resistant and xylene-free ink. Marks on most surfaces.

Permanent markers with extra broad chisel tip. Can be left uncapped for days without drying up. Smudge-proof and waterproof on most surfaces. Quick-drying ink is xylene-free and has low odour.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

703045 PILOT SCA-B SUPER COLOUR BROAD BLACK MARKER

EA

703048

PILOT SCB SUPER COLOUR BROAD RED MARKER*

703041 PILOT SC-RF MARKER REFILL INK 30ML BLACK

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

703175

PILOT SCA-6600 JUMBO BLUE MARKER

5/PKT

EA

EA

147


MARKERS

STAEDTLER 388 JUMBO MARKER BLACK

STEPHENS WHITEBOARD MARKERS

Excellent smudge-proof and waterproof qualities on almost all surfaces. Dries in seconds, therefore ideal for left-handed users. Colour-intensive, low-odour and refillable. Lightfast (black and green for over 10 years on paper). Dry safe - can be left uncapped for days without drying up (standard atmosphere according to iso 554). Airplane-safe automatic pressure equalization prevents pen from leaking on board aircraft.

A marker specifically designed for whiteboard use. The fine tip is ideal for detailed work. Wipes off with dry tissue or cloth.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

703176

STAEDTLER 388 JUMBO MARKER BLACK

5/PKT

EA

DY-MARK MARKER REFILL INK Lightfast and permanent ink. Most suitable for non-absorbent surfaces such as glass, plastics, and steel CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

85D90INK

MARKER REFILL INK BLACK D90 1 LITRE

BOX

766012

MARKER REFILL IN BLUE D90 1 LITRE

BOX

148

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

703083 STEPHENS WHITEBOARD MARKER FINE TIP BLACK  

EA

703084 STEPHENS WHITEBOARD MARKER FINE TIP BLUE  

EA

703085 STEPHENS WHITEBOARD MARKER FINE TIP GREEN  

EA

703086 STEPHENS WHITEBOARD MARKER FINE TIP RED    

EA


HIGHLIGHTERS, CORRECTION PRODUCTS & HOLE PUNCH

STABILO BOSS HIGHLIGHTER PACKS

RAPID HOLE PUNCHES

Carry a full range of highlighters in your bag or briefcase with these handy wallet packs. Designed to write on almost any paper type including fax and photocopy paper. Pack of 4 highlighters includes yellow, green, orange and pink. Pack of 8 highlighters includes yellow, green, orange, pink, red, blue, lilac and turquoise.

2-hole punches with a plastic-reinforced handle, base and strong metal construction. Feature a paper size guide for centring the holes. 20-sheet or 40-sheet capacity.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

703064 STABILO BOSS HIGHLIGHTER

4/PKT

PKT

703065 STABILO BOSS HIGHLIGHTER

8/PKT

PKT

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

763133 RAPID FC20 2 HOLE PERFORATOR 20 SHEET

EA

769011 RAPID SC40 2 HOLE PERFORATOR 40 SHEET

EA

PAPERMATE DRYLINE GRIP CORRECTION ROLLER Compact, disposable roll-on correction tape. Rolls on dry so it can be typed or written over immediately. Contoured grip and ergonomic design makes it suitable for both left and right-handed users. 5mm x 8.5m tape. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

764002 PAPERMATE CORRECTION ROLLER 5MMX8.5M

EA

STABILO SWING HIGHLIGHTERS Economical highlighter pens with bright, fluorescent colours. Each with contoured finger grip and moulded plastic pocket clip. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

703066

STABILO SWING HIGHLIGHTER BLUE

10/PKT

EA

703067

STABILO SWING HIGHLIGHTER GREEN

10/PKT

EA

703068

STABILO SWING HIGHLIGHTER ORANGE

10/PKT

EA

703069

STABILO SWING HIGHLIGHTER PINK

10/PKT

EA

PRITT GLUE STICK Washable, acid-free and photo-safe glue. Goes on smoothly with no clumps, and will not wrinkle paper. Ideal for paper, cardboard, and photos. 40gm. CODE

DESCRIPTION

763580 GLUE STIK PRITT 40G

UOM

EA

149


CLIPS, PINS & FASTENERS

FOLDBACK CLIPS

PUSH PINS

Keep files bound tight. These black steel clips with chrome lever handles will clip bundles of documents of increasing thickness.

Barrel head push pins in assorted colours for pinning maps, charts and posters.

CODE

UOM

CODE

763013 CELCO 15MM NO 75 FOLDBACK CLIP

EACH*

763027 PUSH PINS ASSTD COLOURS 

763014 CELCO 19MM NO 100 FOLDBACK CLIP

EACH*

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

12/BOX

763015 CELCO 25MM NO 150 FOLDBACK CLIP

EACH

763016 CELCO 32MM NO 200 FOLDBACK CLIP

EACH

12/BOX

763017 CELCO 40MM NO 300 FOLDBACK CLIP

EACH*

763018 CELCO 50MM NO 400 FOLDBACK CLIP

EACH*

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

100/PKT

PKT

PAPER CLIPS

VELCRO SPOTS HOOK AND LOOP

Paper clips in sizes and colours for a range of uses.

Hook & loop fasteners with a self-adhesive backing that adheres to most surfaces, including wood, metal, card, paper, plastic and ceramic. Can be used for mounting, displaying and fastening.

CODE

CTN QTY

UOM

763020 PAPER CLIP LARGE 31MM

200/PKT

PKT

763021 PAPER CLIP LARGE 31MM COLOURED

150/PKT

PKT

763411 PAPER CLIPS GIANT NON SLIP 50MM

100/PKT

PKT

150

DESCRIPTION

CODE

DESCRIPTION

763030 VELCRO SPOTS HOOK AND LOOP 22MM

CTN QTY

UOM

60/PKT

PKT


RUBBER BANDS & TAGS

RUBBER BANDS

PAPER TAGS

Quality rubber bands, available in a huge range of sizes to suit any number of tasks.

Manilla colour tags with reinforced eyelet. A variety of sizes available in boxes of 1000.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE

89 RB10 RUBBER BANDS NO 10 1.6X32MM 500GM

BOX

90 TIE1 TAGS MANILLA NO1 70X35MM

1000/BOX BOX

89 RB12 RUBBER BANDS NO 12 1.6X41MM 500GM

BOX

90 TIE2 TAGS MANILLA NO2 83X40MM

1000/BOX

BOX

89 RB14 RUBBER BANDS NO 14 1.6X51MM 500GM

BOX

90 TIE3 TAGS MANILLA NO3 95X48MM

1000/BOX

BOX

89 RB16 RUBBER BANDS NO 16 1.6X64MM 500GM

BOX

90 TIE4 TAGS MANILLA NO4 108X55MM

1000/BOX

BOX

89 RB18 RUBBER BANDS NO 18 1.6X76MM 500GM

BOX

90 TIE5 TAGS MANILLA NO5 120X60MM

1000/BOX

BOX

89 RB19 RUBBER BANDS NO 19 1.6X89MM 500GM

BOX

90 TIE6 TAGS MANILLA NO6 133X67MM

1000/BOX

BOX

89 RB30 RUBBER BANDS NO 30 3.2X51MM 500GM

BOX

90 TIE7 TAGS MANILLA NO7 145X73MM

1000/BOX BOX

89 RB32 RUBBER BANDS NO 32 3.2X76MM 500GM

BOX

90 TIE8 TAGS MANILLA NO8 160X80MM

1000/BOX

89 RB33 RUBBER BANDS NO 33 3.2X89MM 500GM

BOX

89 RB34 RUBBER BANDS NO 34 3.2X102MM 500GM

BOX

89 RB62 RUBBER BANDS NO 62 6.4X64MM 500GM

BOX

89 RB64 RUBBER BANDS NO 64 6.4X89MM 500GM

BOX

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

BOX

151


RULERS, TAPE MEASURE, SELF-INKING STAMPS & FINGER CONES

RULERS

DESKMATE SELF-INKING STAMPS

Quality plastic rulers available in 300mm or 400mm lengths.

Lifetime guarantee. 100,000 impressions before you need to re-ink.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

763157 RULER 300MM CLEAR PLASTIC

EA

763179 DESKMATE STAMP COMPLETED KE-C06A RED

EA

763158 RULER 400MM CLEAR PLASTIC

EA

763175 DESKMATE STAMP ENTERED KE-E07 RED  

EA

763177 DESKMATE STAMP FAXED KE-F12B RED  

EA

763180 DESKMATE STAMP PAID/DATED KE-P01B RED

EA

763181

DESKMATE STAMP INK BLUE 10CC*

EA

753015

DESKMATE EMAILED STAMP RED

EA

STERLING PRO TAPE MEASURE

FINGER CONES

4 rivet end hook for extra strength. Double nylon coated matte finish blade for abrasion resistance. Rubber sides and grip for comfortable use. Extra thick base material for superior life. Fully graduated millimetre markings on 8m and 10m to limit 100mm syndrome. Thickened true zero end hook to maintain accuracy. Each tape supplied with hanging card for display.

Grip papers and protect your fingers with soft, quality, rubber finger cones.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

767285 STERLING PRO TAPE MEASURE 25MMX8M (MM ONLY)

EA

152

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

86FING00

FINGER CONE SIZE 00

EA

86FING0

FINGER CONE SIZE 0

EA


CUTTERS & KNIVES

SNELL CARTON OPENER

SNELL UTILITY CUTTERS - ZINC

Snell quality cutter with extra sharp snap-off blades. Safety lock. Comfortable grip handle.

Snell quality cutter with extra sharp snap-off blades. Sliding safety lock. Comfortable grip handle. Takes Snell utility blades.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

767087 SNELL CARTON OPENER

EA

767089 SNELL UTILITY CUTTER ZINC  

EA

767083 SNELL CUTTER BLADES UTILITY

PKT

SNELL ECONOMY & SOFT GRIP CUTTERS

SNELL CUTTER BLADES

Snell quality cutter with extra sharp snap-off blades. Sliding safety lock. Comfortable grip handle. Takes Snell large 18mm blades.

Extra sharp cutter blades in a plastic carry case. CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

763044 SNELL CUTTER ECONOMY SLIDE LOCK

EA

SNELL CUTTER SOFT GRIP SLIDE LOCK

EA

767091

767085 SNELL CUTTER BLADES LARGE 18MM

12/PKT

DESCRIPTION

767084 SNELL CUTTER BLADES HEAVY DUTY 24MM 767086

SNELL CUTTER BLADES SMALL 9MM

CTN QTY

12/PKT

UOM

CTN QTY

UOM

12/PKT

PKT

12/PKT

PKT

PKT

153


CUTTERS CUTTERS&&KNIVES KNIVES

TAJIMA LC-303 PRECISION CRAFT KNIFE

TAJIMA HEAVY DUTY KNIVES

Ergonomic handle with convenient one-hand slide lock for blade locking. Heavy-gauge stainless steel blade sleeve for control and safety. Removable pocket clip doubles as a blade snap-off tool. Takes ultrasharp, precision-cut 9mm Endura LCB-30 blades. 12 snap-off segments for a total of 13 cutting edges per blade.

Ergonomic handle with auto slide lock or wheel lock for blade locking. Heavy-gauge stainless steel blade sleeve for control and safety. Removable end cap doubles as a blade snap-off tool. Takes ultra-sharp, precision-cut 18mm Endura blades. 7 snap-off segments for a total of 8 cutting edges per blade.

CODE

UOM

CODE

763050 TAJIMA KNIFE LC303 SMALL RATCHET

EA

769008 TAJIMA KNIFE LC500 HD SLIDE LOCK CUTTER LOOSE

EA

763049 TAJIMA BLADES LCB30 ENDURA SMALL

PKT

763051 TAJIMA KNIFE LC500 HD SLIDE LOCK CUTTER CARDED

EA

763207 TAJIMA KNIFE LC501 HD WHEEL LOCK CUTTER

EA

769038 TAJIMA KNIFE LC560 SLIDE LOCK CUTTER

EA

763054 TAJIMA BLADES LCB50 BULK

50/PKT

PKT

763053 TAJIMA BLADES LCB50 ENDURA LARGE

10/PKT

PKT

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

10/PKT

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

TAJIMA ECONOMY KNIFE

TAJIMA ROCK HARD KNIFE

General purpose cutter with slide lock for blade locking. Takes ultra-sharp, precision-cut 18mm Endura blades. 7 snap-off segments for a total of 8 cutting edges per blade.

Thick elastomer handle for comfort and non-slip performance. Wheel lock for blade locking. Heavy-gauge stainless steel blade sleeve for control and safety. Takes ultra-sharp, heavy-duty 25mm Rock Hard LCB-65 blades. 6 snap-off segments for a total of 7 cutting edges per blade.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

769005 TAJIMA KNIFE LC510 ECONOMY CUTTER

EA

763053 TAJIMA BLADES LCB50 ENDURA LARGE

10/PKT

PKT

763054 TAJIMA BLADES LCB50 ENDURA LARGE BULK

50/PKT

154

PKT

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

763052 TAJIMA KNIFE LC650 HD SOFT HANDLE

EA

763055 TAJIMA BLADES LCB65 HEAVY DUTY

PKT

10/PKT


CUTTERS & KNIVES

SHEFFIELD 412 RETRACTABLE SAFETY KNIFE

STANLEY CLASSIC 99 UTILITY KNIFE

The Sterling Side slide Safety Knife has an automatic blade retracting system that prevents injuries. Suits both right and left handers. Symmetrical design allows blade to be inserted upside down for lefthanded users.

General purpose cutter with an interlocking nose to hold blade securely. Retractable blade with precision-honed edge for consistent and extended cutting life. Blade storage in handle. Takes Stanley 1992 blades.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

764715

SHEFFIELD 412 RETRACTABLE SAFETY KNIFE

EA

764725

SHEFFIELD 412B BLADES

PKT

10/PKT

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

763048

STANLEY KNIFE CLASSIC 99 RETRACTABLE BLADE

95STAN1992C STANLEY BLADES 11-921 1992 763047  

STANLEY BLADES 11-921A 1992

CTN QTY

UOM

EA

5/CARD CARD 100/PKT PKT

SHEFFIELD 114-2R SELF RETRACTING KNIFE RUBBER GRIP

SHEFFIELD ULTRA GRIP SELF RETRACTABLE SAFETY KNIFE

114 knife features a safety Self Retracting blade that slips back into the handle as soon as it loses contact with the item its cutting, Automatic blade retracting system reduces injuries. Suitable for both right and left-handers. Rubber grip sides reduce slipping. Die-cast metal construction.

The Sterling 115 safety knives Automatic blade retracting system reduces injuries. The blade automatically retracts when it loses contact with the item its cutting. Suitable for both right and left-handers. Die-cast all metal construction for maximum strength. Ribbed body with Sure-grip design to reduce slipping. Ultra grip - for gloved hands. Supplied with Safety tip blade.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

764722

SHEFFIELD 114-2R SELF RETRACTING KNIFE RUBBER GRIP

CTN QTY

UOM CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

EA

764719 SHEFFIELD ULTRA GRIP SELF RETRACTABLE SAFETY KNIFE

EA EA

764927 SHEFFIELD 921-4D BLADE

10/PKT

PKT

764958 SHEFFIELD ULTRA GRIP SELF RETRACTABLE SAFETY KNIFE YELLOW

767282 SHEFFIELD 921-3 TRIMMING BLADE

5/PKT

PKT

764927 SHEFFIELD 921-4D BLADE

10/PKT PKT

155


CUTTERS & KNIVES

PACKERS SHOE KNIFE

SHEFFIELD CUTTER CT001 SMALL

Quality, general purpose knife with a rosewood handle for cutting cloth, leather and other materials.

Ergonomic Slitter with finger hole to prevent slipping, Ideal for opening cartons, slitting film, bubble wrap, tape and cutting seatbelts. Disposable to prevent contact with blade.

CODE DESCRIPTION

763043

PACKERS SHOE KNIFE – ROSEWOOD

UOM

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

764010

SHEFFIELD CUTTER CT001 SMALL

EA

767052

SHEFFIELD INOX #325 SAFETY CUTTER

EA

SCISSORS

INOX BLADE 203-4 18MM NON SEGMENTED

General office scissors. Lightweight yet durable with comfortable plasticmoulded handles. Ideal for cutting paper and card.

The Sterling 18mm Non Segmented blades are premium quality and safe, Tube of 10, Made in Sheffield - England, Suits all Common 18mm Knives, Single piece blade ideal for the food or safety applications.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

763056 SCISSORS STAINLESS STEEL 210MM

EA

156

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

767047

INOX BLADE 203-4 18MM NON SEGMENTED

10/PKT

PKT

764923

SHEFFIELD 202 SMI NON SEGMENTED 9MM BLADE 10/PKT

PKT


METAL DETECTABLE PRODUCTS

DETECTA-ECO PEN WITH CLIP

DETECTAPEN - STANDARD

One piece pen with non-removable nickel ballpoint tip. Shatter proof body. Non-hazardous to food.

Food grade and shatter proof. Metal and X-Ray detectable. Patented retractable system. Pocket clips and hole for securing chain on workstation. Robust construction. Great to write with.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

895086

DETECTA ECO PEN WITH CLIP NICKEL NIB BLUE INK

50/PKT EA

895087

DETECTA ECO PEN WITH CLIP NICKEL NIB BLACK INK 50/PKT EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

895091

DETECTA PEN STANDARD BLUE/BLUE INK

10/PKT

EA

896040

DETECTA PEN STANDARD BLK/BLK INK

10/PKT

EA

895092

DETECTA PEN STANDARD RED/RED INK

10/PKT

EA

STAINLESS STEEL CLIPBOARD

BLUE DETECTA HIGHLIGHTER

Durable stainless steel A4 clipboard with nickel-plated clip.

The body & cap of our Detectalite Highlighter are moulded from highdensity polyethylene, containing a non-toxic metal detectable additive. This compound can be detected by correctly calibrated in-line metal detection systems.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

895093 DETECTA STAINLESS STEEL A4 CLIPBOARDS

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

895095 DETECTA HIGHLIGHTER BLUE INK 57/MDH3

CTN QTY

UOM

10/PACK

PKT

DETECTABLE PENGUIN SAFETY KNIFE

DETECTABLE CABLE TIES

Heavy duty disposable metal-detectable knife with fixed blades. Reduces the risk of accidents through blade changing and eliminates the danger from loose blades accidentally falling into merchandise. Pointed nose for piercing. Robust construction.

Ideal for electrical cabling adjacent to manufacturing process. Use for bag or sack tying. Blue colour for easy detection. 200mm x 4.6mm. 100 per pack.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

896002 DETECTA SAFETY PENGUIN KNIFE HEAVY DUTY BLUE

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

895090 DETECTA CABLE TIES 200X4.6MM 100/PKT

PKT

157


FILING PRODUCTS

KRAFT MANILLA FOLDERS

L-SHAPED POCKET HOLDERS

Economical folders suitable for all-purpose filing. Made from manilla kraft board for long life. A practical product that every office needs.

Transparent pockets, open along the top and right hand side for easy access. Suitable for protecting your documents.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

713075

KRAFT MANILLA A4 FOLDER

100/PKT

EA

713076

KRAFT MANILLA F/CAP FOLDER

100/PKT

713077

KRAFT MANILLA FOLDER A4 BUFF

100/BOX

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

713103 POCKET L SHAPED HOLDER A4 CLEAR

12/PKT

EA

EA

713104 POCKET L SHAPED HOLDER A4 BLUE

12/PKT

EA

EA

713105 POCKET L SHAPED HOLDER A4 GREEN

12/PKT

EA

713106 POCKET L SHAPED HOLDER A4 RED

12/PKT

EA

713107 POCKET L SHAPED HOLDER A4 YELLOW

12/PKT

EA

UNISTAT FOOLSCAP FOLDERS

FM CLASSIC LEVER ARCH FILES

These are ideal for all-purpose filing. The extended back cover allows for naming the contents and for easy opening of the front cover. Two slots in the back cover allow for using paper fasteners. Foolscap back cover extended for naming and easy opening.

Quality mottled black and white lever arch files with strong clip fasteners for filing paperwork. Large labelling area on the spine and a metalreinforced finger hole to enable easy retrieval of the file from shelves.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

713079

UNISTAT F/CAP BLUE FOLDER

100/PKT*

EA

713081

UNISTAT F/CAP ORANGE FOLDER

50/PKT

EA

713082

UNISTAT F/CAP RED FOLDER

100/PKT*

EA

713083

UNISTAT F/CAP YELLOW FOLDER

100/PKT

EA

713080

UNISTAT F/CAP GREEN FOLDER

100/PKT

EA

158

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

713100 FM STANDARD A4 LEVER ARCH FILE  

EA

713101 FM STANDARD F/CAP LEVER ARCH FILE

EA


FILING PRODUCTS

COLOURED LEVER ARCH FILES

ESSELTE INDEX DIVIDERS

Strong lever arch files ideal for colour-coded filing. Label on spine for easy identification. Metal-reinforced finger hole on spine to enable easy retrieval of the file from shelves.

Excellent for dividing the contents of files into sections and indexing in lever arch files. Multi-punched to fit 2, 3 and 4-hole ringbinders. PVC indexes resist tearing or creasing.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

713089

LEVER ARCH FILE COLORADO BLUE

EA

713084 ESSELTE A4 5 TAB COLOURED INDEX DIVIDER

SET

713093

LEVER ARCH FILE RED*

EA

713085 ESSELTE A4 10 TAB COLOURED INDEX DIVIDER

SET

713094

LEVER ARCH FILE YELLOW

EA

713086

ESSELTE PVC A4 1-12 INDEX DIVIDER

SET

713090

LEVER ARCH FILE BLUE

EA

713087

ESSELTE PVC A4 1-31 DIVIDERS*

SET

713091

LEVER ARCH FILE GREEN

EA

713088

ESSELTE PVC A4 A-Z DIVIDERS

SET

FM COPYSAFE POCKETS Clear, tear-resistant document protector sheets. Heavy-duty, reinforced binding edge. Multi-punched spine to fit various ringbinders. Box of 100. CODE

DESCRIPTION

713023 COPYSAFE POCKETS A4

CTN QTY

UOM

100/BOX

BOX

SPINE LABELS FOR LEVER ARCH FILES Economical spine labels for lever arch files. Allows you to re-use your existing files and keep file names up-to-date without the expense of purchasing new files. Pack of 10 labels. CODE

DESCRIPTION

713102 SPINE LABELS FOR LEVER ARCH FILE

CTN QTY

UOM

10/PKT

PKT

ARCHIVE STORAGE BOX Economical and durable storage boxes with lids, suitable for archiving files, reports and other general office documents. Pre-printed panels on sides for easy identification. Internal dimensions: Kraft Economy box 400x330x272mm (lxwxd); White Archive box - 410x330x272mm (lxwxd). CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

713172 STORAGE BOX KRAFT ECONOMY WITH LID

EA

713173 STORAGE BOX WHITE ARCHIVE WITH LID

EA

159


FILING PRODUCTS

FILE STORAGE BOXES

BIC DESK LETTER TRAYS

Economical and durable storage boxes for keeping files tidy.

The perfect desktop filing solution. Stackable to 6 trays high with 100mm between trays. Strong, plastic grid construction with side access for easy filing. Pack contains 2 trays, set of 4 stackers and a set of labels. Extra stackers can be purchased separately.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

713171 STORAGE CARTON REDEREF A4 BROWN

EA

713170 STORAGE CARTON REDEREF A4 WHITE

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

713169 STORAGE CARTON REDEREF F/CAP BROWN

EA

713066

BIC DESK LETTER TRAY WITH STACKERS BLACK

2/PKT EA

EA

713003

BIC DESK LETTER TRAY WITH STACKERS L/GREY

2/PKT EA

713000

BIC DESK LETTER TRAY WITH STACKERS R/BLUE

2/PKT EA

713004

BIC DESK LETTER TRAY WITH STACKERS BURGUNDY

2/PKT EA

713067

BIC DESK LETTER TRAY WITH STACKERS NAVY

2/PKT EA

713001

BIC DESK LETTER TRAY WITH STACKERS P/BLUE

2/PKT* EA

713002

BIC DESK LETTER TRAY WITH STACKERS S/GREY

2/PKT* EA

711501 STORAGE CARTON SNELL F/CAP WHITE  

86DESKTRAYBICST PLASTIC STACKERS FOR BIC DESK TRAYS

SET

ACCOFLEX SUSPENSION FILES Heavy-duty, green foolscap suspension files. Fits most vertical filing cabinets and drop-front files. Metal top racks have nylon inserts for smooth gliding. Comes with plastic tabs and cards. CODE

CTN QTY

UOM

713181 ACCOFLEX F/CAP SUSPENSION FILE

10/PKT

PKT

713182 ACCOFLEX F/CAP SUSPENSION FILE

50/BOX

BOX

160

DESCRIPTION

CLIPBOARD FILE HARDBOARD Hardboard clipboards are hard-wearing and provide an excellent hard writing surface. Powerful, heavy-duty metal clip mechanism. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

713020 CLIPBOARD FILE HARDBOARD F/CAP

EA


OFFICE BOOKS

DELIVERY BOOKS

INVOICE BOOKS

Goods delivery books are essential for recording delivery details and signatures for proof of delivery. Carbonless.

Ideal for small businesses or social clubs. GST compliant. Numbered pages and cardboard insert. Carbonless.

CODE

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

733009 REDIFORM INVOICE/STATEMENT BOOK TRIPLICATE A5 50LF 

EA

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

733000 COLLINS DELIVERY BOOK A5 DUPLICATE NCR 50LF 733002   COLLINS DELIVERY BOOK A5 TRIPLICATE NCR 50LF 733006

EA

5/PKT EA

COLLINS 5CR-1 PC A5 RECEIPT BOOK 50LF

733007

COLLINS TAX INVOICE BOOK A5/50 DUPLICATE NCR* 45421 EA

EA

PURCHASE ORDER BOOKS

MULTI-PURPOSE BOOKS

Keep an accurate record on all incoming orders and suppliers. Carbonless.

Ideal for notes, memos, orders, quotes etc. Ruled pages. Carbonless. CODE DESCRIPTION

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

733012 SPIRAX A4/50 DL PURCHASE ORDER BOOK

EA

733003 COLLINS ORDER BOOK A5 DUPLICATE NCR 50LF

EA

733005

OFFICELINE 8X5 NCR GOODS ORDER BOOK TRIPLICATE

UOM

733010

REDIFORM MULTI-PURPOSE BOOK DUPLICATE A5/50

EA

733011

REDIFORM MULTI-PURPOSE BOOK TRIPLICATE A5/50

EA

EA

161


BOOKS & PADS

COLLINS DRIVER LOG BOOK

1B5 EXERCISE BOOK

Driving hours log book to record hours driven, location and odometer reading. Triplicate, no carbon required.

Ruled 1B5 exercise book. Soft covered. 60GSM

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

86LOGHOUR COLLINS DRIVER LOG BOOK A5/50 TRIPLICATE

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

733015 EXERCISE BOOK 1B5 255X205MM 40LEAF

EA

DANGEROUS GOODS PADS

HARD COVER EXERCISE BOOKS

Dangerous goods declaration forms required during transport of goods classified as dangerous.

A range of ruled, hard cover exercise books. 60GSM

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

733126 DANGEROUS GOODS A4 DECLARATION PAD 50LF 

EA

162

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

733017 EXERCISE BOOK 2B5 HARD COVER 255X205MM 94LF

EA

733018 EXERCISE BOOK 2B6 HARD COVER 330X205MM 94LF

EA

733019 EXERCISE BOOK 2B8 HARD COVER 297X210MM 94LF

EA

733016

EXERCISE BOOK 2B4 HARDCOVER 230X180MM 94LF*

EA

733025

NOTEBOOK HARD COVER 200X125MM INDEXED* 96LF

EA


BOOKS & PADS

SPIRAL EXERCISE BOOKS

SHORTHAND NOTEBOOK

Ruled, spiral-bound, soft cover exercise book.

Ruled notebook that is top spiral bound for ease of use.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

733020 EXERCISE BOOK 8B5 SPIRAL 255X205MM 50LF

EA

733026 NOTEBOOK SHORTHAND NO22 125X195MM 50LF

EA

733021 EXERCISE BOOK 8B8 SPIRAL 297X210MM 50LF

EA

NOTEBOOKS

TELEPHONE MESSAGE PAD

Ruled, soft and hard cover notebooks. 60GSM

Record the details of phone messages on appropriately pre-printed pages.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

733022 NOTEBOOK 3B1 LIMP 165X100MM 32LF  

EA

733041 DURING YOUR ABSENCE PAD 50LF

EA

733023 NOTEBOOK 4B1 HARD COVER 165X100MM 64LF

EA

163


PADS

REFILL PAD

DESK PAD

A4 loose-leaf refill with 8mm rulings.

A2-size desk pad with 50 sheets. Ideal for jotting down notes, ideas, numbers etc.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

733038 PAD REFILL 14B8 297X210MM 50LEAF  

EA

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

733035 PAD DESK WHITE A2 50LEAF 50GSM

EA

TOPLESS PAD

WOTTA JOTTA PAD

Essential for the office. A4, ruled, 100 sheets.

Plain, A6-size message pad with a protective polypropylene cover that folds back to form a pen and note holder.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

733036 PAD TOPLESS A4 297X210MM 100LEAF 52GSM

EA

164

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

733039 PAD WOTTA JOTTA A6 90GSM 370LF

EA


PADS & COPY PAPER

MEMO CUBES

EXPRESS COPY PAPER

Coloured note paper holders in two handy sizes, either with 500 sheets or in larger packs of 1000 sheets. Refills can be purchased separately.

Fuji Xerox Express copy paper is standard for quality, performance and reliability. It is produced from sustainably managed plantations and forests under PEFC certification and in a 100% Elementary Chlorine Free process. 80GSM, 155CIE. AS/NZS ISO 9001: 2008, OH&S AS/NZ 4801 .2001

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

733043 MEMO CUBE SMALL COMPLETE  

EA

733044 MEMO CUBE SMALL REFILL    

EA

733045 MEMO CUBE LARGE COMPLETE

EA

733046 MEMO CUBE LARGE REFILL    

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

90 A4W COPY PAPER A4 WHITE 80GSM

CTN QTY

UOM

500/REAM

REAM

POST-IT® NOTES Post-it® notes are perfect for jotting down brief messges, telephone numbers, to-do-lists, or to mark or tab documents. 100 sheets per pad. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

86POST653SGL POST-IT PADS 3M653 1.5 X 2” YELLOW 12/PKT

UOM

EA

12POST654

POST-IT PADS 3M654 3 X 3” YELLOW

72/CTN

PAD

12POST654UC

POST-IT PADS 3M654 3 X 3” NEON

5/PKT

PKT

COLOURED COPY PAPER Quality 80gsm paper to suit most printers and copiers. Pastel tints. CODE

CTN QTY

UOM

90A4PCBU COPY PAPER A4 BUFF 80GSM

500/REAM REAM

90A4PCGR COPY PAPER A4 GREEN 80GSM

500/REAM REAM

90A4PCBL COPY PAPER A4 BLUE 80GSM

500/REAM REAM

COPY PAPER A4 PINK 80GSM

500/REAM REAM

90A4PCPI

WHITE COPY PAPER

DESCRIPTION

90A4PCCA COPY PAPER A4 YELLOW 80GSM

500/REAM REAM

Quality 80gsm white photocopy paper for copying and printing purposes using a wide range of office equipment, including high speed copiers, laser and inkjet printers, and plain paper fax machines. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

733055 COPY PAPER REFLEX A4 WHITE 80GSM

500/REAM

REAM

733054 COPY PAPER REFLEX A3 WHITE 80GSM

500/REAM

REAM

165


ENVELOPES

DL-E ENVELOPES

E35 ENVELOPES

White DL-E envelopes, with or without windows. Banker style flap. Size 114x225mm, in boxes of 500.

Manilla, E35 pocket envelopes, ideal for foolscap size and bulky documents. Size 381x254mm, in a box of 250.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

723005 ENV DL-E 6112 WHITE SELF-SEAL

500/BOX

BOX

723016 ENV E35 MANILLA SELF-SEAL 381X254MM

723004 ENV DL-E 6111 WHITE SELF-SEAL WINDOW

500/BOX

BOX

723006 ENV DL-E 6511 MANILLA SELF-SEAL WINDOW

500/BOX

BOX

CTN QTY

UOM

250/BOX

BOX

C4 ENVELOPES

MANILLA DL-E ENVELOPES

White, banker flap envelopes designed for A4-size documents. Size 229x324mm, in a box of 250.

Manilla DL-E envelopes, with or without windows. Size 114x225mm, box of 500.

CODE

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

723001 ENV C4 E31 WHITE POCKET PEEL & SEAL

250/BOX

BOX

723007 ENV DL-E 6512 MANILLA SELF-SEAL

723000 ENV C4 E31 WHITE POCKET SELF-SEAL

250/BOX

BOX

723002

166

DESCRIPTION

ENV C4 E31 WHITE POCKET PEEL & SEAL 324X229 250/BOX* BOX

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

500/BOX* BOX  


STATIONERY ACCESSORIES

PLASTIC WASTE PAPER BIN

POSTAGE STAMPS

Durable plastic waste bin for the office or kitchen. Made from sturdy, hardwearing polymer resin. 15-litre capacity.

Postage stamps used for posting a Medium size (130mm x 235mm x 6mm) standard letter within New Zealand.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

763194 Â WASTE PAPER BIN PLASTIC BLACK

EA

753069

POSTAGE STAMPS

100/BOX

BOX

ADDING MACHINE ROLLS

DURACELL BATTERIES

It will fit almost all of the major brands landline terminals. Not only is this a great price but you can sleep easy knowing that these are high-quality thermal rolls! Suitable for print calendars.

Quality alkaline batteries for when you need reliable, long-lasting power for your everyday devices.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

733027

ADDING MACHINE ROLLS 57MMX57MM 101 EXP 10/BOX*

UOM

ROLL

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

763677

DURACELL D ALKALINE BATTERY

10/BOX

EA

766538

DURACELL 9V ALKALINE BATTERY SINGLE

EA

766536

DURACELL AA ALKALINE BATTERY

10/PKT

PKT

766535

DURACELL AAA ALKALINE BATTERY

10/PKT

PKT

766539

DURACELL ALKALINE D 1.5V

EA

766548

DURACELL C ALKALINE BATTERY

PKT

10/PKT

167


CALCULATORS

CASIO HS-8LV HANDHELD CALCULATOR

CASIO DESK MS-80B TOP CALCULATOR

Solar and battery powered, with large 8-digit display. Includes a % key, square root key and independent memory.

Solar and battery powered, with large 8-digit display. Includes a % key, profit margin % key, tax function and independent memory.

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

EA

763010 CASIO DESK MS-80B TOP CALCULATOR

EA

763011

CASIO HS-8LV HANDHELD CALCULATOR

CASIO D120B DESKTOP TAX CALCULATOR Solar and battery powered, with large 10-digit display. Includes a % key, profit margin % key, square root key, time and tax calculations, decimal selector, key rollover and independent memory. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

763012 CASIO D120B DESKTOP CALCULATOR

EA

168


8

CATERING & HOSPITALITY

Feature Pages

170

Hot Cups

175

Cold & Portion Cups

177

Food Wraps

178

Coffee

179

Tea

180

Electrolytes

181

Hot Chocolate, Raro, Sugar & Sauce 182 Vending Consumables

183

Food Containers

184

Plates

186

Utensils

187

Serviettes

188

169


THE FUTURE IS ECO In recent years there has been a big change in consumer behaviour in regards to their buying decisions. Consumers are now more aware of environmental impacts and expect the companies they purchase from to have a similar environmental awareness. Market research has found that there is a strong preference from consumers across the globe to purchase packaging from a company with a strong environmental reputation. Companies have had to look at the way their products are made and make a few changes if they haven’t already been following sustainable practices. Detpak’s I am eco™ range of compostable, biodegradable ‘food to go’ packaging is made from nature to return to nature. Every I am eco™ product has been made from natural, sustainable materials – and they are all guaranteed to break down within within 90 days, when composted through a commercial composting facility.*

Detpak’s I am eco™ products can all be composted in a commercial composting facility, which means they will break down into natural elements within 90 days. The range includes but is not limited to the products displayed. I am eco™ is renewable, thoughtful, responsible packaging which enables food service operators and purveyors to package their food and product in harmony with the environment. Every action we take has an impact on our environment, and the I am eco™ range makes us feel good about doing the right thing for nature. * Where commercial composting facilities exist.

The entire I am eco™ range is free from oil, petrochemicals, plastics or any toxins. This innovative range is responsible packaging at its best. All of the products in the I am eco™ range are made exclusively from plants and renewable materials. Materials such as bagasse sugarcane pulp, cornstarch and paperboard make up the elements of the range, all of which are fast growing, highly renewable resources that through composting* are ‘returned’ to nature as mulch to nourish the earth. Diverting waste from landfill and reducing the carbon footprint of waste and packaging.

SPEAK TO YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE OR CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE TEAM FOR MORE INFORMATION ON MAKING THE SWITCH TODAY TO I AM ECO™. 170


ECO-PURCHASING The I am eco™ range has been designed with the environment in mind at every stage – from sourcing materials and manufacturing to distribution and end-of-life disposal. Offering a broad range of options for the foodservice segment, I am eco™ delivers functional and quality packaging while balancing our relationship with the environment. HOT CUPS

BAGASSE SUGARCANE RANGE

Paper cups made from sustainably sourced board and lined with polylactic acid to seal the cup safely and hygienically for all types of hot beverages. Eco lids made from crystalised PLA complete the story.

Moulded meal clams, burger clams, trays, plates and bowls made from bagasse, the ‘pulp’ from sugarcane – a naturally derived material that is repurposed into packaging.

CUTLERY Sturdy, high quality forks, knives and spoons made from crystalised PLA – plus the new I am eco™ Cutlery Pack – with knife, fork and napkin hygienically sealed in a PLA bag – perfect for restaurants, takeaway and food trucks.

PAPER BOWLS

BAGS

PLUS Detpak also offers a wider range of compostable packaging – with flat & satchel paper bags, paper takeaway bags, Endura fluted board trays and clams, and board snack boxes, all made from sustainably sourced board – creating a truly broad range of I am eco™ products.

Sustainably sourced paper carry bags and PVA lined retail bags that are perfect for coffee beans, tea leaves, pasta and more (the bags come with a tin-tie for easy sealing).

A range of bowls made from sustainably sourced board and lined with PLA, with matching Eco lids – perfect for soups, salads, meals and fruit.

171


RECYCLING TERMS Consumers are becoming more conscious of the environment and want to know that the products they buy stem from sustainable practices. These recycling terms are becoming more prominant in every day discussions, but do you really know what they mean? BIODEGRADABLE

RECYCLABLE

A “biodegradable” product has the ability to break down, safely and relatively quickly, by biological means, into the raw materials of nature and disappear into the environment.

The process of converting waste materials into reusable objects to prevent waste of potentially useful materials, reduce the consumption of fresh raw materials, energy usage, air pollution (from incineration) and water pollution (from landfilling) by decreasing the need for “conventional” waste disposal and lowering greenhouse gas emissions compared to plastic production.

COMPOSTABLE A product that is “compostable” is one that can be placed into a composition of decaying biodegradable materials, and eventually turns into a nutrient-rich material. It is almost synonymous with “biodegradable”, except it is limited to solid materials and does not refer to liquids.

MANY PEOPLE OFTEN DON’T FULLY UNDERSTAND THESE TERMS AND HOW THEY CAN EFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO EFFECTIVELY RECYCLE. 172


HYDRATION Being dehydrated at work may not send alarm bells ringing in your head. However, a growing body of evidence points to dehydration as one of the most widespread and least understood hindrances and dangers on the job. Many studies have linked dehydration to lower physical and mental performance. One percent dehydration has been found to decrease productivity by 12%. When a person reaches 3-4% their productivity decline is between 25-50%. Workers will begin to experience a decrease in cognitive abilities, reduced concentration and alertness, and slower reaction times. At 3% dehydration your reaction time is the same as having 0.08 Blood Alcohol Content. At 0.08 BAC you are 5 times more likely to crash your car. By the time someone is thirsty, that person is already 2-3% percent dehydrated. An indication of dehydration levels is the colour of urine. The darker the colour the more dehydrated you are, depending on where you are you will need to consume between a cup of water to at least a litre or more.

Along with becoming dehydrated you also lose vital essential salts and minerals known as electrolytes. They play a key role in helping the body retain water. If electrolytes aren’t replaced involuntary dehydration can occur – the body struggles to rehydrate even when fluid intake exceeds sweat rate. Being aware of when yourself or your employees are at risk of becoming dehydrated is a good measure to keeping your workplace safe. Providing employees with plenty of water access as well as access to electrolyte drinks will help keep them sharp and safe making your workplace a safer environment.

40%

REDUCTION IN THE BODY’S THIRST SENSATION*

EVEN IN COLD WEATHER YOUR BODY’S THIRST SENSATION IS REDUCED BY AROUND 40% AND THE BRAIN DOESN’T SIGNAL THE KIDNEYS TO RETAIN WATER *http://journals.lww.com/acsm-msse/Fulltext/2004/09000/Thirst_ Sensations_and_AVP Responses_at_Rest_and.11.aspx#P78

TURN TO PAGE 181 FOR ELECTROLYTE PRODUCTS THAT HELP PROTECT YOU FROM DEHYDRATION 173


METAL DETECTABLE PRODUCTS IN FOOD MANUFACTURING Metal Detectable products are a rising trend in the food industry and are becoming a norm for various auditing standards such as BRC and GFSS.

174

Fragments of metal contaminating the production line can easily be detected by using a metal detector or an x-ray machine. Metal detectable products that have been specifically designed for the food and pharmaceutical industries are recommended for the production line.

Detecting and removing contaminants early in the process will significantly reduce the risk of damage to equipment. Production line downtime can be a significant cost incurred by food producers. If contaminated products reach customers, brand damage and a product recall can occur.

These products are shatterproof and designed to take an impact, helping eliminate a foreign object contamination and enhancing food safety for the consumer. Products in the range are manufactured using the unique X-Detect plastic compound which makes them metal detectable as well as x-ray detectable.

Metal detectors are designed to pick up both ferrous and non-ferrous metals efficiently on a production line. Two standard grades of stainless steel are found in the food industry, 304 and 316. Stainless steel, depending on the grade, is often harder to find than other types of metal. Using a metal detectable machine that is not sensitive to detecting stainless can be a limitation.

Metal detectors are a critical control points (CCP) in any food manufacturing environment where the failure of standard operation procedures could harm the customer and negatively impact the business.

By introducing these products into your processing facility, you will be minimising the risk of foreign matter entering the manufactured product, demonstrating due diligence and compliance to HACCP and BRC.

TO SEE A SMALL SELECTION OF OUR RANGE PLEASE TURN TO PAGE 157. IF YOU WANT MORE INFORMATION ON OTHER METAL DETECTABLE PRODUCTS WE CAN SUPPLY PLEASE CONTACT YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE OR OUR CUSTOMER SERVICES TEAM.


HOT CUPS

HUHTAMAKI CAPUCCINO BRN HOT CUP PAPER

ARCOROC COFFEE MUG

Brown, single wall, 285ml paper hot cup. Domed sipper lid in white or black sold separately.

Glass coffee mug – an essential for all cafeterias and kitchens.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

213078

HOT CUP PAPER 10950 285ML CAPPUCCINO BRN 600/CTN

UOM

CTN

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

286004

EA

ARCOROC COFFEE MUG

HUTAMAKI DOUBLE WALL HOT CUPS

SNELL FOAM CUPS

Designed specifically for use with hot beverages. These premium paper cups are great for the restaurants and cafe business. Widely used for coffee and tea. Double Poly lined to prevent leaking and for added resilience. Double wall, paper hot cup in 285ml or 400ml sizes. Domed sipper lid in white sold separately.

250ml foam cups for hot or cold beverages. Great value and hygienic to use. Lids sold separately.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

217000

SNELL 250F200 FOAM CUP 250ML

1000/CTN CTN

UOM

213030 HOT CUP PAPER 10931 DOUBLE WALL 285ML BLACK 500/CTN

CTN

213074

HOT CUP PAPER 11429 DOUBLE WALL 400ML BLACK 500/CTN

CTN

213088

UNI LID WHITE 11059 FIT DWS/SWS ALL SIZES

2000/CTN CTN

HUHTAMAKI 6P & 7P PLASTIC HOT CUPS

HUHTAMAKI HOT CUP HOLDER TRAY

White, plastic hot cups in 195ml or 210ml sizes. Blue plastic cup holder sold separately.

Cup holder trays for 4 cups.Made of moulded fibre.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

35CUPH6P

PLASTIC HOT CUP 10600 195ML 10/CTN

50/PKT

PKT

35CUPH7P

PLASTIC HOT CUP 10700 210ML 10/CTN

100/PKT

PKT

35HOLD72HPB HOT CUP HOLDER 6P-7P BLUE 5/PKT

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

213086

HOT CUP HOLDERS 19009 MOULD FIBRE 4/2 300/CTN

UOM

CTN

10PKT/CTN* EA

175


HOT CUPS

HUHTAMAKI DOMED WHITE HOT CUP LIDS

HUHTAMAKI SINGLE WALL PAPER HOT CUP W/HANDLE

White 270ml and 240ml hot cup domed sipper lips.

Brown, single wall, 285ml paper hot cup with handle. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

213076 HOT CUP LID DOMED CL8002 270ML WHITE

1000/CTN CTN

215023 HOT CUP LID DOMED 240ML WHITE

1000/CTN CTN

HUHTAMAKI DOMED HOT CUPS LIDS WHITE

DESCRIPTION

263066 LIDS WHITE CL10Z FIT FOAM HOTCUPS 100/SL

CTN/QTY

DESCRIPTION

213073 HOT CUP 285089 285ML P/CUP HANDLE 50/PKT

CTN/QTY

UOM

10/CTN

PKT

HUHTAMAKI HOT CUP PAPER 270ML SPECIALTY BLUE

Domed Lid for Hot Cups which are made from PP Plastic. CODE

CODE

UOM

1000/CTN CTN

Blue, single wall, 270ml paper hot cup with domed sipper lid in white or black. (sold separately). CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

213129 HOT CUP PAPER 270ML SPECIALTY BLUE

1000/CTN CTN

213076 HOT CUP CL8002 LID DOMED WHITE 270ML

1000/CTN CTN

RIPPLE-WRAPTM PAPER HOT CUPS White and brown paper hot cups in 240ml, 360ml and 480ml sizes. Unique, corrugated paper wrapping which provides increased handcomfort and heat insulation. Button sipper lids in white or black sold separately. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

ESPRESSO HOT CUP UOM

215004 HOT CUP RIPPLE-WRAP™ PLAIN WHITE 8OZ R604S0001 1000/CTN CTN 215005 HOT CUP RIPPLE-WRAP™ PLAIN 12OZ R368S001

1000/CTN CTN

215026 HOT CUP RIPPLE-WRAP™ BROWN/WHITE 8OZ R604S0015 1000/CTN CTN 215025 HOT CUP RIPPLE-WRAP™ BROWN 12OZ

1000/CTN CTN

215014 HOT CUP RIPPLE-WRAP™ BROWN 16OZ P8162

500/CTN

215023 HOT CUP LID BUTTON WHITE 240ML

1000/CTN CTN

176

CTN

Corrugated sleeve keeps hands cool, and avoids the risk of spillage and burning. Available in Brown and Black as well. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

215062

4OZ ESPRESSO HOT CUP WHITE

1000/CTN

CTN

215063 80Z ESPRESSO HOT CUP WHITE

1000/CTN

CTN

215064 12OZ ESPRESSO HOT CUP WHITE

1000/CTN

CTN

215065 16OZ ESPRESSO HOT CUP WHITE

500/CTN

CTN

215023 HOT CUP LID BUTTON 240ML WHITE

1000/CTN

CTN


COLD & PORTION CUPS

HUHTAMAKI 6P PLASTIC COLD CUP

HUHTAMAKI PAPER MEASURE CUP

Translucent, 195ml plastic cold cup.

Paper cold cup with increments on the side, for when serving accurate quantities matters.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

35CUPC6P PLASTIC CUP 6P 11600 195ML 10/CTN

CTN/QTY

UOM

50/PKT

PKT

CODE

DESCRIPTION

35CUPMPE8

MEASURE CUP 00805 270ML 50/PK

CTN/QTY

UOM

20PK/CTN PKT

HUHTAMAKI PLASTIC STEPPED COLD CUPS Clear, plastic stepped cold cups in 195ml and 470ml sizes. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

213083

PLASTIC COLD CUP 14505 195ML STEPPED

1000/CTN

CTN

213084

PLASTIC COLD CUP 14506 470ML

600/CTN

CTN

HUHTAMAKI FIESTA PAPER COLD CUPS White paper cold cups with a fiesta design in 270ml and 495ml sizes. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

35CUPCDPE8 PAPER COLD CUP 10694 270ML 50/PKT

20PK/CTN PKT

35CUPCDPE16 PAPER COLD CUP 10696 495ML 50/PKT

20/CTN

PKT

HUHTAMAKI PLASTIC WINE GOBLET Clear, 205ml plastic wine goblet. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

35CUPC215T

PLASTIC WINE GLASS 21103 205ML

30/PKT

PKT

HUHTAMAKI PORTION & SAMPLE CUPS Transparent plastic cups ideal for product demonstrations. CODE

UNI-CHEF PLASTIC PORTION CUPS Transparent plastic portion cups ideal for holding sauces or dressings, and for food sampling. Lids are close-fitting and easy to clip on (sold separately). CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

212006

PLASTIC PORTION CUP 30ML 100/PKT

50PKT/CTN PKT

212007

PLASTIC PORTION LID 30ML 100/PKT

50PKT/CTN PKT

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

35CUPP100 PORTION CUP CLEAR 13078 35ML 200/PKT

25PK/CTN PKT

35CUPC60T PLASTIC SAMPLER CUP 21106 60ML 120/PK

17/CTN

PKT

UOM

177


FOOD WRAPS

EMPEROR CATERING UNI FOIL

EMPEROR CATERING FOODWRAP

Our foil is durable, strong, all-purpose and comes in a handy dispenser box with a built-in serrated cutter. Each box has full graphics to enhance point of sale, and every dispenser is supplied with a serrated cutter and roll supporter to ensure a smooth dispense right to the end of the roll.

Our food grade PVC microwavable film has been an Australasian leader for over 10 years. Manufactured in France, this quality European PVC film is an ideal product for caters, food manufacturers, kitchens, and household use.with a premium quality food grade film. Each Box comes with a slide cutter, high quality graphics and bar-code to enhance point of sale. Food grade microwaveable.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY UOM

233013

EMPEROR CATERING UNI FOIL 300MMX150M 6/CTN

ROLL

CODE

DESCRIPTION

30FOILCON440

EMPEROR CATERING UNI FOIL 440MMX90M

6/CTN

ROLL

233018

CATERING FOODWRAP 330MMX300M 9MU DISP BOX 6/CTN

ROLL

233012

EMPEROR CATERING UNI FOIL 440MMX150M 6/CTN

ROLL

233017

CATERING FOODWRAP 330MMX600M 9MU DISP BOX 6/CTN

ROLL

233016

CATERING FOODWRAP 450MMX600M 9MU DISP BOX 6/CTN

ROLL

EMPEROR BAKING PAPER WIDE Versatile, non-stick baking paper, which can be used for baking, microwaving, covering and interleaving. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

233019

EMPEROR BAKING PAPER WIDE 300MMX100M

6/CTN

ROLL

233020

EMPEROR BAKING PAPER WIDE 450MMX100M

6/CTN

CTN

178

CTN/QTY

UOM


COFFEE

GREGG’S RED RIBBON ROAST COFFEE

NESCAFÉ DECAF COFFEE

Red Ribbon Roast is a refreshing blend with a well-rounded flavour. This is a popular lightly roasted instant coffee.

Nescafé Decaf is carefully decaffeinated to retain natural coffee character and flavour.

CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY UOM

30DECAFN

COFFEE NESCAFE DECAFFEINATED 375GM TIN

6/TRAY EA

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY UOM

30GREG500 COFFEE GREGGS RED RIBBON ROAST FINE 500G TIN 6/CTN EA

INTERNATIONAL ROAST COFFEE International Roast is made from a blend of quality coffee beans to give you a mild tasting coffee with smooth, well-rounded flavour. CODE

DESCRIPTION

257004

COFFEE INTERNATIONAL ROAST GRANULATED 500GM 6/TRAY EA

30INTEROAST COFFEE INTERNATIONAL ROAST 500GM

CTN/QTY UOM

6/TRAY EA

NESCAFÉ COFFEE Nescafé coffees are slow roasted coffee with a well-rounded, full-bodied flavour. CODE

DESCRIPTION

30CLAS500

COFFEE NESCAFE CLASSIC GRANULATED 500G TIN

EA

257002

COFFEE NESCAFE CLASSIC GRANULATED 1KG TIN

EA

30FINE500

COFFEE NESCAFE FINE BLEND 500GM TIN

30ESPRESSO COFFEE NESCAFE ESPRESSO 500GM TIN

CTN/QTY UOM

6/TRAY EA 6/TRAY EA

MOCCONA CLASSIC FREEZE DRIED COFFEE Moccona Classic Freeze Dried is a quality coffee blend, roasted to perfection and freeze dried to retain the fragrance and full-bodied coffee flavour. CODE

DESCRIPTION

251052

COFFEE MOCCONA FREEZE DRIED 500GRM TIN*

UOM

EA

NESTLÉ MILO Mix with milk or hot water for a great-tasting and nutritious drink that gives you the energy to go. Has six essential vitamins and minerals, including iron, calcium and Vitamins A, B1, B2 and C. Large 1.9kg and 900g tins are ideal for cafés, canteens and tuckshops, catering events and in the office kitchen.

SPECIAL FINE BLEND COFFEE Special Blend is a rich, full-flavoured granulated coffee. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

30SB

COFFEE SPECIAL BLEND 500GM

8PKT/CTN PKT

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY UOM

257024

MILO 1.9KG TIN

6/TRAY EA

250300

MILO 900G TIN

8/TRAY EA

UOM

179


TEA

ANDRONICUS CLUB GOURMET COFFEE BEANS

BUSHELLS TEA BAGS BOX/500

A natural source of antioxidants blended & roasted in Australia from imported Arabica coffee beans. Store in an airtight container when opened, in a cool dry dark place.

Made with great-tasting quality blends, this classic drink is a well-rounded, full-flavoured tea. CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

257027 COFFEE ANDRONICUS COSMOPOLITAN BEANS 1KG

CTN/QTY

UOM

6/CTN

EA

DESCRIPTION

30BUSHTEA TEA BAGS BUSHELLS

CTN/QTY

UOM

500/BOX EA

CHOYSA TEA BAGS BOX/500

TEA BAGS DILMAH PREMIUM

New Zealanders have been brewing up Choysa tea for over 100 years. It is referred to as the perfect tea because of its flavour, fragrance, strength and comforting and refreshing qualities.

Finely balanced richness, flavour, strength & aroma for the perfect tea.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

30CHOY200

TEA BAGS CHOYSA

200/BOX BOX

30CHOY500

TEA BAGS CHOYSA

500/BOX PACK

30CHOYTEA2KG TEA LOOSE CHOYSA

2KG

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

253014

TEA BAGS DILMAH PREMIUM TAGLESS

200/BOX PKT

256004

TEA BAGS DILMAH PREMIUM REGULAR

500/BOX BOX

BOX

PG TIPS TEA BAGS BOX/200

GOURMET’S CHOICE BREAKFAST TEA BAGS

A stronger blend of Indian and African teas, similar in taste to English Breakfast teas.

Quality English Breakfast tea bags for the discerning tea drinker.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

30PG200

TEA BAGS PG TIPS

200/BOX BOX

30 PGTEA

TEA BAGS PG TIPS

500/BOX BOX

180

UOM

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

253011

TEA BAGS GOURMETS CHOICE BREAKFAST

500/BOX BOX


ELECTROLYTES

THORZT SUGAR FREE MULTI 3GM PACK

THORZT LQUID DISPENSER PUMP LPD

THORZT has been scientifically formulated to meet the hydration needs of a hard working body in extreme working conditions. Replacing measured proportions of electrolytes, essential minerals, carbohydrates, aminoacids and other nutrients, THORZT is designed for sustained hydration and provides a pleasant tasting, low sugar, caffeine-free, worker-tested drink, that re-establishes the correct electrolyte: fluid balance for optimum worker performance.

The Thorzt Liquid Pump Dispenser is designed specifically to work with the 1.25L Liquid concentrate bottles

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

863203 THORZT MULTI PK 3GM S/SER S/FREE MIX/F 50P SSSFMIX

PKT

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

289024 THORZT LPD LIQUID DISPENSER PUMP

EA

THORZT ELECTROLYTES 1.25 LTR THORZT has been scientifically formulated to meet the hydration needs of a hard working body in extreme working conditions. Replacing measured proportions of electrolytes, essential minerals, carbohydrates, aminoacids and other nutrients. THORZT is designed for sustained hydration and provides a pleasant tasting, low sugar, caffeine-free, worker-tested drink, that re-establishes the correct electrolyte: fluid balance for optimum worker performance. CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

863157 THORZT 1.25 LTR LIQUID CONCENTRATE LEMON/LIME

EA

863158 THORZT 1.25 LTR LIQUID CONCENTRATE ORANGE

EA

863159 THORZT 1.25 LTR LIQUID CONCENTRATE TROPICAL

EA

863160 THORZT 1.25 LTR LIQUID CONCENTRATE WILD BERRY

EA

863161 THORZT 1.25 LTR LIQUID CONCENTRATE BLUE LEMONADE

EA

181


HOT CHOCOLATE, RARO, SUGAR & SAUCE

NESTLÉ HOT CHOCOLATE

WHITE SUGAR

A premium hot chocolate ideal for the non-coffee or tea drinker. Made from the finest quality cocoa. In a large 2kg tin this is ideal for cafes, canteens and tuckshops, catering events and in the office kitchen.

Ideal for catering, canteens and tearooms. The uniform size of the sugar crystals gives you a regular texture and consistency, making it the perfect ingredient for baking and sweets.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

257030 HOT CHOCOLATE NESTLE 2KG

CTN/QTY

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

6/TRAY

EA

30 SUG1.5 SUGAR 1.5KG BAG 30 SUG3

SUGAR 3KG BAG

CTN/QTY

UOM

10/BALE EA 6/BALE

30 SUG25 SUGAR 25KG BULK BAG STANDARD

EA EA

RARO SWEET NAVEL ORANGE JUICE Great for parties and catering - just add water. An economical juice alternative that’s refreshing and keeps you hydrated. CODE

DESCRIPTION

30RARO RARO SWEET NAVEL ORANGE 1.6KG BAG

UOM

EA

CASTER SUGAR Caster sugar dissolves easily so it is ideal for meringues, puddings, jellies and cake mixes. When used in baking, the smaller sugar crystals caramelise evenly so it produces a fine golden colour in the finished product. CODE

DESCRIPTION

244001 SUGAR CASTOR 500GRM

TOMATO SAUCE An ideal catering companion, a must for barbeques and many finger foods. CODE

DESCRIPTION

30TOMATO1LTR WATTIES TOMATO SAUCE 1 LITRE

182

CTN/QTY

UOM

8/CTN

EA

CTN/QTY

UOM

10/CTN

CTN


VENDING CONSUMABLES

NESTLÉ CAPPUCCINO TOPPING VENDING REFILL

NESCAFÉ CLASSIC & FINE BLEND COFFEE VENDING REFILLS Nescafé Classic is a slow roasted coffee with a well-rounded, full-bodied flavour. Nescafé Fine Blend is gently roasted, smooth yet full-flavoured. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

257015

NESTLE COFFEE CLASSIC BLEND VENDING 400GM

12/CTN

EA

257025

NESTLE COFFEE FINE BLEND VENDING 400GM

12/CTN

EA

Nestlé Cappuccino Topping is a vending dairy mix made from skim milk and whey powder. It produces a dense, thick creamy milk froth for a great tasting cappuccino. It is also excellent for preparing flat white coffee and white teas. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

257010

NESTLE CAPPUCCINO TOPPING VENDING 1KG

12/CTN

EA

NESTLÉ HOT CHOCOLATE VENDING REFILL

NESTLÉ INSTANT TEA VENDING REFILL

Nestlé Hot Chocolate Complete Mix is blended with fine cocoa and skim milk powder to create a delicious hot chocolate drink.

Nestlé Instant Tea is a quality tea mix specially formulated for use in beverage dispensing systems.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

257013

NESTLE HOT CHOCOLATE VENDING 750GM

12/CTN

EA

257012

NESTLE TEA POUCH VENDING 100GM

10/CTN* EA

UOM

NESTLÉ KARIMA WHITENER VENDING REFILL

MAGGI CHICKEN SOUP VENDING 1KG

Nestlé Karima is a premium, beverage whitener that enhances the flavour of your coffee or tea.

A free flowing yellow powder that when prepared produces a creamy soup with a sweet chicken flavour with flecks of parsley. The soup is formulated for use in vending machines.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

257011

NESTLE KARIMA WHITENER VENDING 750GM

8/CTN

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

257018 MAGGI CHICKEN SOUP VENDING 1KG

CTN/QTY

UOM

6/CTN

CTN

183


FOOD CONTAINERS

ICE-CREAM CONTAINER 2LITRE REJECT

RECTANGULAR PLASTIC FOOD CONTAINERS

2 Litre Ice Cream Container, lid not included

Rectangular plastic food containers in a range of sizes. Lids are closefitting and are easy to clip on (sold separately).

CODE

DESCRIPTION

265020 ICE-CREAM CONTAINER 2LITRE REJECT

CTN/QTY

UOM

120/CTN CTN

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

262021

FOOD CONTAINER RECTANGLE PLASTIC 750ML

500/CTN CTN

262020

FOOD CONTAINER RECTANGLE PLASTIC 1000ML

500/CTN CTN

262019

FOOD CONTAINER LID RECTANGLE PLASTIC

500/CTN CTN

ROUND PLASTIC FOOD CONTAINERS

ENDURA CHIP CUP

Round plastic food containers in a range of sizes. Lids are close-fitting and easy to clip on (sold separately).

Strong and sturdy construction, 100% recyclable and perfect for chips, wedges and calamari. Can be custom printed to promote your brand.

CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

262026 FOOD CONTAINER ROUND PLASTIC 225ML

500/CTN CTN

269008 FOOD CONTAINER ROUND PLASTIC 250ML

500/CTN CTN

262024 FOOD CONTAINER ROUND PLASTIC 425ML

500/CTN CTN

269006 FOOD CONTAINER ROUND PLASTIC 750ML

500/CTN CTN

269005 FOOD CONTAINER LID ROUND PLASTIC

500/CTN CTN

184

DESCRIPTION

264862 ENDURA CHIP CUP BROWN

CTN/QTY

UOM

500/CTN CTN


FOOD CONTAINERS

ENDURA FOOD TRAYS

DETPAK WHITE PAILS

Strong and sturdy construction, 100% recyclable and available in a range of sizes. Nestled for easy story. These can be custom printed.

Poly-lined meaning it’s fit for saucy foods and salad dressings. Available in a range of sizes, with and without handles. Non-handle pails can be microwaved to reheat food.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

264861 ENDURA FOOD TRAY #1 BROWN 131X91X50MM

CTN/QTY

UOM

500/CTN

CTN

ENDURA FOOD TRAY #2 BROWN 178X178X45MM

500/CTN

CTN

ENDURA FOOD TRAY #3 BROWN 180X134X45MM

500/CTN

CTN

ENDURA FOOD TRAY #4 BROWN 152X228X45MM

500/CTN

CTN

ENDURA FOOD TRAY #5 BROWN 255X179X58MM

500/CTN

CTN

CODE

DESCRIPTION

264858 DETPAK PAIL 8OZ 62X46X66ML WHITE

CTN/QTY

450/CTN CTN

DETPAK PAIL 16OZ 76X55X85ML WHITE

450/CTN

CTN

DETPAK PAIL 26OZ 79X66 X103ML WHITE

450/CTN

CTN

DETPAK PAIL 32OZ 89X69X110ML WHITE

450/CTN

CTN

ENDURA SNACK BOX

UNI-PAK FOAM FOOD BOXES

Strong and sturdy construction which is available in a range of sizes. These boxes are 100% compostable making them a great choice for the environment.

Foam food boxes designed to suit a range of takeaway requirements.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

264860 ENDURA REGULAR 175 X 90 X 84 BROWN

ENDURA LARGE 204 X 109 X 84 BROWN

CTN/QTY

UOM

200/CTN CTN 200/CTN

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

262054

FOOD BOX FOAM 225X155X68MM

300/CTN CTN

UOM

262052

FOOD BOX FOAM 3 COMPARTMENT

200/CTN

CTN

CTN

DETPAK WINDOW LUNCH BOX

UNI-PAK FOAM HAMBURGER CLAM SHELLS

Viewing window for premium presentation of your food item. Print capability of up to 4 colours. These are available in a range of sizes, with or without a window. Side tabs secure the lid in place.

Foam clam shells designed to hold hamburgers. Made from a heavier duty EPS for superior strength. CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

264859 DETPAK WINDOW LUNCH BOX 120X88X37ML WHITE

CTN/QTY

UOM

200/CTN

CTN

DETPAK WINDOW LUNCH BOX 150X100X45ML WHITE 200/CTN CTN

DETPAK WINDOW LUNCH BOX 180X120X50ML WHITE 200/CTN

CTN

DETPAK WINDOW LUNCH BOX 195X140X65ML WHITE 200/CTN

CTN

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

262055 FOOD BOX FOAM BURGER CLAM SHELL 150X150X96MM 400/CTN CTN

185


FOOD CONTAINERS & PLATES

MUFFIN CUPS

HUHTAMAKI PAPER PLATES

A paper liner that is filled with a muffin mixture for baking individual muffins. The cup is inserted into one of the separate pockets formed in a baking tin, so the baked muffin retains a circular shape and is also easy to remove from the muffin tin.

Paper plates in 15cm and 23cm sizes. Ideal for informal catering, barbeques, parties etc.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

364023

MUFFIN CUPS BROWN 150X150MM 60GSM

5000/CTN CTN

364024

MUFFIN CUPS WHITE 150X150MM 55GSM

5000/CTN CTN

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

35PLATPAP15

PAPER PLATE 15002 15CM 250/PKT

4PKT/CTN PKT

35PLATPAP23/250 PAPER PLATE 23002Z 23CM 250/PK

4PK/CN

UOM

PKT

EMPEROR FOIL DISHES Rectangular aluminium foil dishes in different sizes, ideal for a range of catering requirements.

HUHTAMAKI PLASTIC PLATE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

262062

FOIL DISH DEEP CATER 525MMX325MMX90MM

25/CTN

CTN

262060

FOIL PIE DISH SINGLE 102MMX25MM

2000/CTN CTN

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

262058

FOIL PIE DISH DEEP 203MMX27MM

1000/CTN CTN

35PLATPL18

PLASTIC PLATE 12536 18CM

50/PKT

PKT

262059

FOIL PIE DISH MEDIUM 127MMX31MM

2000/CTN CTN

35PLATPL23W

PLASTIC PLATE 12528 23CM

25/PKT

PKT

262061

FOIL PIE DISH FAMILY 200MMX20MM

1000/CTN CTN

35PLATPL23PW

PLASTIC PLATE 12535 23CM

50/PKT

PKT

262057

FOIL LOAF DISH 188MMX110MMX38MM

1000/CTN CTN

The easy catering solution with no washing up.

EMPEROR SHO-BOWLS LIDS

HUHTAMAKI PLASTIC BOWLS

Functional and attractive food containers constructed from strong APET plastic, perfect for displaying salads, desserts and other cold foods. Hinged lids are virtually airtight to ensure that your product stays fresher for longer.

18cm plastic bowls ideal for informal catering, barbeques, parties etc.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

262035

SHO-BOWL 66-20DLS 550ML DOME LID

100/CTN

CTN

262040

SHO-BOWL 40-16DLS 460ML DOME LID

300/CTN

CTN

262031

SHO-BOWL 66-32FLS 1050ML FLAT LID

100/CTN

CTN

186

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

35BOWLPL18

PLASTIC BOWL 12537 18CM

50/PKT

PKT


UTENSILS

PLASTIC CUTLERY

HUHTAMAKI PLASTIC STIRRER

Easy and economical, perfect for Christmas parties and summer entertaining. A great catering solution without washing up.

Economical and easy to use.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

285006

PLASTIC FORK

100/PKT PKT

285001

PLASTIC KNIFE

100/PKT PKT

285007

PLASTIC DESSERT SPOON

100/PKT PKT

285005

PLASTIC TEASPOON PREMIUM

100/PKT PKT

283030

PLASTIC TEASPOON SNELL BULK PP

3000/CTN CTN

282010

FOLDABLE SPORK

1000/CTN PKT

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

283000

PLASTIC STIRRER 15109 1000/PKT*

10PK/CTN

PKT

WOODEN STIRRERS

EMPEROR DRINKING STRAW FLEXI BLK

Economical alternative to teaspoons for informal catering.

Flexible drinking straws ideal for catering, commercial and household requirements.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

35WOOD WOODEN STIRRERS 1000/PKT

CTN/QTY

UOM

10PKT/CTN PKT

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

UOM

283040

DRINKING STRAW FLEXI BLK 40PK/CTN

250/PKT

PKT

187


SERVIETTES

EMPEROR SERVIETTES 4 FOLD

TORK COCKTAIL SERVIETTE

White 1 ply serviettes suitable for any occasion. 4 fold 300x300mm.

This 2 ply serviette is the perfect size for any function or event with a sharp edge embossed designed to impress your guests.

ODE

DESCRIPTION

206004 EMPEROR SERVIETTE 4 FOLD 300X300MM 1PY

CTN QTY

UOM

3000/CTN CTN

CODE DESCRIPTION

UOM

203032 TORK COCKTAIL SERVIETTE 2PLY WHITE

CTN

TORK UNIVERSAL SERVIETTES

TORK XPRESSNAP SERVIETTES & DISPENSER

These white napkins are perfect for use in lunch rooms or at events such as barbeques or work functions.

Interfolded, 1 ply, lap-sized napkins in white or natural. Made from 100% recycled fibres. 216x330mm, 500 per pack, 12 packs per carton. Environmental Choice North America accredited.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN/QTY

20HOST TORK LUNCHEON SERVIETTE 1PLY 2169972 250/PKT 8/CTN 202019

TORK LUNCHEON SERVIETTE 2PLY WHITE 100PK

UOM

PKT

18PKT/CTN CTN

Tork Xpressnap Dispenser: A perfect fit for tables and countertops. High capacity to minimise labour time and costs. Easy to load, with a viewing window to show when the dispenser needs refilling. The practical, angled dispenser ensures patrons touch only the napkin they use. Dimensions are 333x435x195mm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRIPTION

203020 TORK XPRESSNAP SERVIETTES WHITE 500/PKT

CTN QTY

UOM

12PKT/CTN CTN

203021 TORK XPRESSNAP SERVIETTES NATURAL DX906E 500/PKT 12PKT/CTN CTN 203028 TORK XPRESSNAP DISPLAY TABLE TOP BLACK/CLEAR

188

EA


9

HYGIENE & CLEANING

Feature Pages

190

Cleaners

238

Toilet Tissue & Dispensers

197

Spray & Wipes

239

Hand Towels & Dispensers

205

Degreasers

240

Facial Tissues

212

Disinfectants

241

Multi-Purpose Wipes

213

Glass Cleaners & Insecticides

242

Wipes & Dispensers

214

Dishwashing Detergent

243

Hand Soaps & Dispensers

224

Laundry, Floor Cleaner & Sponges 244

Antibacterial Soaps & Sanitisers

231

Scourers

245

Cleansing Creams

233

Brushes

246

Hair & Body Soap

234

Brooms & Mops

247

Air Freshners

235

Buckets & Bins

248

Toilet Cleaners

236

189


VIKAN – MAXIMUM HYGIENE CLEANING IMPLEMENTS FOR THE WHOLE WORLD Danish manufacturer Vikan is a world leader in colour coded hygiene products for the dairy, food processing, manufacturing and industrial sectors. A colour coding system enhances food safety and HACCP plans within an organisation. All Vikan products are manufactured from FDA and EU approved materials, which are safe to use in a food environment and easy to clean at high temperatures to eliminate bacteria and prevent cross contamination. Products are extensively researched, developed and tested to meet ISO 9001 & 14001 standards for safety and approved manufacturing processes. Vikan is quality certified to ensure consistent quality products are entering the market.

Colour coding is easy to use and prevents cross contamination encouraging employees to be more aware of hygiene in the work place. All products are durable, ergonomic and can interface into existing QA systems.

SPEAK TO YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE OR OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE TEAM ABOUT ADOPTING A COLOUR CODING SYSTEM FOR YOUR CLEANING EQUIPMENT. 190


HYGIENIC AND EFFECTIVE CLEANING AT THE SAME TIME Vikan’s wide range of products enables users to deliver both hygienic and effective cleaning. The implements are also simple to use and easy to clean. Many of our products have been approved for contact with foodstuffs and have undergone quality tests. This ensures our customer’s hygiene standards are always maintained and, in most cases, improved significantly. Vikan’s cleaning implements not only provide you with

optimum cleaning solutions, but they also meet the needs of both the environment and the staff using the products in their everyday work. Our equipment is designed with the user in mind as it both significantly reduces the need for chemicals and enables the user to work in a more ergonomically friendly way.

SNELL CAN SUPPLY A WIDE RANGE OF VIKAN PRODUCTS. SPEAK TO YOUR SNELL REPRESENTATIVE ABOUT WHICH PRODUCTS WILL BEST SUIT YOUR BUSINESS. 191


HYGIENE FACT FILE The microbes on our food that can cause food poisoning are usually controlled by heating and/or chilling our food, but given the chance they can easily spread around the kitchen – via our hands, chopping boards, cloths, knives and other utensils. If microbes are allowed to cross contaminate other foods – especially cooked and ready to eat foods – they can make us ill. Good kitchen hygiene and good personal hygiene are important to help control the spread of harmful germs.

• Keep all food cupboards clean, cool, tidy and dry. • Give your kitchen a thorough ‘spring clean’ periodically.

CLEANING MATERIALS

KITCHEN HYGIENE

Use the right materials for the job:

A good habit to get into is to try and clean as you go. Here are a few more tips to help keep your kitchen clean.

• Detergents such as washing up liquids are designed to dissolve grease, oil and dirt.

• Always clean kitchen surfaces after preparing food.

• Disinfectants, such as bleach, are designed to kill germs. These are powerful agents and should not be used indiscriminately.

• Raw meat, poultry, fish and other raw foods can easily cross-contaminate other foods. After handling always wash hands, utensils and surfaces thoroughly and before any contact with other food, especially cooked and ready to eat foods. • After use, wash all crockery and utensils with hot water and washing up liquid. Change the water regularly then rinse in clean, hot water. • Tea towels can be a source of cross-contamination. Preferably, use disposable cloths or paper towels. • If you have a dishwasher use the right amounts of salt and detergent and keep the filter and all surfaces clean. The highest temperature cycle will be most effective against germs.

• Anti-bacterial cleaners are types of disinfectant and can kill germs. They often come in spray form. Read all the instructions before use to make sure you are getting the full effectiveness of the product. Always clean surfaces first with detergent to remove any grease and dirt, and then apply disinfectant to kill any remaining germs. Use disposable cloths to reduce the risk of spreading germs and always use separate cloths or sponges for separate tasks.

DID YOU KNOW? THE NUMBER OF GERMS ON FINGERTIPS DOUBLES AFTER USING THE TOILET. 192


HYGIENE FACT FILE RUBBISH Kitchen rubbish bins are an obvious breeding ground for germs, so empty them regularly, especially in the summer. Use a lidded bin and a bin liner. Even with a liner, bins get dirty so clean them out with hot water and disinfectant at regular intervals.

PERSONAL HYGIENE When to wash hands Some germs can stay alive on our hands for up to three hours and in that time they can be spread to all the things we touch – including food and other people. So wash your hands regularly throughout the day and especially at these times: Before: • Preparing food • Eating • Caring for the sick; changing dressings, giving medicines • Starting work; especially if you are a food handler or health professional • Putting in contact lenses

Between: • Handling raw foods (meat, fish, poultry and eggs) and touching any other food or kitchen utensils After: • Handling raw foods, particularly meat, fish, and poultry • Going to the toilet • Touching rubbish/waste bins • Coughing or sneezing, especially if you are sick • Handling and stroking pets or farm animals • Gardening – even if you wear gloves

HOW TO WASH HANDS We all think we know how to wash our hands but many of us don’t do it properly. • Always use warm water. It’s better to wet hands before applying soap as this prevents irritation. • Rub hands together vigorously for about 15 seconds, making sure both sides of the hands are washed thoroughly, around the thumbs, between each finger and around and under the nails. • Then, rinse with clean water. • Germs spread more easily if hands are wet so dry them thoroughly. Use a clean, dry towel, paper towel. Air dryers will spread bacteria around your washroom and take longer to dry your hands.

DID YOU KNOW? 1,000 TIMES AS MANY GERMS SPREAD FROM DAMP HANDS AS FROM DRY HANDS 193


HYGIENE TIPS PESTS

OTHER PERSONAL HYGIENE TIPS

Pests can help to cross contaminate, spread disease and they can cause allergies. Make sure that insects, birds and rodents are kept out of the kitchen and throw out any food they encounter.

• If you are ill, especially with any gastro-intestinal problems, avoid handling food for others.

To control flies and wasps, hang up an insecticidal strip (do not use aerosol sprays in the kitchen) and use traps for mice and rats. If the problem is serious, or if you have an infestation of cockroaches, ants or other pests, you might need to seek professional advice from your local environmental health department or a commercial pest control agency.

• Don’t sneeze or cough near foods. • Cover cuts, burns and sores and change dressings regularly. Always use waterproof dressings. • Avoid working in the kitchen in dirty clothing. • Take off any jewelry you may have on your wrists or fingers including watches If you are preparing lots of food. • Keep your nails short and don’t use varnish.

Did you know? • If you wear a ring there could be as many germs under it as there are people in Europe. Millions of germs can also hide under watches and bracelets. • Don’t brush or comb your hair when you are in the kitchen or near food. • A 1mm hair follicle can harbour 50,000 germs. • The average person loses 80 hairs a day and 200 while washing their hair. • Do not cough, sneeze, spit or smoke near food and avoid touching your nose, teeth, ears and hair, or scratching when handling food.

BEING AWARE OF ALL THE POSSIBLE HYGIENE RISKS IN YOUR WORKPLACE IS A CRUCIAL PART OF PRO ACTIVELY LOOKING AFTER YOUR BRAND. 194


ECO-LABEL ACCREDITATIONS ENVIRONMENTAL CHOICE NEW ZEALAND Initiated and endorsed by the New Zealand Government, Environmental Choice is New Zealand’s official ecolabelling programme. It indicates reduced environmental impact over the product’s lifecycle compared to products which do not meet an equivalent standard. It provides a credible and independent guide to help consumers identify products and services that are less harmful to the environment.

NORDIC SWAN The Nordic Ecolabel is the official ecolabel for the Nordic countries, with the goal of achieving a sustainable society through sustainable consumerism. This is done by a voluntary license system where the applicant agrees to follow a certain criteria set outlined by the Nordic Ecolabelling Board in cooperation with stakeholders. These criteria include environmental, quality and health arguments. The criteria levels promote products and services belonging to the most environmentally sound and take into account factors such as free trade and proportionality (cost vs. benefits).

BLUE ANGEL The Blue Angel is a German certification that is designed to distinguish the positive environmental features of products and services on a voluntary basis. It is the first and oldest environment related label for products and services in the world. The Blue Angel is awarded to products and services which, from a holistic point of view, are of considerable benefit to the environment and, at the same time, meet high standards of serviceability, health and occupational protection. Economical use of raw materials during production and use, a long service life and a sustainable disposal are taken into consideration.

TORK WASHROOM SYSTEMS Lift your washroom with the right selection. A clean and well managed washroom shows your concern for your guests and employees. The right combination of dispensers and refills saves maintenance time, reduces waste and ensures long lasting performance.

ASSESSING YOUR WASHROOM Choosing the right hygiene system for your washroom needs is easy. The following four factors are important to consider: 1. Size of washroom – A washroom’s size affects which dispensers are most suitable, and this in turn affects the capacity level. 2. Visitors – How often is your facility used and by how many people? The number of visitors is important when choosing the proper size and capacity of a hygiene system. 3. Cleaning – How often will your facility be cleaned and how often will dispensers need to be refilled? A hygiene system’s capacity should at least match the number of visitors expected between each round of cleaning. 4. Paper quality Your choice of paper quality is very important for hygiene, comfort and consumption control. The level of quality can also reflect upon your desired company image. Tork has three quality levels: Tork Premium – the best you can get. Tork Advanced – offers good quality. Well rounded performance. Tork Universal – meets your everyday needs.

TORK CAPACITY SYMBOLS After assessing your washroom, you will have an idea of what capacity level and paper quality you require. Tork has three symbols to help you choose the right hygiene system: Low capacity – Suits smaller washrooms with fewer visitors and regular cleaning. Medium capacity – Fits large washrooms with many visitors and longer maintenance cycles. High capacity – The best choice for busy, larger washrooms with a high volume of visitors.

USING ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY PRODUCTS IS AN EASY WAY TO HELP REDUCE YOUR CARBON FOOTPRINT. 195


AIR DRYERS VS HAND TOWELS 80% of common infectious diseases are spread by our hands. Proper washroom hygiene can help stop the spread. Many companies use hand dryers in their bathrooms with the idea that they are a more hygienic option. However, research suggests that hand dryers spread more germs than paper towels. Hand dryers move warm bacteria filled water droplets around the washroom, leading to illnesses being shared.

When the two options were compared, the use of paper towels consistently out performed all the other drying techniques, especially with regard to bacteria left on the palms and fingertips. Paper towels remove bacteria in a way that conventional warm air dryers are incapable of replicating.

A study published in the Journal of Hospital Infection found that air dryers spread 27 times more microbes and bacteria than paper towels. Surfaces surrounding the air dryers up to 6 feet away were covered in bacteria from the dryer. The bacteria were also found to linger in the air surrounding the dryer up to 15 minutes after use.

Staying informed is an easy way to understand the spread of bacteria and keep your work environment safe from potential illness. Speak to your Snell Representative for other ways to help prevent the spread of illness.

Aside from spreading bacteria, air dryers also take longer to dry hands than paper towels. The study also found that a single paper towel dried hands in 10 seconds, compared to an air dryer which took 45 seconds. Since bacteria is more likely to transfer when hands are wet it is important that people are able to dry their hands quickly.

JET DRYERS SPREAD 1300 TIMES MORE GERMS THAN DISPOSABLE PAPER TOWELS. *Study published by the journal of applied microbiology.

196


TOILET TISSUE & DISPENSERS

SNELL PREMIUM JUMBO ROLL

SCOTT® 5741 TOILET TISSUE

This high quality strong virgin tissue is compatible with the Snell Double Jumbo Dispenser. The tissue is 2 ply measuring at 90mm x 300m, while coming in 8 rolls per carton.

Quality and value, white, 2 ply toilet tissue. Individually wrapped for improved hygiene. 400 sheets per roll, 48 rolls per carton. FSC® certified.

Suitable for either of these dispensers: 101500: This is a sturdy option made from strong ABS Plastic. It is suitable for Jumbo Toilet Tissue Rolls up to diameter 230mm and width 90mm. 108012: This dispenser fits Snell Premium Jumbo Rolls and allows for two rolls per dispenser to reduce refill times. Dispensers free on loan. Talk to your Account Manager for more information. Conditions Apply.

Dispenser: High capacity dispensing solution. Lockable to help prevent pilferage. Dimensions are 132x420x145mm (wxhxd). Compatible with most standard toilet rolls. CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

101021

SCOTT 5741 2PLY TOILET TISSUE

48/CTN

CTN

105504

KLEENEX DISPENSER 4976 THREE ROLL

EA

108013: This single roll dispenser fits Snell Premium Jumbo Rolls. Dispensers free on loan. Conditions Apply. CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

101070

SNELL PREMIUM JUMBO ROLL 2 PLY 300M

8/CTN

CTN

101500

SNELL JUMBO TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER

EA

108012

SNELL DOUBLE JUMBO TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER MPD-594

EA

108013

SNELL SINGLE JUMBO ROLL DISPENSER MPD-756W

EA

SCOTT* 4321 INTERLEAVED TOILET TISSUE Quality and value, white, 1 ply interleaved toilet tissue. Sheet size is 20.5x10cm. 500 sheets per pack, 36 packs per carton. Standard, white and grey, tough ABS plastic interleaved toilet tissue dispenser. Lockable with high capacity. Easy to load and top up. Viewing window for easy checking. Dimensions are 135x420x130mm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY UOM

204321

SCOTT 4321 1PLY INTERLEAVED TOILET TISSUE

36/CTN CTN

99FOL4401 K/CLARK DISPENSER 69460 WHITE

EA

197


TOILET TISSUE & DISPENSERS

KLEENEX® 5749 JUMBO TOILET ROLL

KLEENEX®4735 DELUXE TOILET ROLL

Premium quality, white, 2 ply roll with superior softness. 300m per roll, 6 rolls per carton. FSC® certified. Compatible with the Kimberly-Clark* Jumbo Roll Dispensers.

Premium quality, white, 2 ply embossed toilet tissue with superior softness. Individually wrapped for improved hygiene. 400 sheets per roll, 48 rolls per carton. FSC® certified.

Dispenser: The KIMBERLY-CLARK* Compact Double Jumbo Roll Dispenser reduces the chance of run outs during peak times. This high capacity dispenser reduces the frequency of janitorial servicing. The use of a sliding panel prevents access to the spare roll until the first roll is depleted which eliminates roll waste, helping you save time and money. Available in White and Smoke.

Dispenser: High capacity dispensing solution. Lockable to help prevent pilferage. Dimensions are 132x420x145mm (wxhxd). Compatible with most standard toilet rolls.

CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY UOM

101008

KLEENEX 5749 2 PLY JUMBO TOILET ROLL 300M

6/CTN CTN

CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

204735

KLEENEX 4735 2 PLY DELUXE TOILET ROLL

48/CTN

CTN

105504

KLEENEX DISPENSER 4076 THREE ROLL

EA

99FOL4913 K/CLARK DISPENSER 70210 COMPACT DOUBLE JUMBO WHITE EA

KLEENEX® 4738 EXECUTIVE ROLL TWIN PACK Premium quality, white, 2 ply toilet tissue with superior softness. 250 sheets per roll, pack of 2 rolls. 48 rolls per box. FSC® certified. Dispenser: High capacity dispensing solution. Lockable to help prevent pilferage. Dimensions are 132x420x145mm (wxhxd). Compatible with most standard toilet rolls.

198

CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

204738

KLEENEX 4738 2 PLY EXECUTIVE TOILET ROLLS

48/BDLE

BDLE

105504

KLEENEX DISPENSER 4976 THREE ROLL

EA


TOILET TISSUE & DISPENSERS

KLEENEX® 4322 INTERLEAVED TOILET TISSUE

PACIFIC D2-400B DELUXE TOILET TISSUE

Premium quality, white, 2 ply interleaved toilet tissue with superior softness. Sheet size is 20.5x10cm. 250 sheets per pack, 36 packs per carton.

Premium quality, embossed, 2 ply, FSC certified. Individually wrapped for improved hygiene. 400 sheets per roll, 48 rolls per carton.

Dispenser: Standard, white and grey, tough ABS plastic interleaved toilet tissue dispenser. Lockable with high capacity. Easy to load and top up. Viewing window for easy checking. Dimensions are 135x420x130mm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

204322

KLEENEX 4322 2PLY INTERLEAVED TOILET TISSUE 36/CTN

CTN

99FOL4401 K/CLARK DISPENSER 69460 WHITE

Dispenser: This dispenser has a two roll drop down design. The Smoke blue colour allows for users to easily tell if refilling is needed. Dimensions are 11.7x27.8x11.4cm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRITPION

108003

PACIFIC D2-400B DELUXE 2PLY TOILET TISSUE 400/SHT 48/CTN CTN

CTN QTY

UOM

108006

PACIFIC DISPENSER D31 2-DROP DOWN T/TISSUE

EA

EA

PACIFIC C2-400 CLASSIC TOILET TISSUE ROLLS Quality and value, 2 ply, 100% virgin toilet tissue. Individually wrapped for improved hygiene. 400 sheets per roll, 48 rolls per carton. CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY UOM

101038

PACIFIC C2-400 CLASSIC 2PLY TOILET TISSUE

48/CTN CTN

101033

PACIFIC C2-400W CLASSIC 2PLY TOILET ROLLS 400SHT 48/CTN CTN

199


TOILET TISSUE & DISPENSERS

PACIFIC GREEN RECYCLED TOILET TISSUE

PACIFIC DI2 DELUXE INTERLEAVED TISSUE

Quality, 2 ply, 100% recycled tissue with 100% post consumer waste content. Individually wrapped for improved hygiene. 400 sheets per roll, 48 rolls per carton. FSC® certified.

2 ply, 100% virgin deluxe interleaved toilet tissue. 250 sheets per pack, 36 packs per carton.

Dispenser: This dispenser has a two roll drop down design. The Smoke blue colour allows for users to easily tell if refilling is needed. Dimensions are 11.7x27.8x11.4cm (wxhxd).

Dispenser: ABS plastic interleaved toilet tissue dispenser. Holds 3½ packs of tissue. Stylish and contemporary design, with push button or key lock security. Display window to indicate when replacement is needed. Dimensions are 135x420x135mm (wxhxd).

CODE

CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

101048 PACIFIC G2-400 GREEN 2PLY TOILET TISSUE 400SHT/ROLL 48/CTN   CTN

101034

PACIFIC DI2 DELUXE 2PLY INT/LVD TOILET TISSUE

36/CTN

CTN

108006 PACIFIC DISPENSER D31 2-DROP DOWN T/TISSUE

101031

PACIFIC DISPENSER D30W INTERLEAVED WHITE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY UOM

EA

PACIFIC CI2 CLASSIC TOILET TISSUE 2 ply, 100% virgin interleaved toilet tissue. 250 sheets per pack, 36 packs per carton. Dispenser: ABS plastic interleaved toilet tissue dispenser. Holds 3½ packs of tissue. Stylish and contemporary design, with push button or key lock security. Display window to indicate when replacement is needed. Dimensions are 135x420x135mm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

101029

PACIFIC CI2 CLASSIC 2PLY INT/L T/TISSUE 250/PK

36/CTN

CTN

101031

PACIFIC DISPENSER D30W INTERLEAVED WHITE

200

EA

EA


TOILET TISSUE & DISPENSERS

PACIFIC DELUXE JUMBO ROLL

PACIFIC GREEN RECYCLED JUMBO ROLL

A cost effective and practical, white, 2-ply tissue. Designed to accommodate moderate and high traffic areas.This comes at 300m per roll, 8 rolls per carton and is FSC Certified.

Being 100% recycled with 100% post-consumer waste content, the Pacific Green range sets new standards for quality and softness-qualities not traditionally associated with recycled product. FSC® Certified

Dispenser: Plastic double jumbo roll dispenser. Key lock for security. Easy maintenance. Dimensions are 480x270x132 (wxhxd).

Dispenser: Plastic single jumbo roll dispenser. Key lock for security. Easy maintenance. Dimensions are 265x280x125mm (wxhxd).

CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY UOM

108010

PACIFIC DJ1 DELUXE 1PLY 500M

8/CTN

CTN

108016

PACIFIC GJ1A GREEN 1PLY T/TISSUE 500M

8/CTN

108009

PACIFIC DJ2 DELUXE 2PLY 300M

8/CTN

CTN

108015

PACIFIC GJ2A GREEN 2PLY JUMBO T/TISSUE 300M

8/CTN CTN

99FOLD33 PACIFIC DISPENSER D33B DOUBLE JUMBO BLACK

EA

101067

PACIFIC DISPENSER D32 SINGLE JUMBO WHITE

EA

102006

PACIFIC DISPENSER D33W DOUBLE JUMBO WHITE

EA

99FOLD33 PACIFIC DISPENSER D33B DOUBLE JUMBO BLACK

EA

101067

PACIFIC DISPENSER D32 SINGLE JUMBO WHITE

EA

102006

PACIFIC DISPENSER D33W DOUBLE JUMBO WHITE

EA

CTN

PACIFIC CMJ2 CLASSIC MINI JUMBO ROLL An economical tissue that doesn’t compromise quality. Accommodates medium to high traffic areas. Individually wrapped. 2 ply, 100m roll. Dispenser: Plastic dispenser that holds two mini jumbo rolls. Key lock for security. Easy maintenance. Dimensions are 315x185x120mm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

101040

PACIFIC CMJ2 MINI JUMBO 2PLY TOILET TISSUE 100M

18/CTN CTN

UOM

101066 PACIFIC DISPENSER D34W MINI JUMBO T/TISSUE WHITE

EA

101032 PACIFIC DISPENSER D34B MINI JUMBO T/TISSUE SMOKE

EA

201


TOILET TISSUE & DISPENSERS

TORK UNIVERSAL T4 ROLLS

TORK ADVANCED ROLL T4

Soft and absorbent. Individually wrapped for improved hygiene. White, 1 ply, virgin toilet tissue. 500 sheets per roll, 48 rolls per carton. Environmental Choice New Zealand and FSC® certified.

Tork® Soft Conventional Toilet Rolls are the most popular toilet rolls in the range due to their consistent high quality and value. Features a quilt emboss for extra softness and available in three different pack configurations to suit your needs. Environmental Choice New Zealand and FSC® certified.

CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

103006

TORK 2185914 1PLY UNI TOILET PAPER 500 T4

48/CTN CTN

CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

48/CTN CTN

103028

TORK 0000234 2PLY ADV TOILET PAPER 400 T4

48/CTN

CTN

20COMM850 TORK 2170329 1PLY UNI TOILET PAPER 850 T4

UOM

TORK UNIVERSAL 6-PACK T4 ROLLS

TORK ADVANCED SOFT CONVENTIONAL ROLL T4

Soft and absorbent. White, 1 ply or 2ply, virgin toilet tissue. 500 0r 220 sheets per roll, pack of 6 rolls. 72 rolls per carton. FSC® certified. CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

Tork® Soft Conventional Toilet Rolls are the most popular toilet rolls in the range due to their consistent high quality and value. Features a quilt emboss for extra softness and available in three different pack configurations to suit your needs.

101005

TORK 2198857 1PLY UNIT TOILET PAPER 500 T4 72/CTN

CTN

CODE

CTN

20ROY4350 TORK 2170339 2PLY ADV SOFT CONVT TOILET ROLL 400 9PKT PKT

20COMM220 TORK 2170330 2PLY UNI TOILET PAPER 220 T4

72/CTN

103084

Soft and absorbent. Individually wrapped for improved hygiene. White, 2 ply, virgin toilet tissue. 280 sheets per roll, 48 rolls per carton. Environmental Choice New Zealand and FSC® certified. DESCRITPION

20HYGPRES TORK 2170336 2PLY PREM TOILET PAPER 280 T4

CTN QTY

UOM

TORK 2263269 2PLY ADV SOFT CONVT TOILET ROLL 48/CTN CTN

TORK TWIN ROLL DISPENSER T4

TORK PREMIUM ROLL T4

CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

48/CTN CTN

ABS Plastic twin roll dispenser - avoid inconvenient run-out with a back-up supply. Slim design, ideal for compact spaces. Easy to use, with teeth for better tear-off. Features an innovative locking system - can be set to be opened with or without a key. Dimensions are 286x158x153mm (wxhxd). Compatible with most conventional toilet rolls. CODE DESCRITPION

103053

TORK 557000 DISPENSER TWIN TOILET T4 WHITE

UOM

EA

All of the rolls on this page are compatible for this dispenser

202


TOILET TISSUE & DISPENSERS

TORK SMARTONE TOILET ROLL & DISPENSERS T9

TORK UNIVERSAL & ADVANCED JUMBO ROLL T1

Tork SmartOne Toilet Roll T9 provides a soft 2 ply paper that is compatible with the Tork SmartOne T9 dispensers. Tork SmartOne dispensers are efficient and very robust. Suitable for demanding washrooms with high traffic.

Extra long, economical roll length so less refilling is required. White, 1 ply or 2ply, virgin toilet tissue. 650m or 320m roll, 6 rolls per carton. Environmental Choice New Zealand and FSC® certified.

CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

103083

TORK SMARTONE MINI TOILET ROLL

12ROLL/CTN CTN

103081

TORK DISPENSER SMARTONE TOILET TWIN MINI T9

EA

103082

TORK DISPENSER SMARTONE TOILET MINI T9

EA

Dispenser: High-capacity plastic dispenser with stub roll feature to reduce wastage. Equals up to 13 conventional rolls, saving on maintenance time. Translucent front window makes it easy to see when refilling is required. Features an innovative locking system - can be set to be opened with or without a key. Optimal roll brake for smooth dispensing and no paper on floor. Fibreglass-reinforced teeth for durability and easy tear-off. Includes handy built-in spirit level for easy installation. Dimensions are 437x360x133mm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY UOM

103005 TORK 2179142 1PLY UNI TOILET PAPAER JUMBO T1 650M 6/BDLE CTN 103004 TORK 2179144 2PLY ADV TOILET PAPER JUMBO T1 320M 6/BDLE BDLE 103054 TORK DISPENSER 554030 JUMBO TOILET T1 WHITE

EA

103055 TORK DISPENSER 554038 JUMBO TOILET T1 BLACK

EA

203


TOILET TISSUE & DISPENSERS

TORK PREMIUM MINI JUMBO ROLL T2

TORK UNIVERSAL JUMBO JUNIOR ROLL T2

Premium quality toilet roll. Ultimate thickness and softness. White, 2 ply, virgin toilet tissue. 170m roll, 12 rolls per carton. Environmental Choice New Zealand and FSC® certified.

Tork® Junior Jumbo Toilet Rolls are the most economical refills in the range providing a good quality paper at an affordable price. Reduce the risk of run outs with a high capacity system that is ideal for medium size washrooms. Make a responsible choice with FSC and ECNZ certified refills.

CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY UOM

103038

TORK 110253 2PLY MINI JUMBO TOILET ROLL

12/CTN CTN

CODE

DESCRITPION

103019 TORK 2242241 1PLY UNI JUNIOR JUMBO T2

CTN QTY

UOM

18/CTN

CTN

TORK ADVANCED MINI JUMBO ROLL T2 Reduces risk of run out. Reduced cost in use and labour savings. Guaranteed environmentally responsible purchasing. White, 2 ply, virgin toilet tissue. 9.2cm x 200m, 12 rolls per carton. FSC certified. CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY UOM

103065 TORK 2306898 2PLY ADV MINI JUMBO 200M T2

12/CTN CTN

103061 TORK 120280 2PLY ADV MINI JUMBO ROLL 170M T2

12/CTN CTN

TORK MINI JUMBO ROLL DISPENSER T2 Single Dispenser: Medium to high-capacity plastic dispenser with stub roll feature to reduce wastage. Equals up to 8 conventional rolls, saving on maintenance time. Optimal roll brake for smooth dispensing and no paper on floor. Fibreglass-reinforced teeth for durability and easy tear-off. Dimensions are 345x275x132mm (wxhxd). Twin Dispenser: High-capacity plastic dispenser which holds two mini jumbo rolls for reduced maintenance time. Optimal roll brake for smooth dispensing and no paper on floor. Fibreglass-reinforced teeth for durability and easy tear-off. Dimensions are 432x256x146mm (wxhxd). Compatible with the Tork T2 Mini Jumbo Toilet Rolls.

TORK UNIVERSAL MINI JUMBO ROLL T2 Tork® Mini Jumbo Toilet Rolls are the most economical refills in the range providing a good quality paper at an affordable price. CODE

DESCRITPION

103075 TORK 2306897 UNIVERSAL T/PAPER MINI JUMBO T2

CTN QTY UOM

CODE DESCRITPION

UOM

103058 TORK DISPENSER 555000 MINI JUMBO TOILET T2 WHITE

EA

103059 TORK DISPENSER 555008 MINI JUMBO TOILET T2 BLACK

EA

103073 TORK DISPENSER 555500 MIN JUMBO TWIN T2 WHITE

EA

12/CTN CTN

TORK ADVANCED JUMBO JUNIOR ROLL T2 Tork® Soft Jumbo Junior Toilet Rolls are one of the most popular variant in the range due to its consistent high quality and value. Reduce the risk of run outs with a high capacity system that is ideal for medium size washrooms. Make a responsible choice with FSC and ECNZ certified refills. CODE

DESCRITPION

103020 TORK 2242238 2PLY ADV JUMBO JUNIOR T2

204

CTN QTY UOM

18/CTN CTN

All the rolls on the page are compatible with these dispensers


HAND TOWELS & DISPENSERS

SNELL PREMIUM V-FOLD TOWEL

SNELL PREMIUM Z-FOLD TOWEL

This high quality tad tissue is compatible with the Snell V-fold towel dispenser. It is purchased at 150 sheets per packet with 24 packets per carton.

This high quality tad tissue is compatible with the Snell Z-fold dispenser. It comes 200 sheets per packet and 16 packets per carton.

Dispenser: The V-fold dispenser has a clear panel at the front that indicates when a refill is needed. Dispensers free on loan. CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

121092

SNELL PREMIUM V-FOLD TOWEL 150 SHEETS

24PKT/CTN CTN

UOM

129003

SNELL DISPENSER V-FOLD TOWEL MPD-708

EA

Dispenser: The Z-Fold Tall Dispenser has a clear panel at the front indicates when a refill is needed. Dispensers are free on loan. Dispenser: The Z-Fold Midi Dispenser is designed for the most demanding environments.The stylish paper towel dispenser contains a security lock preventing pilfering and has a front inspection window to help monitor paper levels. CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

121091

SNELL PREMIUM Z FOLD TOWEL 200 SHEETS

16 PKT/CTN CTN

129001

SNELL DISPENSER Z-FOLD TOWEL TALL MPD-785

EA

129002

SNELL DISPENSER Z-FOLD MIDI MPD-706

EA

205


HAND TOWELS & DISPENSERS

SCOTT* 1742 INTERFOLD TOWEL

KLEENEX 4440 COMPACT INTERFOLD TOWEL

Economical, white interfold hand towels. Features AIRFLEX* technology for superior hand-drying performance. Sheet size is 26.6x23.6cm. 250 sheets per pack, 16 packs per carton. FSC® certified.

Premium quality, white interfold hand towels with superior softness, strength and absorbency. Features AIRFLEX* technology for superior hand-drying performance. Sheet size is 29.5x19cm. 90 sheets per pack, 24 packs per carton. FSC® certified.

Dispenser: ABS plastic, compact interfold hand towel dispenser. Lockable or snap-lock. The easy-to-load dispenser is ideal for tight spaces and can be topped up for lower maintenance and reduced risk of run outs. Viewing window for easy checking of towel level. Dimensions are 225x364x70mm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

125710

SCOTT 1742 INTERFOLD TOWEL WHITE 250/PK

16/CTN

CTN

99FOL4943 K/CLARK DISPENSER 4943 FOL INTERFOLD TOWEL

EA

Dispenser: Ideal for dispensing ‘Inter-fold’ towels, without the need to touch the dispenser; helping to reduce contamination and the spread of germs. Our unique patented overfill prevention device makes refilling easy and prevents jamming and wastage. Available as: quick-fill dispenser in a sleek and contemporary design, with a white, high-gloss, easy-clean finish and no dirt or dust traps, a window (so you can see when a refill is needed). CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

204440

KLEENEX 4440 COMPACT INTERFOLD TOWEL

90/CTN

CTN

125729

AQUARIUS* DISPENSER 70240 COMPACT HAND TOWEL DISPENSER

EA

SCOTT* 4455 INTERFOLD HAND TOWEL SCOTT® Optimum Hand Towel is the preferred alternative for quality and value. The high capacity, easy-to-load dispensers require less frequent servicing and can be topped up for lower maintenance and reduced risk of run outs. CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

125730

SCOTT 4455 INTERFOLD TOWEL 24X24CM

16PKT/CASE CTN

99FOL4959 K/CLARK DISPENSER 70250 OPTIMUM TOWEL

206

UOM

EA

SCOTT* 4457 OPTIMUM TOWEL Quality and value, white interfold hand towels with unique optimum size for efficient hand drying and economy. Features AIRFLEX* technology for superior hand-drying performance. Sheet size is 30.5x21cm. 150 sheets per pack, 16 packs per carton. FSC® certified. Compatible with the Kimberly-Clark* Optimum Towel Dispenser. CODE

DESCRITPION

CTN QTY

UOM

125703

SCOTT 4457 OPTIMUM TOWEL WHITE 30.5X21CM 16PKT/CTN CTN

99FOL4959

K/CLARK DISPENSER 70250 OPTIMUM TOWEL

EA


HAND TOWELS & DISPENSERS

KLEENEX 4456 OPTIMUM INTERFOLD TOWEL

PACIFIC ULTRA DELUXE TOWEL

Premium quality towel with superior softness, strength and absorbency. Measuring at 30.5cm x 24cm they come in 120 towels per packet.

An extra-large towel with superior feel and hand drying performance. Fewer towels needed to dry hands. Interleaved, single sheet dispensing. Sheet size 23.5cmx30.75cm. 150 sheets per pack, 20 packs per carton. FSC certified.

Dispenser: The high capacity, easy-to-load dispensers require less frequent servicing and can be topped up for lower maintenance and reduced risk of run outs. Single sheet dispensing helps reduce waste and overuse and only the towel used is touched for maximum hygiene. Lockable ABS Plastic. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

121025

KLEENEX 4456 OPTIMUM INTERFOLD TOWEL

20/CTN CTN

99FOL4959

K/CLARK DISPENSER 70250 OPTIMUM TOWEL

EA

Dispensers: Robust ABS plastic dispenser with a slimline design and contemporary styling. Easy maintenance with a display window to show towel level. Top loading for easy refilling. Push button or key lock security options. The Ultra 30 dispenser holds 300 towels and measures 260x300x80mm (wxhxd). The Ultra 50 holds 500 towels and measures 260x500x80mm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

121060

PACIFIC UD200 DELUXE ULTRA TOWEL 150/PKT

20/CTN

CTN

121089

PACIFIC DISPENSER D56B ULTRA DELUXE 50 TOWEL BLACK

EA

99FOLD56 PACIFIC DISPENSER D56W ULTRA DELUXE 50 TOWEL WHITE

EA

207


HAND TOWELS & DISPENSERS

PACIFIC GREEN RECYCLED INTERFOLD TOWEL Quality 100% recycled single fold hand towel with 100% post-consumer waste content. Sheet size is 23x25.5cm. 320 sheets per pack, 12 packs per carton. FSC® certified. Dispenser: Robust, white ABS plastic interfold hand towel dispenser. Easy maintenance with top loading for easy refilling. Key lock for security. Dimensions are 275x375x140mm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

121075

PACIFIC GI-200 GREEN INTERFOLD TOWEL

12/CTN

CTN

121050

PACIFIC DISPENSER D53 INTERFOLD WHITE

EA

PACIFIC TD-200W TRIM DELUXE TOWEL Compact interleaved towel with a deluxe feel. Ideal for areas where space is limited. Single sheet dispensing to reduce the risk of cross contamination. Sheet size 20.5cmx26cm. 120 sheets per pack, 20 packs per carton. FSC certified. Dispenser: Robust ABS plastic hand towel dispenser. Sleek design to fit small, tight spaces. Easy maintenance with a display window to show towel level and top loading for easy refilling. Push button or key lock for security. Dimensions are 260x350x70mm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

121052

PACIFIC TD-200W TRIM DELUXE TOWEL

20X120/CTN CTN

121049

PACIFIC HYGIENE DISPENSER D54W TRIM TOWEL

208

UOM

EA

PACIFIC AS200 AUTOSENSE/AUTOCUT CLASSIC TOWELS Excellent, all-round absorbent towel. Ideal for all areas where performance and cost control is required. The Blue is designed for kitchens, food handling or food preparation. FSC certified. Dispensers: The AUTOsense dispenser uses a hand sensor to automatically dispense a clean towel. The AUTOcut dispenser is the manual version that cuts your roll of hand towel as you pull the towel through the dispenser. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

121042

PACIFIC AS200 AUTO SENSE WHITE 20CM 200M

6/CTN

CTN

121062

PACIFIC AS200B AUTO SENSE BLUE 20CM 182M

6/CTN

CTN

184044

PACIFIC DISPENSER D50 AUTO SENSE WHITE

EA

121069

PACIFIC DISPENSER D57 AUTOCUT WHITE

EA


HAND TOWELS & DISPENSERS

TORK UNIVERSAL SINGLE FOLD TOWEL H3

TORK ADVANCED H/TOWEL SLIMLINE H2

Good absorption capacity for efficient hand drying. One towel at a time for reduced consumption and increased hygiene. White, 1 ply, virgin material. Sheet size is 24.5x27cm. 200 sheets per pack, 24 packs per carton. FSC® certified.

Tork Carry Packs™ are easier to carry, use and dispose of. This 1 ply tissue has FSC® certification which guarantees pulp is sourced from responsibly managed forests. HACCP endorses this product to be used around food.

Dispensers: High-capacity plastic dispenser with hygienic, single-sheet dispensing. Translucent front window makes it easy to see when refilling is required. Features an innovative locking system - can be set to be opened with or without a key. Easy to top up for convenient refilling. Dimensions are 333x439x136mm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

20COMM0659 TORK 2168889 UNIVERSAL H/TOWEL H3

24/CTN CTN

122057

TORK DISPENSER 553000 ZIGZAG TOWEL H3 WHITE

EA

122056

TORK DISPENSER 553008 ZIGZAG TOWEL H3 BLACK

EA

Dispenser: Tork Xpress Multifold Hand Towel Dispenser H2 White, consistently and easily dispense one towel at a time to reduce consumption and waste. Making it one of the most versatile and popular hand towel variants in the market. Easy and intuitive maintenance, refilling and use. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

122080

TORK 148430 ADVANCED H/TOWEL SLIMLINE H2

21/CTN CTN

122062

TORK DISPENSER 552030 INTERFOLD TOWEL H2 WHITE

EA

122061

TORK DISPENSER 552038 INTERFOLD TOWEL H2 BLACK

EA

TORK ZIGZAG HAND TOWEL H3 Good absorption capacity for efficient hand drying. Special embossing adds volume and comfort. White, 2 ply, recycled/virgin material. Sheet size is 23x25cm. 250 sheets per pack, 15 packs per carton. EU Ecolabel and Nordic Ecolabel accredited. Dispensers: High-capacity plastic dispenser with hygienic, single-sheet dispensing. Translucent front window makes it easy to see when refilling is required. Features an innovative locking system - can be set to be opened with or without a key. Easy to top up for convenient refilling. Dimensions are 333x439x136mm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

123799

TORK 290163 ZIGZAG H/TOWEL WHITE H3

15/CTN CTN

122057

TORK DISPENSER 553000 ZIGZAG TOWEL H3 WHITE

EA

122056

TORK DISPENSER 553008 ZIGZAG TOWEL H3 BLACK

EA

209


HAND TOWELS & DISPENSERS

TORK 170370 ADVANCED H/TOWEL ULTRASLIM H4 Tork Ultraslim Multifold Hand Towels are thick and absorbent, suitable for a wide range of customer environments. Dispenser: High capacity dispenser holds up to 375 towels. Best suited for busy washrooms. Conveniently placed viewing windows show when servicing is required. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

122084

TORK 170370 ADVANCED H/TOWEL ULTRASLIM H4 20/CTN CTN

99FOL2170160 TORK DISPENSER 2170160 H/TOWEL ULTRASLIM MAXI H4 EA

TORK WIPING PAPER CENTERFEED ROLL H1 This product provides good absorption and high strength paper for quick absorption of light spills. The Blue wiper assists with food safety and HACCP compliance in the food industry. Flexible centrefeed system for all needs allowing one hand dispensing. Can be used in place of a hand towel as well as a wipe. Dispenser: The Tork Matic® Hand Towel Roll Dispenser in Elevation Design delivers easy maintenance to keep busy washrooms functioning and reduces consumption with one-at-a-time sheet dispensing. Tork Elevation dispensers have a functional, modern design, that makes a lasting impression on your guests. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

122067 TORK 290068 ADVANCE 2PLY BLUE TOWEL ROLL H1 150M 6/CTN CTN 122018 TORK 2198859 BLUE PERFORED C/FEED ROLL

6/CTN CTN

122053 TORK DISPENSER 551000 HAND TOWEL H1 WHITE

EA

122052 TORK DISPENSER 551008 HAND TOWEL H1 BLACK

EA

210

TORK XPRESS MULTIFOLD HAND TOWEL / SLIMLINE UNIVERSAL H2 Tork Carry Packs™ are easier to carry, use and dispose of. The FSC® certification guarantees pulp is sourced from responsibly managed forests. This product is ideal for food manufacturing and handling facilities due its color. HACCP endorses this product to be used around food. Dispenser: High-capacity plastic dispenser with hygienic, touch-free, single-sheet dispensing. Translucent front window makes it easy to see when refilling is required. Features an innovative locking system - can be set to be opened with or without a key. Side-opening hood for easy refilling and maintenance. Overfill protection ensures optimum dispensing. Includes handy built-in spirit level for easy installation. Dimensions are 302x444x102mm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

122085

TORK 312285 UNIVERSAL H/TOWEL BLUE H2

21/CTN CTN

UOM

122081

TORK 184987 UNIVERSAL H/TOWEL 1 PLY H2

21/CTN CTN

122062

TORK DISPENSER 552030 INTERFOLD TOWEL H2 WHITE

EA

122061

TORK DISPENSER 552038 INTERFOLD TOWEL H2 BLACK

EA

122060

TORK DISPENSER 552130 INTERFOLD MINI H2 WHITE

EA


HAND TOWELS & DISPENSERS

TORK ADVANCED SINGLE FOLD TOWEL H31

TORK UNIVERSAL TOWEL ROLL H1

Good absorption capacity for efficient hand drying. One towel at a time for reduced consumption and increased hygiene. White, 1 ply, virgin material. Sheet size is 24.5x27cm. 150 sheets per pack, 24 packs per carton. FSC速 certified.

Soft, through air dried (TAD) quality. White, 1 ply, virgin material. 21cm x 300m, 1224 sheets per roll. 6 rolls per carton. FSC速 certified.

Dispenser: High-capacity plastic dispenser with hygienic, single-sheet dispensing. Translucent front window makes it easy to see when refilling is required. Features an innovative locking system - can be set to be opened with or without a key. Easy to top up for convenient refilling. Dimensions are 333x439x136mm (wxhxd). Dispenser: Tork速 Centrefold Hand Towel Dispenser provides a compact footprint with a mid size capacity which is ideal for medium traffic washrooms. CODE

DESCRIPTION

20 HY0661 TORK 2170360 ADVANCED H/TOWEL H31

CTN QTY

UOM

24/CTN

CTN

Dispenser: The sensor-driven, high capacity dispenser ensures you only touch the paper you are using, making it perfect for hygienesensitive environments such as Food Processing and Healthcare. Up to 1224 hand towels per roll. Quick and easy to load. Low roll level and battery indicators. Long battery life (up to 18 months). Variable paper length setting. 0.5 second sensor delay. No paper tail. Dimensions are 331x368x206mm (wxhxd). Dispenser: The Tork Matic速 Hand Towel Roll Dispenser in Elevation Design delivers easy maintenance to keep busy washrooms functioning and reduces consumption with one-at-a-time sheet dispensing. Tork Elevation dispensers have a functional, modern design, that makes a lasting impression on your guests. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

122057

TORK DISPENSER 553000 ZIGZAG TOWEL H3 WHITE

EA

122075

TORK 290059 UNIVERSAL H/TOWEL 1PLY H1

6/CTN

CTN

122056

TORK DISPENSER 553008 ZIGZAG TOWEL H3 BLACK

EA

122046

TORK 290067 ADVANCE H/TOWEL 2PLY H1

6/CTN

CTN

122077

TORK DISPENSER 551100 SENSOR TOWEL H1 WHITE

EA

122053

TORK DISPENSER 551000 HAND TOWEL H1 WHITE

EA

122052

TORK DISPENSER 551008 HAND TOWEL H1 BLACK

EA

211


FACIAL TISSUES

KLEENEX 4720 EXECUTIVE FACIAL TISSUES

PACIFIC DF100 DELUXE FACIAL TISSUES

Good quality, soft, white, 2 ply tissues in attractive packaging. The last 10 sheets are light blue to indicate the box needs replacing, increasing house-keeping efficiency. 100 tissues per box. FSC® certified.

Soft, low-linting, pure white 2 ply tissue. Strong and absorbent. 100 tissues per box, 48 boxes per carton. FSC certified.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

204720

KLEENEX 4720 EXECUTIVE F/TISSUE 100/BOX

8/CTN

204721

KLEENEX 4721 CUBE WHITE FACIAL TISSUE 90’S

24/CTN*

UOM

BOX CTN

TORK PREMIUM FACIAL TISSUES Soft, strong and absorbent, white, 2 ply tissues. 100 tissues per box, 48 boxes per carton. FSC® certified. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

113016

TORK 2311408 FACIAL TISSUE 100PKT

48/CTN

CTN

113017

TORK 2311408 FACIAL TISSUE 100PKT

48/CTN

PKT

113000

TORK 2170303 PREM FACIAL TISSUE 224’S

24/CTN

CTN

212

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

115001

PACIFIC DF100 FACIAL TISSUE 2PLY

48/CTN*

CTN


MULTI-PURPOSE WIPES

TORK WIPING PAPER PLUS CENTREFEED M2

TORK WIPING PAPER PLUS MINI CENTREFEED M1

Tork® Centrefeed M2 is a versatile wiper system that offer high capacity dispensers for high traffic areas. Designed to reduce costs and improve hygiene and safety so you can get on with the job. Efficient wiping with extra strong, extra absorbent QuickDry technology. Use less than ordinary paper thanks to the absorbency of QuickDry technology.

Soft tissue wipers ideal for wiping surfaces. Gentle to frequently washed hands. White, 2 ply, recycled/virgin material. 22cmx75m, 214 sheets per roll, 11 rolls per carton. Nordic Swan and EU Ecolabel certified.

Multipurpose paper that’s suiable for hand drying and wiping up spills. Dispenser: Translucent front window makes it easy to see when refilling is required. Features an innovative locking system - can be set to be opened with or without a key. Easy to top up for convenient refilling. Dimensions are 239x360x227mmmm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

122032

TORK 101250 ADVANCE 420 C/FEED ROLL

6/CASE CASE

122064

TORK DISPENSER 559030 CENTREFEED ROLL M2 WHITE

EA

122066

TORK DISPENSER 559038 CENTREFEED ROLL M2 BLACK

EA

Dispenser: Gives both portion control and freedom to take as much as needed. Translucent front window makes it easy to see when refilling is required. Features an innovative locking system - can be set to be opened with or without a key. Dimensions are 174x321x165mmmm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

134006

TORK 0101221 420 ADVANCED MINI C/FEED ROLL

11/CTN CTN

122063

TORK DISPENSER 558030 MINI CENTREFEED M1 WHITE

EA

TORK WIPING PAPER ROLL M2 Tork® Centrefeed M2 is a versatile wiper system that offer high capacity dispensers for high traffic areas. Designed to reduce costs and improve hygiene and safety so you can get on with the job. Dispenser: Tork® Centrefeed dispenser in Elevation Design is a high capacity versatile solution for professional environments where both hand and surface wiping is required. Wipe surfaces quickly, due to the unrestricted flow feature that allows users to take as much as their tasks needs. Elevation dispensers have a functional and modern design. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

134014

TORK 128208 ADV WIPER 415 BLUE C/FEED 320M

6/CTN

122064

TORK DISPENSER 559030 CENTREFEED ROLL M2 WHITE

EA

122066

TORK DISPENSER 559038 CENTERFEED ROLL M2 BLACK

EA

CTN

213


WIPES & DISPENSERS

SNELL ALL-PURPOSE WIPES

WYPALL L10 CENTERFEED WIPES

Low-lint, good quality, non-woven wipes suitable for all food preparation areas. Different colours for different areas.

WYPALL Centrefeed Wipers are a low-cost personal wiping alternative. Designed as an effective, single-use wiper, which helps to prevent crosscontamination. The lockable dispenser is available, helping to discourage pilferage and waste.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

135228

SNELL WIPES PINK 60X30CM SHEET

350/CTN

CTN

135230

SNELL WIPES BLUE 60X30CM SHEET

350/CTN

CTN

135229

SNELL WIPES GREEN 60X30CM SHEET

350/CTN

CTN

135234

SNELL WIPES GREEN 60X60CM SHEET

200/CTN

CTN

135231

SNELL WIPES PINK 60X30CM SHEETS

25/PKT

PKT

135232

SNELL WIPES GREEN 60X30CM SHEETS

25/PKT

PKT

135233

SNELL WIPES BLUE 60X30CM SHEETS

25/PKT

PKT

SNELL ALL-PURPOSE WIPES ROLLS Low-lint, quality non-woven wipes suitable for all food preparation areas. Different colours for different areas. 45m rolls with 85 wipes per roll. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

135236

SNELL WIPES GREEN 30CMX45M HD ROLL

6/CTN

ROLL

135237

SNELL WIPES BLUE 30CMX45M HD ROLL

6/CTN

ROLL

214

Roll Control Centerfeed: Grey ABS plastic roll control centrefeed wiper dispenser. Lockable. Dimensions are 295x355x282mm (wxhxd). Centerfeed Dispenser: Smoke grey, ABS plastic centrefeed wiper dispenser. Lockable. Dimensions are 256x360x270mm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRIPTION

20412119CM WYPALL 4121 L10 1PLY 19CMX300M BARREL ROLL

CTN QTY

UOM

4 RL/CTN

CTN

204122

WYPALL 4122 L10 1PLY 22CMX300M BARREL ROLL

4/CTN

BOX

204124

WYPALL 4124 L20 2 PLY 22CMX165M BARREL ROLL

4/CTN

BOX

131006

WYPALL 94125 L10 1 PLY 19X42CM BARREL ROLL

4/CTN

CTN

135390

K/CLARK DISPENSER 99989 C/FEED ROLL CONTROL

EA

99FOL4940

K/CLARK DISPENSER 4940 C/FEED TOWEL

EA


WIPES & DISPENSERS

WYPALL* 4194 X50 ROAR SMALL WIPES

WYPALL* ROAR BULK PACK WIPES

General-purpose wiper made from 4 ply tissue reinforced with a polyester scrim netting that offers superior wet strength. Blue, unperforated 24.5cm x 70m roll. 4 rolls per carton.

General-purpose wiper made from 4 ply tissue reinforced with a polyester scrim netting that offers superior wet strength. Hygienic single sheets are ideal for food preparation. The self-dispensing poly-bag is portable, so the wipers can be taken to where they are needed. White, 24x42cm, 75 wipers per pack, 8 packs per carton. Two fully enclosed dispensers are available, so the wipers can be mounted to a wall to save space. The dispensers are lockable, to prevent pilferage and waste.

Dispenser: The KIMBERLY-CLARK* Small Roll Dispenser is a wall mounted, white enamel dispenser and suitable for WYPALL* X50 Wipers. CODE

DESCRIPTION

254194

WYPALL 4194 X50 ROAR 24.5CMX70M BLUE WIPES 4/CTN

CTN QTY UOM

99FOL4915 WYPALL DISPENSER 4915 X50 ROAR

CTN EA

Dispenser: The KIMBERLY-CLARK* Single Sheet Wiper Dispenser is a white ABS plastic, wall mounted and lockable dispenser suitable for WYPALL* X50 wipes. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

204208

WYPALL 4208 X50 ROAR POP UP BULK PACK

600/CTN

CTN

105514

K/CLARK DISPENSER 92170 SINGLE SHEET

EA

WYPALL* X50 ROAR SINGLE SHEET WIPES General-purpose wiper made from 4 ply tissue reinforced with a polyester scrim netting that offers superior wet strength. Ideal replacement for waste rag or tea towels. Hygienic single sheets are ideal for food preparation. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

254201 WYPALL 4201 X50 ROAR 32.5X49.5CM WHITE WIPES*

400/CTN CTN

254202 WYPALL 4202 X50 ROAR 32.5X24CM WIPES

250/CTN CTN

215


WIPES & DISPENSERS

WYPALL* 4204 X50 ROAR POP-UP WIPES

KIMTEX 4155 BLUE WIPES

General-purpose wiper made from 4 ply tissue reinforced with a polyester scrim netting that offers superior wet strength. Hygienic single sheets are ideal for food preparation. The self-dispensing pop-up box is portable, so wipers can be taken to where they are needed. It also has a space to write the user’s name on the box, helping to control usage. White, 24x42cm, 160 wipers per box, 4 boxes per carton.

100% polypropylene wiper which can absorb up to 4 times its own weight in oil. Uniquely textured to attract and hold oil, inks and solvents. Ideal for all situations where heavy duty wiping of grease and oil is required. Portable, self-dispensing box allows you to conveniently take the wiper to where it’s needed. Blue, 42x34.5cm.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

254204

WYPALL 4204 X50 ROAR POP UP WIPES

640/CTN

CTN

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

254155

EPIC WIPES 4155 BLUE

250/CTN

CTN

SCOTT* 6668 HARD ROLL TOWELS

KIMTEX* POP-UP WIPES

Quality and value, white or blue 1 ply hand towels with AIRFLEX* fabric for superior quality. High capacity hand drying solution. 50% recycled content. 20cmx304m rolls, 6 rolls per carton.

100% polypropylene, heavy duty wiper which is treated with a surfactant for superior water absorbency. Ideal for food preparation areas. Dispenses hygienically, one sheet at a time. Won’t smear surfaces and leaves stainless steel and tiles streak free. Low linting. Blue, 34.5x42cm, 40 wipers per box.

Dispenser: Perfect in high traffic environments; helping to reduce contamination and the spread of germs. Easy maintenance and minimal servicing requirements. This provides up to 1400 sheets, in a curved design with an easy-clean finish and no dirt or dust traps. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

125716

SCOTT 6668 HARD ROLL TOWEL BLUE 304M ROLL

6/CTN

CTN

105506

SCOTT 1005 HARD ROLL TOWEL 1PLY 304M

6/CTN

CTN

125723

K/CLARK DISPENSER 69590 AQUARIUS HARD R/TOWEL

216

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

131036

KIMTEX 4130 WIPES 42X34.5CM BLUE 40/PKT

4/CTN

CTN


WIPES & DISPENSERS

SORB-X CENTREFEED WIPES

TORK CLEANING WET WIPES

A general-purpose, economical, single use tissue wiper designed for light wiping tasks around the workplace. This wiper offers strength and fast absorption of oil, grease and water. Combine with a Centrefeed Dispenser to reduce usage by controlling the stream of wipers, as well as protecting against dampness and dirt. Optimise the effectiveness of the system by installing dispensers in high demand areas to enable quick and easy dispensing of wipers. Suitable for food, hospitality, healthcare, industrial and manufacturing industries.

These wipes come pre-moistened, thick, durable & disposable in a convenient, portable bucket. Hand cleaning and surface cleaning options. Tork Hygienic Micro Emulsion Formula is tough on dirt & gentle on skin. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

134066

TORK 2316793 HAND CLEANING WET WIPES

4/CTN

EA

4/CTN

EA

134067 TORK 2316794 SURF CLEANING WET WIPES

Dispenser: White plastic centrefeed wiper dispenser. Water-resistant and durable. Controlled dispensing for increased hygiene and reduced usage. Key lockable or push button opening. Dimensions are 265x320x240mm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

121027 PACIFIC 2110 SORB-X 1PLY BARREL ROLL 22CM 300M

6/CTN

CTN

121031 PACIFIC 2112 SORB-X 1PLY BARREL BLUE 22CM 300M

6/CTN

CTN

121040 PACIFIC SX2120 SORB-X 2PLY BARREL ROLL 22CM 180M 6/CTN

CTN

121051 PACIFIC DISPENSER D52 C/FEED WHITE

EA

TORK INDUSTRIAL CLEANING CLOTHS Tork® Industrial Cleaning Cloths save you time, effort and money. Compared to rags and rental cloths, you get a consistent clean cloth every time and a better, quicker cleaning result. So you have more time for production. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

134073

TORK LOW LINT CLEANING CLOTH 80/PK

5PK/CTN

CTN

134072

TORK 520371 CLEANING CLOTH HANDY BOX

280/CTN

CTN

134071

TORK HD WIPING PAPER BLUE HANDY BOX

200/CTN

CTN

TORK BASIC PAPER 1PLY CENTREFEED M2 All-round wiper for diverse working environments. Ideal for highconsumption areas. Centerfeed dispensing makes roll changes quick and easy. 1 ply, white, mixed material. Roll size is 20cmx300m. 6 rolls per carton, 1800 per case. FSC® certified. Dispenser: Translucent front window makes it easy to see when refilling is required. Features an innovative locking system - can be set to be opened with or without a key. Easy to top up for convenient refilling. Dimensions are 239x360x227mmmm (wxhxd). CODE

DESCRIPTION

124003 TORK 0120155 UNI WIPER 310 CENTREFEED 1 PLY 122064

CTN QTY

UOM

6/CTN

CASE

TORK DISPENSER 559030 CENTREFEED ROLL M2 WHITE

EA

Alternative to rags

TORK ADVANCED KITCHEN ROLLS Absorbent and strong, perforated kitchen towels. Suitable for general light cleaning duties. White, 2 ply, virgin material. Sheet size is 22.5x27cm. 70 sheets per roll, pack of 2 rolls. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

122015

TORK 2170371 ADV KITCHEN 2RL/PK

6/BDLE

PKT

217


WIPES & DISPENSERS

TORK 510137 PREM COMBI WIPER W1 Repeated use cloth - durable with efficient absorb and release properties. Soft enough to work in tight or delicate spaces. Excellent wet strength. White, 1 ply, perforated. Cloth size is 38x32cm, 400 cloths per roll. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

134041

TORK 510137 PREM COMBI WIPER W1

400SHEETS/ROLL

ROLL

TORK INDUSTRIAL HD WIPING PAPER COMBI ROLL W1/W2 Robust, bulky, heavy duty wiper excellent for cleaning up grease and dirt. Offers superior absorption of water, oils, and solvents. Dual textured surface - rough side for cleaning, smooth side for buffing. Embossed for extra efficiency in tough jobs. Blue, 3 ply, 34x23cm, 350 cloths per roll, 2 rolls per carton. Compatible with the Tork W1 & W2 Wiper/Cloth Dispensers. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

134025

TORK 440 WIPER BLUE COMBI ROLL 3PLY 350/ROLL 2/CTN CTN

TORK WIPING PAPER PLUS COMBI ROLL W1

TORK HD CLEANING CLOTH COMBI ROLL W1/W2

Single use wiper - ideal for general cleaning and most wiping applications. Absorbs oil, fat, grease. Cleans glass, mirrors and stainless steel. White, 2 ply, 34x23cm. 750 wipers per roll, 2 rolls per carton. EU Ecolabel accredited. Compatible with the Tork W1 & W2 Dispensers.

Thick, bulky and strong, non-woven, folded multipurpose cloth. Allows hard scrubbing of tough solvents without falling apart. Textured surface makes it easy to remove grease and stubborn spots. Protects hands, both from heat when handling hot plates and pans, and from being cut by metal scraps. White, 1 ply, 38x32cm cloths. 280 cloths per roll. Compatible with the Tork W1 & W2 Wiper/Cloth Dispensers.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

134026

TORK 420 WIPER WHITE COMBI ROLL 2PLY

2/CTN

CTN

218

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

134030

TORK 530 PREMIUM COMBI WIPER W1

280/ROLL

ROLL


WIPES & DISPENSERS

TORK FLOOR STANDING WIPER/CLOTH DISPENSER W1

TORK WALL MOUNTED WIPER/CLOTH DISPENSER W1

Mobile floor-standing plastic/steel dispenser. Easy load feature and stable construction. Safe and reliable tear-off. Suitable for all high-use areas where a large capacity mobile solution is needed. Dimensions are 646x1006x530mm (wxhxd). Compatible with the Tork W1 & W2 Wiper/ Cloth Combi Rolls.

Wall mounted plastic/steel dispenser. Easy load feature and stable construction. Safe and reliable tear-off. Suitable for all high-use areas where space is at a premium. Dimensions are 646x463x274mm (wxhxd). Compatible with the Tork W1 & W2 Wiper/Cloth Combi Rolls. CODE DESCRIPTION

CODE DESCRIPTION

134046

TORK DISPENSER 652008 FLOOR STAND MOBILE W1

UOM

EA

134047

TORK DISPENSER 652108 WALL STAND W1

UOM

EA

TORK COMBI ROLL WIPER/CLOTH DISPENSER W2 High capacity, robust and durable. Protects the roll with fast and easy access. Ideal for kitchen and food preparation environments as well as industrial environments. Dimensions are 328x447x302mm (wxhxd). Compatible with the Tork W2 Wiper/Cloth Combi Rolls. CODE DESCRIPTION

134048

TORK DISPENSER 653008 CENTREFEED ROLL W2

UOM

EA

These Dispensers are for the products on the previous page 218

219


WIPES & DISPENSERS

TORK CLEANING CLOTH FOLDED W4

TORK INDUSTRIAL CLEANING CLOTH FOLDED W4

Light, non-woven, folded multipurpose cloth. Excellent wet strength and absorbency. Absorbs oil, fat and grease. Soft enough to work in tight or delicate spaces without scratching. Supports the requirements for foodcontact certification. Suitable for light/medium workshop requirements, commercial kitchens, cafés and restaurants, food preparation and processing. White, 1 ply, 38 x 42cm cloths. 150 cloths per pack.

Durable, soft, non-woven cloth ideal as a rag replacement. Absorbs oil, grease, solvents and water. Absorbs solvent and releases it again onto the wiping surface, thereby reducing the amount of solvent required to perform the same job. One sheet dispensed at a time to help reduce consumption, waste and cost. Suitable for engineering, maintenance and mechanical workshops. Grey, 1 ply, 38 x 42cm cloths. 140 cloths per pack.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

134042

TORK 510178 PREM 510 FOLDED W4 150/PKT

5PK/CTN

PKT

134054

TORK 520378 PREMIUM 520 MULTI CLOTH

5PK/CTN

PKT

Alternative to rags

TORK FOLDED WIPER/CLOTH DISPENSER W4 TORK HD CLEANING CLOTH FOLDED W4 Thick, bulky and strong, non-woven, folded multipurpose cloth. Allows hard scrubbing of tough solvents without falling apart. Textured surface makes it easy to remove grease and stubborn spots. Protects hands, both from heat when handling hot plates and pans, and from being cut by metal scraps. White, 1 ply, 38x42cm cloths. 100 cloths per pack. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

134017

TORK 530178 PREM M/PURPOSE 530 100/PK W4 5PK/CTN

UOM

PKT

Controlled single wiper dispensing to help reduce consumption, waste and cost. Two locking options – depending on the environment. Easy cleaning and maintenance. Easy to spot the dispenser when it is needed. Dimensions are 427x394x206mm (wxhxd). Compatible with Tork W4 Folded Wipers and Cloths. CODE DESCRIPTION

188083

TORK DISPENSER 654008 WIPER CLOTH W4 BLK/RED

134029

TORK DISPENSER 654000 WIPER CLOTH W4 WHT/TURQ

These Dispensers are for the products on this page

220

UOM

EA

EA


WIPES & DISPENSERS

CHUX HEAVY DUTY WIPES ROLL

CHUX REGULAR SUPERWIPES

Durable, extra absorbent, cleaning and wiping cloth on a handy perforated roll. Suitable for heavy duty cleaning jobs. Machine washable and reusable.

Fast-drying, long-lasting wipes made from a special open weave cloth. The double action holes enable dirt and food particles to be easily picked up and allow for the cloth to be hygienically rinsed for use over and over again. 10 wipes per pack.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

6/CTN

ROLL

25CHUX9308 CHUX 9305B 30CMX45M BLUE HEAVY DUTY 6/CTN

ROLL

25CHUX9305 CHUX 9305B 30X45M BLUE HEAVY DUTY

CODE

DESCRIPTION

25CHUXSWR10 CHUX 371 REGULAR SUPERWIPE 10/PKT

CTN QTY

UOM

24/CTN

PKT

CHUX REGULAR WIPES Washable, reusable and durable. Ideal for general cleaning. 100 cloths per box. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

25CHUXCLOTH CHUX 09800 32CMX34CM WHITE REG WIPES 6/CTN

UOM

BOX

221


WIPES & DISPENSERS

CHUX MASSLINN CLOTHS

SORB-X ALL TASK WIPES ROLL

Soft, low-linting cloth perfect for polishing. Stronger and more absorbent for jobs that need to remove more moisture than standard cloths. 65m roll.

Extremely absorbent, soft, non-woven wiper made of rayon and viscose. Compact, hygienic and gentle on all surfaces. Suitable for wiping up oils, grease and solvents with ease. Low-linting and reusable. White, 45m roll with 112 wipes per roll.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

25CHUXMASS CHUX 09300 30CMX65M WHITE MASSLINN

CTN QTY

UOM

4/CTN

ROLL

SORB-X ALL TASK WIPES Extremely absorbent, soft, non-woven wiper made of rayon and viscose. Compact, hygienic and gentle on all surfaces. Low-linting, versatile, economical and reusable. Suitable for wiping up oils, grease and solvents with ease. White, 60x45cm, 90 wipes per pack. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

189010

PACIFIC SX6200 ALL TASK 60X45CM 90/PKT

4/CTN

CTN

222

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

131056

ALL TASK SX6202 RLL WHITE 30CMX40CMX45M 4/CTN CTN


WIPES & DISPENSERS

MED-X ANTI-BACTERIAL WIPES

SNELL CLEANING RAGS

General purpose anti-bacterial wipes, ideal for use in medical, dental, industrial and food service applications. Kills e-coli, staphylococcus, salmonella, campylobacter, listeria and other pathogenic bacteria. 15x21cm, 100 wipes per dispenser.

For wet, greasy or messy jobs, these low-cost rags are ideal. Indispensable and extremely versatile. 20kg bags.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

132007

ANTI BACTERIAL WIPES 100/DISP

20/CTN

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

25RAG

RAGS ECONOMY TR7

20KG/BAG

BAG

188022

RAGS 20KG BAG SWEATSHIRT

20KG/BAG

BAG

185006

RAGS 20KG BAG LIGHT COTTON ASST COLOURS 20KG/BAG

BAG

SNELL STOCKINETTES Available in fine and wide weave. Perfect for cleaning and polishing as well as a variety of cleaning applications around the factory or workplace. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

95STOK

STOCKINETTE 3.5KG FINE KNIT 70M PER ROLL

24/CTN ROLL

95STOKLK STOCKINETTE 3.5KG LOOSE KNIT/WIDE WEAVE

6/CTN

UOM

BOLT

223


HAND SOAPS & DISPENSERS

SNELL FLOWING HAND SOAP & DISPENSER

K/CLARK 6331 EVERYDAY HAND CLEANSER

Flowing hand soap for home and commercial use. Leaves hands hygienically clean. Lightly fragranced, gentle on skin and kills germs. 5 litres. NZFSA approved C52 (all animal products except dairy.)

A lightly perfumed, premium quality hand cleanser suitable for all washrooms. Gives a rich lather and leaves your hands feeling clean, fresh and cared for. Sealed refills prevent contamination prior to use for superior hygiene. 1000ml cartridge, 6 per carton. Compatible with the KimberlyClark* Aqua Hand Cleanser Dispenser.

Dispenser: Stylish and smart, this keyless lock dispenser also has a slight glass to show when it is empty and refilling is needed. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

175002

FLOWING SOAP SNELL PROFESSIONAL 5 LTR

4/CTN EA

175014

CLARK SOAP DISPENSER FREE FLOW 800ML CLEAR

EA

K/CLARK 6333 HAND SOAP FREQUENT KIMCARE* Hand Cleansers combined with easy to use dispensers deliver the ideal hand hygiene solution for your workplace. The sealed cartridges protect the cleanser prior to use, preventing contamination and providing superior hygiene. The high capacity, 1000ml cartridges are easy to load and reduce janitorial servicing, helping you save time and money. This product has a fresh floral smell. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

171008

K/CLARK 6333 HAND SOAP FREQUENT

6/CTN

CTN

175040

K/CLARK DISPENSER 69480 ABS PLASTIC

224

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

171004

K/CLARK 6331 EVERDAY HAND CLEANSER 1000ML

6/CTN

CTN

175040

K/CLARK DISPENSER 69480 ABS PLASTIC

EA


HAND SOAPS & DISPENSERS

KIMCARE 12552 GEN FOAM CLEANSER

K/CLARK 9535 H/CLEAN SOAP FORCE 3.5L

The rich, luxurious lather makes hand washing a more pleasant experience, encouraging better hand hygiene. Each 1 litre refill provides up to 2500 hand washes for less servicing and lower cost in use. The easyto-load refill includes a new foam pump for easy reloading with no drips and no mess.

Solvent-free hand cleanser for the toughest hand cleaning tasks. Sealed cartridge with integral one-way pump for superior hygiene with no leaks or clogging. Powerful advanced formulation with natural solvent and polygrains removes heavy oil, grease, adhesives and most inks. Contains Aloe Vera, vitamin E and other natural agents to replenish the skin’s natural protective properties. 3.5 litre cartridge.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

185035 SANIHE 12552 LUXURY FOAM SKIN CLEANSER 1000ML 6/CTN

CTN

175040 K/CLARK DISPENSER 69480 ABS PLASTIC

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

254353

K/CLARK 9535 H/CLEAN SOAP FORCE 3.5L

2/CTN

EA

171005

K/CLARK 4363 SOAP DISPENSER BLACK

EA

KIMCARE 6342 GEN SOAP FREQUENT

DEB PURE WASH HAND CLEANSER

The rich, luxurious lather makes hand washing a more pleasant experience, encouraging better hand hygiene. Each 1 litre refill provides up to 2500 hand washes for less servicing and lower cost in use. The easyto-load refill includes a new foam pump for easy reloading with no drips and no mess.

Perfume-free and dye-free light duty lotion hand cleanser for regular use to remove general dirt and grime. Quickly creates a rich lather for fast and effective hand cleaning. Suitable for general industrial and food manufacturing/processing environments. 1 litre cartridge. Compatible with the Deb Proline Soap Dispenser.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

175022

KIMCARE 6342 GENERAL FREQUENT USE FOAM SOAP 1000ML

6/CTN

CTN

25HYGGOLD

DEB PURE PUW1L WASH P/FREE WASH 1L

6/CTN

DEB DISPENSER LGT1LDS CLEANSE LIGHT 1000 1 LITRE

K/CLARK DISPENSER 69480 ABS PLASTIC

174100

175040

EA

EA

225


HAND SOAPS & DISPENSERS

DEB CLEAR FOAM WASH 1LTR

TORK HAND WASH SPRAY SOAP

Perfume-free and dye-free mild foam soap. Contains skin conditioners to improve hydration, prevent drying of the skin and help leave the hands feeling soft and supple after use. Instant foam lather means quick washing and rinsing time can save up to 46% on water consumption compared to lotion soaps.

Specially formulated spray soap for effective cleansing of hands. Ensures hygiene and freshness with each wash. This cleanser is mild on the skin and pleasant to use. Sealed cartridges with single use pump ensure no bacteria build up. AsureQuality certified and NZFSA approved. 400ml cartridge.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

174086

DEB CLEAR FOAM WASH 1 LTR CLR1LT

6/CTN

CTN

178005

SCA 2170272 SPRAY SOAP HAND WASH

12/CTN

EA

DEB AZURE FOAM SOAP

TORK SPRAY FOOD SERVICE SOAP

Pleasantly fragranced mild foam soap. A high quality rich foam hand wash formula to leave the skin feeling silky smooth and fresh after use. Contains skin conditioners to improve hydration, prevent drying of the skin and help leave the hands feeling soft and supple after use. For use in any washroom/toilet areas in offices and public facilities. 1 litre cartridge.

Specially formulated spray soap for effective cleansing of hands. The Food Service Spray Soap contains an antibacterial agent for added hygiene and is clear and non-scented. Sealed cartridges with single-use pump ensure no bacteria build-up. 400ml cartridges. AsureQuality certified and NZFSA approved.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

25HYGF

AZURE FOAM WASH 1 LTR AZU1L

6/CTN EA

178006

SCA 2170271 SPRAY SOAP FOOD SERVICE

12/CTN

EA

184223

DEB DISPENSER WRM1LDS WASHROOM SOAP

226

EA


HAND SOAPS & DISPENSERS

TORK PREMIUM INDUSTRIAL LIQUID SOAP S1

TORK 420501 PREM LIQUID SOAP MILD S1

Mild liquid soap recommended for heavily soiled or oily hands. Dermatologically tested with a rich and creamy lather. Tough on grease and dirt. Perfume-free. NZFSA and Nordic Swan Ecolabel accredited. Long-lasting 1 litre cartridge, with up to 1000 washes per cartridge. 6 cartridges per carton.

Perfect for all normal hand washing. Cleans and actively conditions the skin with a skin-friendly, mild formulation. NZFSA and EU Ecolabel accredited. Long-lasting 1 litre cartridge, with up to 1000 washes per cartridge. 6 cartridges per carton.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

177003

TORK 420401 PREM LIQUID SOAP INDUSTRIAL S1 6/CTN

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

177005

TORK 420501 PREM LIQUID SOAP MILD S1

6/CTN

CTN

CTN

TORK 420810 EXTRA HYGIENE SOAP 1LTR

TORK LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER S1

Perfect to use in hygiene-sensitive environments. Highly effective against bacteria and approved according to European Standards (EN 1040 and EN 1499). Perfume and colour free, minimises the risk of allergic reactions. NZFSA and Nordic Swan Ecolabel accredited. Long-lasting 1 litre cartridge, with up to 1000 washes per cartridge. 6 cartridges per carton.

High-capacity plastic dispenser for low maintenance and to reduce the risk of run-out. Controlled dosage delivers 1,000 portions per cartridge. Reliable and drip-free soap dispensing. Translucent front window makes it easy to see when refilling is required. CODE DESCRIPTION

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

178009

TORK 420810 EXTRA HYGIENE SOAP 1 LTR

6/CTN

CTN

UOM

178010

TORK DISPENSER 560000 LIQUID SOAP WHITE S1

EA

103063

TORK DISPENSER 560008 LIQUID SOAP BLACK S1

EA

99FOL352080 TORK 560000 FREE ON LOAN DISPENSER LIQ SOAP

EA

These dispensers are compatible for the products on this page

227


HAND SOAPS & DISPENSERS

TORK PREMIUM EXTRA MILD FOAM SOAP S4

PALMOLIVE SOFTWASH

No perfume or colour, not irritating to eyes. Glycerine, pro-vitamin B5 and betaine added for superior skin care. Controlled dosage delivers 2,500 portions per cartridge (0.4ml dosage) leading to less refilling and reduced risk of run-out. Denser foam for fast lathering/rinsing and less soap consumption. EU Ecolabel accredited. 1 litre cartridge, 6 cartridges per carton.

Perfect for the kitchen, bathroom or just about anywhere. Palmolive flowing hand soap is available in handy 250ml pump packs so no dispenser is necessary.

Dispenser: The Tork® Foam Soap Dispenser fits into all washrooms and can be used with a wide range of Tork® skincare products in sealed bottles. It is easy to use and a very economical way to provide high quality soap for your washroom users. 113x286x105mm (wxhxd) CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

177015

TORK 520701 PREMIUM FOAM SOAP EXTRA MILD S4 6/CTN

CTN

177014

TORK 520501 PREMIUM FOAM SOAP MILD S4

CTN

177017

TORK DISPENSER 561500 FOAM SOAP S4 WHITE

EA

177018

TORK DISPENSER 561508 FOAM SOAP S4 BLACK

EA

6/CTN

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

173005 PAMOLIVE H/WASH ALOE VERA-CHAMOMILLE 250ML PUMP 6/CTN

UOM

PALMOLIVE SOFTWASH HAND SOAP Perfect for the kitchen, bathroom or just about anywhere. Palmolive flowing hand soap is available in handy 250ml pump packs so no dispenser is necessary.

228

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

173002

PALMOLIVE H/WASH ANTIBACTERIA 250ML PUMP

6/CTN

EA

EA


HAND SOAPS & DISPENSERS

SOLVOL HAND SOAP

BOUQUET PERFUMED SOAP

Very popular for work-stained hands. 100g, pack of 2 bars.

Hand Soap infused with the fragrances of Bouquets. Leaving your hands smelling pleasantly refreshing and feeling softer.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

179002

SOLVOL SOAP 100G TWIN PACK

12/CTN

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

187115

BOUQUET PERFUMED SOAP 75G

100/CTN

CTN

229


ANTIBACTERIAL SOAPS & SANITISERS

230


ANTIBACTERIAL SOAPS & SANITISERS

DEB OXYBAC ANTIBACTERIAL HAND WASH

DEB INSTANTFOAM HAND SANITISERS

Unique, perfume-free broad spectrum antibacterial rich-cream foam hand wash. Combines Accelerated Hydrogen Peroxide® with Deb Foam Technology™ to provide excellent cleansing and kill 99.999% of many common bacteria. For general hand washing in food & catering environments, or any other workplace, social care or public facility where a high level of hand hygiene is required. HACCP international and GECA certified product. 1 litre cartridge.

Kills 99.999% of germs and bacteria that cause common illnesses. With no sticky gelling agents or water required, the unique and refreshing foam formula sanitises hands quickly and effectively. NZFSA approved Category C54 - Non-Dairy Maintenance Compounds.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

174096

DEB OXYBAC HAND WASH OXY1L 1 LTR

6/CTN

174097

DEB DISPENSER OXYBAC 1 LTR OXY1LDS

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

174052

DEB INSTANT FOAM SANITISER 47ML

12/CTN

EA

174051

DEB INSTANT FOAM SANITISER IFS250ML 250ML

6/CTN

EA

EA

174050

DEB INSTANT FOAM IFS1L 1 LTR H/SANITISER

6/CTN

EA

EA

174049

DEB DISPENSER IFS1LDS INSTANT FOAM HAND SANITISER

EA

231


ANTIBACTERIAL SOAPS & SANITISERS

DEB GRITTY FOAM GPF3L 3.25L

TORK PREMIUM ANTIMICROBIAL FOAM CLEANSER S4

The world’s first heavy duty foaming hand cleanser with suspended, non-abrasive cornmeal bio-scrubbers™ to powerfully but gently wash away most industrial contaminants. The fast and effective deep-cleansing action, combined with excellent skin feel during and after use, delivers an entirely unique hand cleansing experience and provides up to 45% more hand washes per litre compared with conventional hand cleansers and after use, delivers an entirely unique hand cleansing experience and provides up to 45% more hand washes per litre compared with conventional hand cleansers.

2-in-1 foam that cleans and sanitises. Unique formula with low ethanol content. Antimicrobial properties with proven efficiency against bacteria, viruses and yeasts. Controlled dosage delivers 2,500 portions per cartridge (0.4ml dosage) leading to less refilling and reduced risk of runout. Denser foam for fast lathering/rinsing and less soap consumption. 1 litre cartridge, 6 cartridges per carton.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

174099

DEB GRITTY FOAM GPF3L 3.25L

4/CTN

174095

DEB DISPENSER GRITTY FOAM GPF3L

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

177016

TORK 520801 PREMIUM FOAM SOAP ANTIBACT S4

6/CTN CTN

UOM

177017

TORK DISPENSER 561500 FOAM SOAP S4 WHITE

EA

EA

177018

TORK DISPENSER 561508 FOAM SOAP S4 BLACK

EA

EA

DETTOL ANTIBACTERIAL HAND SOAP Antibacterial liquid hand soap to leave your skin reassuringly clean and healthy. Dettol Healthy Touch range of antibacterial handwash not only provides your skin with a delicate care and fresh fragrance, they also kill 99.9% of germs. The unique formulation gently moisturises the skin to leave your hands feeling soft and protected. Dermatologically tested. 250ml pump bottle. CODE

DESCRIPTION

95DETTOL250 DETTOL LEMON/LIME SOAP 250ML

232

CTN QTY

UOM

12/CTN

EA


CLEANSING CREAMS

DEB UNIVERSAL PROTECT CREAM

DEB SUPREGA PLUS HAND CLEANER

Universal perfume-free, non-greasy pre-work skin cream to help protect against contact with water and non-water based contaminants including dry powders. Helps protect the skin against contact with various workplace contaminants and working environments such as wet or dry conditions. Proven to provide protection against aqueous solutions, oils and solvents. Compatible for use underneath gloves to provide a second line of defence. 1 litre cartridge.

A tough yet gentle, solvent-free hand cleaning cream with natural cornmeal scrubbers. Conditioners keep skin supple. Contains highly developed surfactant cleaning agents to remove oil, grease, adhesives, some paints and general soiling quickly and effectively. Can be used with or without water, and on broken or tender skin. 4-litre cartridge. NZFSA approved Category C52.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

174001 DEB UNIVERSAL PROTECT CREAM UPW1L 1 LTR 184077

CTN QTY

UOM

6/CTN

EA

DEB DISPENSER PRO1LDS PROTECTIVE CREAM 1 LTR

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

25SUP

DEB 5000 SUPREGA PLUS SOLV 4L

4/CTN

EA

174002

DEB DISPENSER 4 LTR HVY4LDR

EA

FLORAFREE SKIN CONDITIONING CREAM Perfume free and dye free mild conditioning cream reduces risk of skin irritation. Contains Glycerin to moisturise and condition the skin. Nontainting to food. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

174064

FLORAFREE CONDITIONING CREAM 3102 1 LTR

6/CTN

EA

174087

DEB DISPENSER RES1LDS RESTORE 1LTR

EA

233


HAIR & BODY SOAP

K/CLARK 6332 HAIR BODY SHAMPOO

DEB HAIR & BODY WASH

Hair and Body Wash combined with easy to use dispensers deliver the ideal hand hygiene solution for your workplace. The sealed cartridges protect the cleanser prior to use, preventing contamination and providing superior hygiene. The high capacity, 1000ml cartridges are easy to load and reduce janitorial servicing, helping you save time and money. This product has a fresh citrus/floral scent.

All over hair & body lotion wash with an invigorating rainforest fresh fragrance. Hygienic and economical. Contains a blend of emollients and conditioners to leave the skin feeling soft and smooth after use. Pleasantly refreshing with no lingering scent. For use in any workplace, leisure or hospitality shower facility. 1 litre cartridge.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

175038 K/CLARK 6332 HAIR BODY SHAMPOO 1000ML 175040 K/CLARK DISPENSER 69480 ABS PLASTIC

234

CTN QTY

UOM

6/CTN

CTN

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

25HYGBLUE

DEB SOAP HYGENIPAK HAIR/BODY WASH HAB1L 1L 6/CTN EA

174108

DEB DISPENSER SHW1LDS CLEANSE 1000 SHOWER


AIR FRESHNERS

GLADE AIR FRESHENERS

TORK PREMIUM AIR FRESHENER A1

Blended with natural fragrance oils to create uniquely inviting fragrances for your home or workplace.

High quality fragrance provides odour neutralisation, not just odour masking. Long-lasting freshness for up to 90 days via 3,000 spray capacity. NZFSA accredited. The dispenser is easily programmed to spray at regular intervals. Has a long battery life and an indicator to let you know when it needs refilling.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

165051

GLADE AIR FRESHENER WILD LAVENDER

6/CTN

EA

6/CTN

EA

25GLADE GLADE AIR FRESHENER OCEAN MIST 200G

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

165052

TORK PREMIUM AIR FRESHENER CITRUS

12/CTN

CTN

165053

TORK PREMIUM AIR FRESHENER FRUIT

12/CTN

CTN

165054

TORK PREMIUM AIR FRESHENER FLORAL

12/CTN

CTN

165055

TORK PREMIUM AIR FRESHENER MIXED

12/CTN

CTN

166071

TORK DISPENSER 562000 AIR FRESHENER A1

EA

CHECKMATE BACTERIAL SPRAY 400ML

TORK AIR A2 FRESHENER

Surface disinfectant and air freshener. This product kills bacteria while conditioning and freshens air. This destroys odours and controls mould and mildew.

Tork® Air Freshener Tab Holder is designed to hold the Tork® Apple Air Freshener Tabs. They provide an affordable and long lasting system to enhance your washroom. Upto 30 days of fresh apple fragrance.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

25BACTSPRAY

CHECKMATE BACTERIAL SPRAY 400ML

12/CTN

EA

169142

TORK AIR FRESHNER TAB HOLDER A2

CTN

169143

TORK APPLE AIR FRESHNER TABS

CTN

CTN QTY

80/CTN

UOM

235


TOILET CLEANERS

SNELL PROFESSIONAL TOILET CLEANER

TORK TOILET SEAT SANITISER S2

A general cleaner for use in all toilets. Perfect for use in both small and large businesses.

Provides reassurance and comfort to visitors. Hygienically cleans the toilet seat, dries quickly and helps neutralize odours. Simple to use - one push delivers a measured portion onto a sheet of toilet tissue. 475 doses per refill.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

169135

SNELL PROFESSIONAL TOILET CLEANER 5L

4/CTN

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

169109

TORK 420302 PREMIUM TOILET SEAT CLEANER 8/CTN

EA

169110

TORK DISPENSER 561000 LIQUID MINI S2 WHITE

EA

TORK SAFESEAT SANITISER

BOWL KLEEN TOILET CLEANER

Removes bacteria and dirt from any toilet seat, killing bacteria and viruses on contact. Toilet seat sanitiser system reduces the risk of cross contamination. SafeSeat formula dries in seconds. Simple to use – one push delivers a measured portion onto a sheet of toilet tissue. Low maintenance system, each 300ml refill will deliver 1,500 sprays.

Biodegradable toilet and urinal cleaner with a pleasant fragrance. Prevents build up of lime scale and is safe on stainless steal. NZFSA Approved C32. 5 litres.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

163006

TORK 2162404 SAFESEAT SANITISER

6/CTN

CTN

236

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

169081

BOWL KLEEN TOILET CLEANER 5 LTR

4/CTN

EA


TOILET CLEANERS

TOILET DEODORISER BLOCKS

CYCLONE INDUSTRIAL TOILET CLEANER

Keep toilets smelling pleasant with these deodorising toilet blocks.

Remove scaling, mineral deposits and stains quickly. Liquid acid-based detergent for cleaning and sanitising toilet bowls and urinals (stainless steel or porcelain).

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

169010

TOILET COURTESY CUBES 4KG

1/CTN

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

188008

TOILET DUCK FRESH PINE 650ML

6/CTN

EA

237


CLEANERS

SNELL SANITISING CLEANER

JIF LIQUID SCOURER

This Sanitising Cleaner is perfect for light cleaning and sanitisng. Changing the dilution of the cleaner will allow for use in differing levels of cleaning. Heavy duty jobs will require higher sanitiser to water rate then normal cleaning would.

Removes the most difficult dirt while taking care of your surfaces. Use in the kitchen and bathroom and on surfaces like chromed appliances and white goods. The surfactants are fully biodegradable according to Australian Standard AS4351.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

169141

SNELL SANITISING CLEANER 5 LTR

4/CTN

EA

25JIF375 JIF CREAM REG 375ML

1/CTN

25 JIF7 JIF LIQUID SCOURER 5 LTR

2/CTN

UOM

EA EA

SNELL CREAM CLEANSER A powerful but gentle premium quality liquid scourer. Cleans and adds sparkle to household and office surfaces without scratching or scrubbing. 5 litres. NZFSA approved C32 (all animal products except dairy). CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

169006

CREAM CLEANER SNELL PROFESSIONAL 5 LTR

4/CTN

EA

CYCLONE MULTI SUPER SURFACE CLEANER This convenient spray cleaner is a great solution to a variety of cleaning applications. The foam spray cuts through grease and disinfects surfaces without the need for rinsing. Does not contain abrasives so it won’t damage even the most delicate surfaces. CODE

DESCRIPTION

25MULTI CYCLONE CLEANER MULTI AEROSOL 500GM

3M™ CITRUS BASE CLEANER Used to remove aerosol adhesive overspray, tape or label residue, grease, oil, grime, tar and wax. Designed for use in place of solvents like acetone and methyl ethyl ketone (MEK). CODE

CTN QTY

UOM

12SPRYCC CLEANER 3M NATURAL CITRUS BASE 524GM 12/CTN

CAN

238

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

6/CTN

EA


SPRAY & WIPES

SNELL SPRAY & WIPE

AJAX MULTIPURPOSE SPRAY N WIPE

An all-purpose, ready-to-use cleaner for all washable surfaces. Sanitises as it cleans, producing a pleasant citrus scent and excellent cleaning results. 5 litres. NZFSA approved C32 (all animal products except dairy).

Powerful, multipurpose cleaner. Fast-acting formula works to lift and dissolve grease to make your cleaning job quicker and easier. Also available as a refill pack for economy.

CCODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

169002

SPRAY N WIPE SNELL PROFESSIONAL 5 LTR MULTI CLEAN

4/CTN

EA

25SPRYWIPE SPRAY N WIPE MULTI PURP BAKING SODA TRIGGER PACK 12/CTN

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

EA

SNELL BLEACH/SANITISER

JANOLA BLEACH

A strong compound that disinfects, sanitises and cleans. 5 litres. NZFSA approved C41 (all animal products except dairy).

Kill 99.9% of all general household and workplace germs with powerful yet safe-to-use Janola bleach. 2.5 litres.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

CODE

169005

BLEACH SNELL PROFESSIONAL 5 LTR

4/CTN

EA

25JANOLA JANOLA 2.5 LTR

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

4/CTN

EA

239


DEGREASERS

SNELL HEAVY DUTY DEGREASER 5LTR

CLEARCLEAN PLUS DEGREASER

This heavy duty degreaser can be used in the cleaning and degreasing of walls, sinks, tubs, vinyl, leather and plastic. While also usable to remove shower room scum and to clean Ovens.

Highly reactive degreaser for all heavy-duty degreasing.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

169139

SNELL HEAVY DUTY DEGREASER 5 LTR

4/CTN

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

25CLEARCLEANP CLEARCLEAN PLUS 5 LTR

CTN QTY

UOM

2/CTN

EA

HANDY ANDY

METHYLATED SPIRITS

Powerful all-purpose cleaner to remove the toughest grease and dirt. Quickly rinses away to leave every surface clean and fresh. Power cleans all washable surfaces, floors, walls, stoves, paintwork, dishwashers, baths, toilets, sinks, showers, bench tops, windows, venetian blinds, telephones and computer keyboards.

In a great value 5-litre bottle, methylated spirits has many home and industrial uses. e.g. the manufacture of chemicals, lacquer thinners, industrial and domestic cleaners, solvents, antifreeze and as a fuel source.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

25 HDY5

HANDY ANDY 5 LTR

4/CTN

EA

25 HDY20

HANDY ANDY 20 LTR

1/CTN

EA

240

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

167001

METHYLATED SPIRITS 5 LTR

4/CTN

EA


DISINFECTANTS

SNELL DISINFECTANT

DOMESTOS DISINFECTANT

For home and industrial use. Pleasantly perfumed and simple and safe to use. 5 litres. NZFSA approved C32 (all animal products except dairy).

A powerful cleaner with hospital grade disinfectant. Its versatility enables it to be used for cleaning tasks in toilets, on bathroom surfaces, water pipes and kitchens – anywhere you need hygienically clean results. Professional pack size. Cost effective and suitable for professional users.MOQ for this item is 12 bottles.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

169003

DISINFECTANT SNELL PROFESSIONAL 5 LTR

4/CTN

CTN

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

25DOMESTOS750

DOMESTOS THICK BLEACH 750ML*

12/CTN

EA

25DOMESTOS

DISINFECTANT CLEANER DOMESTOS 5LTR 2/CTN

EA

SNELL LIQUID AMMO Quickly and easily removes grease or dirt contamination – ideal for use on floors, walls, wet areas and bench tops. 5 litres. NZFSA approved C31 (all animal products except dairy). CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

169007

LIQUID AMMO SNELL PROFESSIONAL 5 LTR

4/CTN

CTN

241


GLASS CLEANERS & INSECTICIDES

SNELL GLASS CLEANER

RAID FLY SPRAY

Glass cleaner for home and commercial use. Removes stubborn marks from surfaces such as windows, display cabinets and mirrors. 5 litre. NZFSA Approved C35 (all animal products except dairy).

Heavy-duty fly spray for killing annoying, unhygienic pests.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

169019

GLASS CLEANER SNELL PROFESSIONAL 5 LTR

4/CTN

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

25FLYS RAID FLYSPRAY AEROSOL FAT KILL 250GRM

CTN QTY

UOM

6/CTN

EA

MAC DISPENSER SLAY AUTOMATIC MR MUSCLE GLASS CLEANER Powerful cleaner for effective cleaning of mirrors, tabletops, glass doors, windows and other hard surfaces. CODE

DESCRIPTION

25GLINT

GLASS CLEANER MR.MUSCLE SPRAY 500ML 6/CTN

25GLINTREF GLASS CLEANER SPRAY REFILL 750ML

CTN QTY

6/CTN

UOM

A stylish automatic dispenser accompanying a new sleek design with ‘chrome’ detailing. This product is wall mountable and lockable. The metal cuff holds allow for it to sit in position to optimise plunger depression. Takes 2 x AA batteries (not included). CODE

DESCRIPTION

UOM

185070

MAC DISPENSER SLAY AUTOMATIC

EA

EA EA

MAC SLAY INSECTICIDE

CLEANER PLEDGE AEROSOL EX/CARE LEMON Great for dusting, cleaning and shining a variety of furniture and other surfaces. The gentle wood cleansers and conditioners help break down difficult stains, and also care for and nurture the wood. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

165005

CLEANER PLEDGE AEROSOL EX/CARE LEMON 330ML 12/CTN EA

Safe, compliant, commercial strength insecticide utilises micro-atomisation technology resulting in a dry non-staining formulation. Odourless, colourless, non-residual. Quick knock down and high kill rate of most flying and crawling insects. It is the preferred product of all NZ DHBs. MPI NZFSA approved Type A (all meat products, including dairy). MPI approved and recognised dairy maintenance compound. AsureQuality approved Type A food/beverage/dairy. Manufactured to World Health Organisation standards. Long life residual formats are also available. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

185042

MAC SLAY REFILL CAN 550ML

12/CTN

EA

185069

MAC SLAY AUTO CAN 300ML

12/CTN

EA

12/CTN

EA

25SLAY MAC SLAY IND STRENGTH INSECTICIDE 500ML

242


DISHWASHING DETERGENTS

SNELL DISHWASHING DETERGENT

DISHWASH FINISH RINSE AID LEMON 250ML

A blend of premium quality detergents, specially formulated to be mild on hands while giving excellent cleaning performance in all water temperatures and conditions. 5 litres. NZFSA approved C32 (all animal products except dairy).

Eliminates water spots and streaking to give your glassware, dinnerware and cutlery that extra sparkle. The bottle is at a 250ml size.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

169001

DETERGENT DISHWASH SNELL PROFESSIONAL 5 LTR 4/CTN

UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

165008

DISHWASH FINISH RINSE AID LEMON 250ML

12/CTN

EA

CTN

FINISH DISHWASHER POWDER High quality dishwasher powder for sparkling clean dishes and glassware. 2kg. CODE

SNELL DISHWASH POWDER 4KG

DESCRIPTION

25FINISH2KG Â DISHWASHER POWDER AUTO FINISH 2KG

CTN QTY

UOM

8/CTN

EA

This general dishwashing cleaner is suitable for most dishwashing machines. Use 35-45 grams per load in a typical domestic machine. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

169140

SNELL DISHWASH POWDER

4KG/BAG

BAG

SUN PLATINUM ECO DISHWASH TABLETS Sun Platinum Eco Dishwasher Tablets, are designed to give dishes a sparkling clean finish. It cuts through the toughest baked on grease and grime with a built-in rinse aid to add the perfect shine. Sun Platinum-Eco dishwasher tablets are perfect for use on crockery, cutlery, pots and pans and are safe on glassware. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

162039

SUN PLATINUM ECO DISHWASH TABLETS

36/TUB

EA

SUNLIGHT DISHWASHING LIQUID Concentrated dishwashing liquid. Effective grease cutting agents. Musthave for caterers, restaurants, cafes and office canteens. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

25SUN5

DETERGENT SUNLIGHT LIQUID 5 LTR

4/CTN

EA

1/CTN

EA

12/CTN

EA

25 SUNLIQ DETERGENT SUNLIGHT LIQUID 20 LTR 168011

DETERGENT SUNLIGHT LIQUID 750ML

SUN DISHWASHER POWDER 4-way advanced cleaning. Formulation contains biological food digesters that break down protein and remove tough baked-on residues. High performance and gentle on machines. 5kg. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

162037

DISHWASH POWDER AUTO SUN SUNSHINE LEMON 5KG 2/CTN EA

243


LAUNDRY, FLOOR CLEANER & SPONGES

CHARGE LAUNDRY DETERGENT

SPONTEX BAILER SAILOR SPONGE

Premium quality laundry detergent for removing stains and cleaning garments. Powder is suitable for top loaders, while liquid is suitable for both front and top loaders. Charge Laundry Powder has been enzyme boosted and has a fresh fragrance, giving you the combined benefit of greater cleaning power. Removes stains and dirt from clothing, while leaving a fresh, clean smell.

Keep both inside and outside areas and surfaces clean with this absorbent, heavy-duty sponge. Long-lasting and machine washable.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

EA

CHARGE LAUNDRY POWDER 12KG BOX

EA

1/CTN

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

25SPONGBAILER SPONGE BAILER SAILOR 170X115X40MM THICK 24/CTN EA

UOM

169050 Â CHARGE LAUNDRY LIQUID 5 LTR 186020

CODE

SNELL NEUTRAL FLOOR CLEANER

DOLPHIN STRONG ALL PURPOSE SPONGE

This is an easy to use floor cleaner that can be used in both damp and wet mopping. Adjusting your dilution will help you get the perfect mixture to clean your floors.

Great on dishes or keep one on hand for cleaning up spills. Machine washable. Pack of 3. CODE

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

169138

SNELL NEUTRAL FLOOR CLEANER 5 LTR

4/CTN

EA

244

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

25SPONGE SPONGE STRONG AND ALL PURPOSE/DOLPHIN 3/PACK

UOM

PACK


SCOURERS

SNELL SCOURING PADS

3M™ NIAGARA™ SCOURING PAD

Scouring pads for a range of cleaning applications.

Medium duty, general purpose scrubbing pad. Made from high quality fibres, mineral and resin. Long life pads that are ideal for general purpose cleaning. Carton of 20 pads.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

183005

SNELL SCOURING PAD HALF SIZE

200/CTN

CTN

187026

SNELL SCOURING PAD F1

100/CTN

CTN

186006

SNELL SCOURING PAD HEAVY DUTY

10PKT/CTN PKT

187031

SNELL SCOURING PAD F1

10/PKT

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

182050

3M NIAGARA SCOURING PAD 96 220X150

20/CTN

CTN

PKT

SCOTCH-BRITE™ SCRUBBING SPONGE Dual-action cleaning tool. Scouring pad on one side for scrubbing and cleaning, cellulose sponge on the other side for quickly wiping up spills and messes. CODE

DESCRIPTION

25SCOT74 SCOTCH-BRITE 74 SCRUBBING SPONGE

CTN QTY

UOM

20/CTN

EA

SCOTCH-BRITE™ GOLD SCOURER This highly effective scouring tool provides a large surface cleaning area which cuts through burnt-on food. Durable, easy to hold, and will not rust. Pack of 2. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

182058

SCOTCH-BRITE™ GOLD SCOURER

12/CTN

PKT

SCOTCH-BRITE™ SCOURING PADS Tough scouring pads made from high quality fibres, minerals and resin. Abrasives and resin evenly distributed throughout the pad to ensure consistent performance. Non-rusting. Resists degradation from exposure to hot water, detergents and cleaning liquids. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

25SCOT96 SCOTCH-BRITE MD 96 HAND AQUA

10/CTN

SCOTCH-BRITE 86 HAND PAD GREEN

90/CTN

182062

UOM

245


BRUSHES

RAVEN DISH BRUSH

RAVEN DUSTPAN & BRUSH SET

Dish brushes for general washing up duties. Premium quality hygiene grade bristles. Assorted colours.

Quality plastic dustpan set ideal for day-to-day applications. Strong and durable. Large capacity pan. Premium quality soft bristles. Serrated edge for cleaning brush. Assorted colours.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

187010 RAVEN 8053 DISH BRUSH ROUND HEAD

12/CTN

EA

187009 RAVEN 8001 DISH BRUSH SUPER

12/CTN

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

187008

RAVEN DUSTPAN AND BRUSH SET BLUE

6/CTN

EA

187161

RAVEN DUSTPAN AND BRUSH SET RED

6/CTN

EA

187162

RAVEN DUSTPAN AND BRUSH SET GREEN

6/CTN

EA

187163

RAVEN DUSTPAN AND BRUSH SET BLACK

6/CTN

EA

187164

RAVEN DUSTPAN AND BRUSH SET ORANGE

6/CTN

EA

RAVEN TOILET BRUSH & HOLDER SET Toilet brush and holder for scrubbing and cleaning toilet bowls. CODE

DESCRIPTION

187013

RAVEN 8020 TOILET BRUSH AND HOLDER SET STANDARD 6/CTN

CTN QTY UOM

EA

RAVEN BRUSH & SHOVEL LONG HANDLE This Brush and Pan Set provides a heavy-duty option for your cleaning. It sits upright with a long handle which helps reduce the need for bending over to clean.

RAVEN SCRUBBING BRUSH Corner scrubbing brush for getting into corners. Angled bristles clean hard to reach places. Large front scraper. Assorted colours. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

187012

RAVEN 8016 SCRUBBING BRUSH CORNER

6/CTN

EA

246

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

185004

RAVEN BRUSH & SHOVEL LONG HANDLE H/DUTY

3/CTN

EA


BROOMS & MOPS

RAVEN HOUSEHOLD BROOM

RAVEN MOP-A-MATIC MOP

Standard broom for general sweeping duites around the home and office. Durable components. Premium quality soft bristles sweep the finest dust. Powder coated steel handle.

The easiest way to clean floors, just wet the sponge, use the special lever to squeeze out excess water then clean. Powder coated steel handle. Replacement sponge heads also available.

CODE

UOM

CODE

EA

25MOPAMATIC RAVEN MOPAMATIC SPRINT PLASTIC COMPLETE

EA

RAVEN MOPAMATIC REFILL 2 BOLT

EA

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

187007 RAVEN 8009 HOUSEHOLD DELUXE BROOM COMPLETE 4/CTN

DESCRIPTION

25MOPAREF

CTN QTY

UOM

25MOPAREF4L RAVEN MOPAMATIC 2011 REFILL 4 BOLT IN LINE 6/CTN

EA

RAVEN PLATFORM BROOM

RAVEN MOP

Different sized platform broom heads available while the broom handle is sold separately. Suitable for outdoor and factory or warehouse sweeping duties.

Complete mop with a refill head also available. Ergonomic end cap. 100% cotton yarn and wood handle. Screw fit refill attachment. Commercial grade.

CODE

CTN QTY UOM

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

187002 RAVEN 8091 PLATFORM BROOM HEAD 460MM

3/CTN EA

187019

RAVEN MOP NO 20 COMPLETE 2520

6/CTN

EA

187003 RAVEN 8092 PLATFORM BROOM HEAD 610MM

6/CTN EA

187014

RAVEN 2517 SOCKET MOP REFILL HEAD NO 20

6/CTN

EA

187004 RAVEN 8093 PLATFORM BROOM HEAD 760MM

3/CTN EA

187005 RAVEN PLATFORM BROOM HEAD 915MM

3/CTN EA

DESCRIPTION

187006 RAVEN HANDLE FOR PLATFORM BROOM 28MMX1350MM 6/CTN EA

247


BUCKETS & BINS

PLASTIC MOP BUCKET 15LTR RAVEN 2018

RUBBISH BIN ROUND 72L

15-litre plastic bucket for use in mopping up spills or cleaning floors. Extra wide mouth to take all squeeze mops, including Mop-a-Matic XL. Durable moulding with internal measure. Smart design with integrated handle.

72-litre rubbish bin with lid.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

UOM

187017

RAVEN 2018 PLATIC MOP BUCKET 13 LTR

6/CTN

EA

CODE

DESCRIPTION

UOM

189018

RUBBISH BIN ROUND 72 LTR

EA

RAVEN WRINGER BUCKET Specialist 16-litre mop bucket for wringing out water, with wheels for easy clean-up over a wide area. Commercial grade. CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY UOM

187016

RAVEN 8132 WRINGER BUCKET 16 LTR WITH WHEELS* 2/CTN

EA

TORK ELEVATION RUBBISH BIN The 50L Tork® bin is suitable for a wide range of restrooms and can be flexibly mounted to the wall or floor where needed.

WHEELY BINS For all your office, home or workshop rubbish, large, hardy wheely bins are the perfect solution. CODE

DESCRIPTION

UOM

95WHEEL120 WHEELY BIN 120 LTR

EA

WHEELY BIN 240 LTR

EA

189014

248

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CTN QTY

188098

TORK ELEVATION 563000 50LTR WHITE RUBBISH BIN 1/CTN

UOM

EA


NOTES

249


NOTES

250


NEW ZEALAND’S COMPLETE PACKAGE

WHAT CAN YOU EXPECT FROM SNELL? A broad product range Personal Service Nationwide delivery across four branches Customised Solutions Industry experts ISO and HACCP Accreditation Snell has over 50 years business experience

FIND US ONLINE AT WWW.SNELL.CO.NZ


WE’RE THERE FOR YOU NATIONWIDE

W

www.snell.co.nz

E

cssales@snell.co.nz

HEAD OFFICE & DISTRIBUTION: AUCKLAND

BRANCHES HAMILTON

WELLINGTON

CHRISTCHURCH

6-8 Goodman Place, Penrose, Auckland Ph: 09 622 4141  Fax: 09 622 4146

2 Maui Street, Te Rapa, Hamilton Ph: 07 850 1077  Fax: 07 850 1022

133 Gracefield Road, Gracefield, Wellington Ph: 04 566 9456  Fax: 04 566 9457

Waterloo Road, Sockburn, Christchurch Ph: 03 344 1995  Fax: 03 344 1997

Snell Packaging Catalogue 2017  
Read more
Read more
Similar to
Popular now
Just for you